Backup/en: Unterschied zwischen den Versionen

Aus TERRA CLOUD WIKI
Die Seite wurde neu angelegt: „The deferral option allows a backup to be completed after a defined period of time, regardless of how much data from the initial backup has already been transferred. <br> After the defined security window of, for example, eight hours, a safeset is created. A deferral can be defined in the schedule and in manual execution: framed|without<br> <p style="color: red"><br> <br> '''Important:''' <br> A backup with active deferral res…“
Keine Bearbeitungszusammenfassung
 
(403 dazwischenliegende Versionen von 4 Benutzern werden nicht angezeigt)
Zeile 1: Zeile 1:
<languages/>
<span id="Einführung"></span>
<span id="Einführung"></span>
== '''Introduction''' ==
= '''Introduction''' =


<span id="Was_zeichnet_die_TERRA_CLOUD_Backuplösung_aus?"></span>
<span id="Was_zeichnet_die_TERRA_CLOUD_Backuplösung_aus?"></span>
=== What characterizes the TERRA CLOUD backup solution? ===
== What characterizes the TERRA CLOUD backup solution? ==


Communication between all components involved is always encrypted. All you need to do is install an agent on the server to be backed up. <br>
TERRA CLOUD Backup is a comprehensive data backup solution. All necessary components are provided by TERRA CLOUD.<br>
This then connects to our data center via ports 8086 and 8087. <br>
This gives you a single point of contact for any questions or issues.<br>
Since the connection is from the server to be secured to the outside, no incoming firewall rules or NAT need to be configured. <br>
<br>
Administration is carried out centrally via our backup portal. <br>
Communication between all components involved is always encrypted. Only a single agent needs to be installed on the server to be backed up.<br>
In this portal you can see all the servers that have been linked to your account through agent registration. <br>
It then connects to our data center via ports 8086 and 8087.<br>
The backup solution essentially consists of three components: Agent, Portal and Vault. The agent is the software component that runs as a service on your servers. <br>
Since the connection originates from the server being backed up, no inbound firewall rules or NAT configurations are required.<br>
The portal is used to configure and administer these agents. The Vault is the data vault in which the data is stored. <br>
<br>
Administration is handled via the multi-tenant [https://backup.terracloud.de TERRA CLOUD Backup Portal].<br>
In this portal, you can view all servers linked to your account through agent registration.<br>
<br>
The backup solution essentially consists of three components: '''Agent, Portal, and Vault''':<br>
The '''Agent''' is the software component that performs the backup on the system being protected. The '''Portal''' is used to administer and monitor these agents and to initiate restores. The '''Vault''' is the secure storage repository that receives and safely stores the backups. All backups are stored redundantly across two different data centers, distinguishing between a primary and a secondary vault.
<span id="Funktionsübersicht"></span>
<span id="Funktionsübersicht"></span>
=== Function overview ===
== Function overview ==


{| class="wikitable"
{| class="wikitable"
!colspan="5" style="background-color:#7d5cab;color:#ffffff;|Function overview
!colspan="5" style="background-color:#7d5cab;color:#ffffff;|'''TERRA CLOUD Backup - Functional Overview'''
|-
|-
!style="background-color:#7d5cab;color:#ffffff"|Fuse
!style="background-color:#7d5cab;color:#ffffff"|'''Fuse'''
!style="background-color:#ffffff;"|Agent based Windows
!style="background-color:#7d5cab;color:#ffffff"|'''Windows Agent'''
!style="background-color:#ffffff;"|Agent based Linux
!style="background-color:#7d5cab;color:#ffffff"|'''Linux Agent'''
!style="background-color:#ffffff;"|Host based VMware
!style="background-color:#7d5cab;color:#ffffff"|'''vSphere Agent'''
!style="background-color:#ffffff;"|Host-based Hyper-V
!style="background-color:#7d5cab;color:#ffffff"|'''Hyper-V Agent'''
|-
|style="background-color:#ffffff;"|[https://wiki.terracloud.de/index.php/Backup/en#Create_image-based_backup_job Bare-Metal Restore*]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Green check1.png|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Green check1.png|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Green check1.png|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Green check1.png|10px]]
|-
|-
|style="background-color:#ffffff;"|[[Backup#Image-based_Backup_Job_create|Entire system including bare-metal restore]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;"|Alterable backups (WORM)
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Green check1.png|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Green check1.png|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Green check1.png|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Green check1.png|10px]]
Zeile 30: Zeile 42:
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Green check1.png|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Green check1.png|10px]]
|-
|-
|style="background-color:#ffffff;"|'''Change Protected Backups(WORM)[[File:Star.png|15px]]'''
|style="background-color:#ffffff;"|[https://wiki.terracloud.de/index.php/Backup/en#Backup_satellites Hybrid Cloud Backup (Satellite)]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Green check1.png|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Green check1.png|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Green check1.png|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Green check1.png|10px]]
Zeile 36: Zeile 48:
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Green check1.png|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Green check1.png|10px]]
|-
|-
|style="background-color:#ffffff;"|[[Backup#Backup_Satellites|Hybrid Cloud Backup (Satellite)]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;"|[https://wiki.terracloud.de/index.php/Backup/en#Supported_operating_systems Backup of virtual systems (servers, VDI)]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Green check1.png|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Green check1.png|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Green check1.png|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Green check1.png|10px]]
Zeile 42: Zeile 54:
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Green check1.png|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Green check1.png|10px]]
|-
|-
|style="background-color:#ffffff;"|Virtual server backup
|style="background-color:#ffffff;"|[https://wiki.terracloud.de/index.php/Backup/en#Defering_function Backup deferral (initial backup)]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Green check1.png|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Green check1.png|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Green check1.png|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Green check1.png|10px]]
Zeile 48: Zeile 60:
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Green check1.png|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Green check1.png|10px]]
|-
|-
|style="background-color:#ffffff;"|Backup attempts again
|style="background-color:#ffffff;"|[https://wiki.terracloud.de/index.php/Backup/en#Renewed_backup_attempts Renewed Backup Attempts]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Green check1.png|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Green check1.png|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Green check1.png|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Green check1.png|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Green check1.png|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Green check1.png|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Green check1.png|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Minus.jpg|10px]]
|-
|-
|style="background-color:#ffffff;"|[[Backup#Initialsicherung_FTP_Upload_.2F_Datentr.C3.A4ger_einsenden|Initialbackup ext. HDD/FTP]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;"|[https://wiki.terracloud.de/index.php/Backup/en#Initial_backup_FTP_upload_/_send_data_carrier Initialbackup ext. HDD/FTP]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Green check1.png|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Green check1.png|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Green check1.png|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Green check1.png|10px]]
Zeile 66: Zeile 78:
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Green check1.png|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Green check1.png|10px]]
|-
|-
|style="background-color:#ffffff;|[[Backup#VSS|Microsoft VSS Support]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;|[https://wiki.terracloud.de/index.php/Backup/en#VSS Microsoft VSS Support]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Green check1.png|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Green check1.png|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Minus.jpg|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Minus.jpg|10px]]
Zeile 72: Zeile 84:
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Green check1.png|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Green check1.png|10px]]
|-
|-
|style="background-color:#ffffff;"|Backup of physical servers
|style="background-color:#ffffff;"|[https://wiki.terracloud.de/index.php/Backup/en#Supported_operating_systems Backup of physical systems (servers, clients)]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Green check1.png|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Green check1.png|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Green check1.png|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Green check1.png|10px]]
Zeile 78: Zeile 90:
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Minus.jpg|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Minus.jpg|10px]]
|-
|-
|style="background-color:#ffffff;"|[[Backup#UNC-Backup_Job|Backup of network shares]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;"|[https://wiki.terracloud.de/index.php/Backup/en#UNC-Backup_Job Backup of network shares]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Green check1.png|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Green check1.png|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Green check1.png|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Green check1.png|10px]]
Zeile 84: Zeile 96:
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Minus.jpg|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Minus.jpg|10px]]
|-
|-
|style="background-color:#ffffff;"|[[Backup#File-based_Backup|Backup of files and folders]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;"|[https://wiki.terracloud.de/index.php/Backup/en#File-based_backup Backup/Excluding Files and Folders]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Green check1.png|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Green check1.png|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Green check1.png|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Green check1.png|10px]]
Zeile 90: Zeile 102:
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Minus.jpg|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Minus.jpg|10px]]
|-
|-
|style="background-color:#ffffff;"|'''Ransomware Detection[[File:Star.png|15px]]'''
|style="background-color:#ffffff;"|[https://wiki.terracloud.de/index.php/Backup/en#Enable_Threat_Detection Threat Detection]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Green check1.png|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Green check1.png|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Minus.jpg|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Minus.jpg|10px]]
Zeile 96: Zeile 108:
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Minus.jpg|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Minus.jpg|10px]]
|-
|-
|style="background-color:#ffffff;"|Windows backup event trigger
|style="background-color:#ffffff;"|[https://wiki.terracloud.de/index.php/Backup/en#Backing_up_clients_using_the_Windows_backup_event_triggers Windows_Backup_Event_Triggers]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Green check1.png|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Green check1.png|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Minus.jpg|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Minus.jpg|10px]]
Zeile 102: Zeile 114:
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Minus.jpg|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Minus.jpg|10px]]
|-
|-
!style="background-color:#7d5cab;color:#ffffff"|Restore
|style="background-color:#ffffff;"|[https://wiki.terracloud.de/index.php/Backup/en#TERRA_CLOUD_BACKUP_Enterprise:_High_Frequent_Backup_-_Hourly_backups High Frequent Backup - Hourly Backups]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Star.png|15px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Star.png|15px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Star.png|15px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Star.png|15px]]
|-
!style="background-color:#7d5cab;color:#ffffff"|'''Restore'''
!colspan="4" style="background-color:#ffffff;"|
!colspan="4" style="background-color:#ffffff;"|
|-
|-
|style="background-color:#ffffff;"|[[Backup#Bare_Metal_Restore|Bare-Metal Restore]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;"|[https://wiki.terracloud.de/index.php/Backup/en#Bare_Metal_Restore Bare-Metal Restore]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Green check1.png|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Green check1.png|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Green check1.png|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Green check1.png|10px]]
Zeile 111: Zeile 129:
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Green check1.png|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Green check1.png|10px]]
|-
|-
|style="background-color:#ffffff;"|[[Backup#restore_a_backup_job|Restore files and folders]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;"|[https://wiki.terracloud.de/index.php/Backup/en#Restore_a_backup_job Restore files and folders]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Green check1.png|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Green check1.png|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Green check1.png|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Green check1.png|10px]]
Zeile 117: Zeile 135:
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Green check1.png|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Green check1.png|10px]]
|-
|-
|style="background-color:#ffffff;"|'''[[DRaaS|Recovery to IaaS Cloud (DRaaS)]][[File:Star.png|15px]]'''
|style="background-color:#ffffff;"|[https://wiki.terracloud.de/index.php/Backup/en#Restore_from_another_computer_(image_based) Restore from another computer]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Green check1.png|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Green check1.png|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Green check1.png|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Minus.jpg|10px]]
|-
|style="background-color:#ffffff;"|[https://wiki.terracloud.de/index.php/DRaaS/en Recovery to IaaS Cloud (DRaaS)]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Green check1.png|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Green check1.png|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Minus.jpg|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Minus.jpg|10px]]
Zeile 123: Zeile 147:
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Minus.jpg|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Minus.jpg|10px]]
|-
|-
|style="background-color:#ffffff;"|'''[[Backup#Rapid_VM_Recovery_.28fast_VM-recovery.29|Start VM from backup (Rapid VM Recovery)]][[File:Star.png|15px] ]'''
|style="background-color:#ffffff;"|[https://wiki.terracloud.de/index.php/Backup/en#Rapid_VM_Recovery Rapid VM Recovery (Satellite Vault)]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Minus.jpg|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Minus.jpg|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Minus.jpg|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Minus.jpg|10px]]
Zeile 129: Zeile 153:
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Green check1.png|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Green check1.png|10px]]
|-
|-
!style="background-color:#7d5cab;color:#ffffff"|Automation
|style="background-color:#ffffff;"|[https://wiki.terracloud.de/index.php/Backup/en#Rapid_VM_Recovery Rapid VM Recovery (Enterprise Vault)]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Minus.jpg|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Minus.jpg|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Star.png|15px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Star.png|15px]]
|-
!style="background-color:#7d5cab;color:#ffffff"|'''Storage'''
!colspan="4" style="background-color:#ffffff;"|
|-
|style="background-color:#ffffff;"|[https://wiki.terracloud.de/index.php/Backup/en#TERRA_CLOUD_BACKUP_Enterprise:_High_Frequent_Backup_-_Hourly_backups Storage of backups for up to one year]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Green check1.png|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Green check1.png|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Green check1.png|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Green check1.png|10px]]
|-
|style="background-color:#ffffff;"|[https://wiki.terracloud.de/index.php/Backup/en#Archive_function Storage of backups for up to ten years]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Star.png|15px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Star.png|15px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Star.png|15px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Star.png|15px]]
|-
!style="background-color:#7d5cab;color:#ffffff"|'''Automation'''
!colspan="4" style="background-color:#ffffff;"|
!colspan="4" style="background-color:#ffffff;"|
|-
|-
|style="background-color:#ffffff;"|[[Backup#Agent_Skripting|Script-based control]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;"|[https://wiki.terracloud.de/index.php/Backup/en#Agent_Skripting Script-based control]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Green check1.png|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Green check1.png|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Green check1.png|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Green check1.png|10px]]
Zeile 138: Zeile 183:
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Minus.jpg|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Minus.jpg|10px]]
|-
|-
|style="background-color:#ffffff;"|'''[[Backup#Automatic_Bare_Metal_System_Restore_Test_.28ABSRT-Tool.29|Automated BMR test restores]][[File:Star.png|15px]]'''
|style="background-color:#ffffff;"|[https://wiki.terracloud.de/index.php/Backup/en#Automatic_Bare_Metal_System_Restore_Test_(ABSRT-Tool) Automated BMR test restores]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Green check1.png|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Green check1.png|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Minus.jpg|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Minus.jpg|10px]]
Zeile 144: Zeile 189:
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Minus.jpg|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Minus.jpg|10px]]
|-
|-
|style="background-color:#ffffff;"|'''[[Backup#Automatic_Agent-Configuration|Fully automated setup]][[File:Star.png|15px]]'''
|style="background-color:#ffffff;"|[https://wiki.terracloud.de/index.php/Backup/en#Automatic_agent_configuration Fully Automated Setup]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Green check1.png|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Green check1.png|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Minus.jpg|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Minus.jpg|10px]]
Zeile 150: Zeile 195:
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Minus.jpg|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Minus.jpg|10px]]
|-
|-
|style="background-color:#ffffff;"|[[Backup#Agent_Upgrade_Center|Patch management of the backup software]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;"|[https://wiki.terracloud.de/index.php/Backup/en#Agent_Upgrade_Center Patch management of the backup software]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Green check1.png|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Green check1.png|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Minus.jpg|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Minus.jpg|10px]]
Zeile 156: Zeile 201:
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Minus.jpg|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Minus.jpg|10px]]
|-
|-
!style="background-color:#7d5cab;color:#ffffff"|Monitoring
!style="background-color:#7d5cab;color:#ffffff"|'''Monitoring'''
!colspan="4" style="background-color:#ffffff;"|
!colspan="4" style="background-color:#ffffff;"|
|-
|-
|style="background-color:#ffffff;"|[[Backup#Jobstatus_evaluate_in_XML-File|Backup sensors (Server-Eye, PRTG, Nagios,...)]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;"|[https://wiki.terracloud.de/index.php/Backup/en#Evaluate_job_status_in_XML_file Interface for ext. Backup sensors]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Green check1.png|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Green check1.png|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Green check1.png|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Green check1.png|10px]]
Zeile 165: Zeile 210:
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Green check1.png|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Green check1.png|10px]]
|-
|-
|style="background-color:#ffffff;"|[[Configure backup#notifications|Mail notification via the backup portal]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;"|[https://wiki.terracloud.de/index.php/Backup/en#Configure_notifications Mail notification via the backup portal]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Green check1.png|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Green check1.png|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Green check1.png|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Green check1.png|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Green check1.png|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Green check1.png|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Minus.jpg|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Minus.jpg|10px]]
|-
|style="background-color:#ffffff;"|[https://wiki.terracloud.de/index.php/Backup/en#%E2%80%9CMonitoring%E2%80%9D_tab_in_the_TERRA_CLOUD_Backup_Portal Backup History Graph]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[Datei:Green check1.png|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[Datei:Green check1.png|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[Datei:Green check1.png|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[Datei:Minus.jpg|10px]]
|}
{| class="wikitable"
|-
| style="background-color:#ffffff"| Included in '''TERRA CLOUD Backup Basic/Standard''' || style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[Datei:Green check1.png|10px]]
|-
| style="background-color:#ffffff"| Additionally included in '''TERRA CLOUD Backup Enterprise''' || style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[Datei:Star.png|15px]]
|-
| style="background-color:#ffffff"| Bare-metal restore ('''BMR''') backups using a Windows agent on a '''Hyper-V host''' are not supported.<br>For further information, please see [https://wiki.terracloud.de/index.php/Backup_FAQ/en#How_can_a_BMR_backup_of_a_Hyper-V_host_be_created? here] || style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|*
|}
|}
<span id="Produktvorstellung_und_Ersteinrichtung"></span>
<span id="Produktvorstellung_und_Ersteinrichtung"></span>
=== Product presentation and initial setup ===
== Product presentation and initial setup ==


Would you like to get an overview of the TERRA CLOUD backup? Then we recommend the recordings of the [https://b2b.wortmann.de/de-de/content/terracast/terracast.aspx TERRACASTS] of the “TERRA CLOUD Backup” theme week. <br>
To make getting started with TERRA CLOUD Backup as clear as possible, the following diagram illustrates the complete setup process—ranging from the installation of the agent and its automatic configuration via the Backup Portal to the final installation of the TERRA CLOUD Backup agent.<br>
It highlights the stages where the process can be significantly accelerated and standardized through features such as automatic agent configuration.<br>
[[Datei:Backup-EN-Einrichtungsprozess.png]]<br>
Following the diagram, we recommend familiarizing yourself with the fundamental concepts and functions of TERRA CLOUD Backup.<br>
A good supplement to this is the recordings of the TERRA CASTs, which you can find [https://www.wortmann.de/terracast here].<br>
<span id="Voraussetzungen"></span>
<span id="Voraussetzungen"></span>
== '''Requirements''' ==
= '''Requirements''' =


<span id="Unterstützte_Betriebssysteme"></span>
<span id="Unterstützte_Betriebssysteme"></span>
=== Supported operating systems ===
== Supported operating systems ==


==== Windows Agent ====
==== Windows Agent ====


'''Windows Server:''' <br>
'''Windows Server:''' <br>
* Windows Server 2025: Standard, Datacenter, Server Core
* Windows Server 2022: Essentials, Standard, Datacenter, Server Core
* Windows Server 2022: Essentials, Standard, Datacenter, Server Core
* Windows Server 2019: Essentials, Standard, Datacenter, Server Core
* Windows Server 2019: Essentials, Standard, Datacenter, Server Core
* Windows Server 2016: Essentials, Standard, Datacenter, Server Core
* Windows Server 2016: Essentials, Standard, Datacenter, Server Core
* Windows Server 2012 R2: Foundation, Essentials, Standard, Datacenter, Server Core
* Windows Server 2012: Foundation, Essentials, Standard, Datacenter, Server Core
* Windows Storage Server 2012: Standard, Workgroup<br>
<br>
'''Windows Client:''' <br>
'''Windows Client:''' <br>
* Windows 11: Home, Pro, Enterprise A)
* Windows 11: Home, Pro, Enterprise (Version 25H2)
* Windows 10: Home, Pro, Enterprise (version 20H2)
* Windows 10: Home, Pro, Enterprise (Version 22H2)
* Windows 8.1: Enterprise
'''Plug-ins:''' <br>
* Windows 8: Enterprise<br>
Please refer to the supported platforms and applications of the respective plug-ins in the
<br>
'''Notes:''' <br>
A) UEFI firmware is mandatory.<br>
<br>
'''Plugins:''' <br>
Please refer to the release notes for the supported platforms and applications of the respective plug-ins:
[https://drive.terracloud.de/getlink/fiLpZboTGRPeqzW1cqwS6yin Agent Doku/Release Notes]'''
[https://drive.terracloud.de/getlink/fiLpZboTGRPeqzW1cqwS6yin Agent Doku/Release Notes]'''
==== Linux Agent ====
==== Linux Agent ====


*CentOS 7 (up to Update 9) A)
* Debian 13 (up to Update 2)
*Debian 12
* Debian 12 (up to Update 12)
*Debian 11 (up to Update 7)
* Debian 11 (up to Update 11)
*Debian 10 (up to Update 13)
* Debian 10 (up to Update 13)
*openSUSE Linux 15 (up to Service Pack 5) B)
* openSUSE Linux 16 (up to Service Pack 0) <b>A) B)</b>
*Oracle Linux 9 (up to Update 2)
* openSUSE Linux 15 (up to Service Pack 6) <b>A) B)</b>
*Oracle Linux 8 (up to Update 8)
* Oracle Linux 10 (up to Update 1)
*Oracle Linux 7 (up to Update 9)
* Oracle Linux 9 (up to Update 7)
*Rocky Linux 9 (up to Update 2)
* Oracle Linux 8 (up to Update 10)
*Rocky Linux 8 (up to Update 8)
* Oracle Linux 7 (up to Update 9)
*Red Hat Enterprise Linux Server 9 (up to Update 2)
* Red Hat Enterprise Linux Server 10 (up to Update 1)
*Red Hat Enterprise Linux Server 8 (up to Update 8)
* Red Hat Enterprise Linux Server 9 (up to Update 7)
*Red Hat Enterprise Linux Server 7 (up to Update 9)
* Red Hat Enterprise Linux Server 8 (up to Update 10)
*SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 15 (up to Service Pack 5) B)
* Red Hat Enterprise Linux Server 7 (up to Update 9)
*SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 (up to Service Pack 5) B), C)
* Rocky Linux 10 (up to Update 1)
*Ubuntu Server 22.04
* Rocky Linux 9 (up to Update 7)
*Ubuntu Server 20.04
* Rocky Linux 8 (up to Update 10)
*Ubuntu Server 18.04
* SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 16 (up to Service Pack 0) <b>A)</b>
*Ubuntu Server 16.04<br>
* SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 15 (up to Service Pack 7) <b>A)</b>
* SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 (up to Service Pack 5) <b>A)</b>
* Ubuntu Server 24.04
* Ubuntu Server 22.04
* Ubuntu Server 20.04
* Ubuntu Server 18.04
<br>
<br>
'''Notes:''' <br>
'''Notes:''' <br>
A) The Linux agent will be supported on CentOS 7 until end of support on June 30, 2024. <br>
Since CentOS Stream is a pre-release version of RHEL and does not have long-term stable releases, the Linux agent on CentOS Stream is not supported. <br>
Because CentOS Stream is a pre-release version of RHEL and does not have long-term, stable releases, the Linux agent is not supported on CentOS Stream. <br>
<br>
B) This platform is not supported when using the standard BTRFS file system. <br>
<b>A)</b> This platform is not supported when the BTRFS file system is used. <br>
A) The agent is supported on this platform, but BMR backups are only supported for BIOS-based systems (not for UEFI-based systems). <br>
<b>B)</b> The Agent is supported on this platform, but BMR backups are not supported for an openSUSE 16.0 UEFI or openSUSE 15.6 UEFI system with a FAT16 EFI boot partition. <br>
<br>
<br>
'''Supported file systems on Linux:'''
'''Supported file systems on Linux:'''
Zeile 242: Zeile 301:
<br>
<br>
<span id="Unterstützte_Agentenversionen"></span>
<span id="Unterstützte_Agentenversionen"></span>
=== Supported Agent Versions ===
== Supported Agent Versions ==


For Windows, Hyper-V and vSphere agents, the following agent versions must be used from February 26, 2024. Other agent versions can no longer be used for backups and restores. There are no specific minimum requirements for Linux agents. <br>
{| class="wikitable"
{| class="wikitable" style="margin:left"
|+ style="text-align:left;"| Windows Agent
|-
|-
! Operating system !! Agent version x86!! Agent version x64!! Notice
! colspan="4" style="background-color:#7d5cab;color:#ffffff;" | '''Windows Agent'''
|-
|-
| Windows Server 2003 || 7.34.4009a || 7.34.4009a || EOL
! style="background-color:#7d5cab;color:#ffffff;" | '''Operating system'''
! style="background-color:#7d5cab;color:#ffffff;" | '''Agent version x86'''
! style="background-color:#7d5cab;color:#ffffff;" | '''Agent version x64'''
! style="background-color:#7d5cab;color:#ffffff;" | '''A notice'''
|-
|-
| Windows Server 2008 + R2 || 10/9/1013 || 9.30.1009 || EOL
| style="background-color:#ffffff;" | Windows Server 2003
| style="background-color:#ffffff;" | 7.34.4009a
| style="background-color:#ffffff;" | 7.34.4009a
| style="background-color:#ffffff;" | EOL
|-
|-
| Windows Server 2012 + R2 || - || 9.30.1009 || EOL
| style="background-color:#ffffff;" | Windows Server 2008 + R2
| style="background-color:#ffffff;" | 9.10.1013
| style="background-color:#ffffff;" | 9.30.1009
| style="background-color:#ffffff;" | EOL
|-
|-
| Windows Server 2016 || - || 9.30.1009 || -
| style="background-color:#ffffff;" | Windows Server 2012 + R2
| style="background-color:#ffffff;" | -
| style="background-color:#ffffff;" | 9.30.1009
| style="background-color:#ffffff;" | EOL
|-
|-
| Windows Server 2019 || - || 9.30.1009 || -
| style="background-color:#ffffff;" | Windows Server 2016
| style="background-color:#ffffff;" | -
| style="background-color:#ffffff;" | 9.50.6732
| style="background-color:#ffffff;" | -
|-
|-
| Windows Server 2022 || - || 9.30.1009 || -
| style="background-color:#ffffff;" | Windows Server 2019
| style="background-color:#ffffff;" | -
| style="background-color:#ffffff;" | 9.50.6732
| style="background-color:#ffffff;" | -
|-
|-
| Windows 7 || 10/9/1013 || 9.30.1009 || EOL
| style="background-color:#ffffff;" | Windows Server 2022
| style="background-color:#ffffff;" | -
| style="background-color:#ffffff;" | 9.50.6732
| style="background-color:#ffffff;" | -
|-
|-
| Windows 8 + 8.1 || 10/9/1013 || 9.30.1009 || EOL
| style="background-color:#ffffff;" | Windows Server 2025
| style="background-color:#ffffff;" | -
| style="background-color:#ffffff;" | 9.50.6732
| style="background-color:#ffffff;" | -
|-
|-
| Windows 10 || 10/9/1013 || 9.30.1009 || -
| style="background-color:#ffffff;" | Windows 7
| style="background-color:#ffffff;" | 9.10.1013
| style="background-color:#ffffff;" | 9.30.1009
| style="background-color:#ffffff;" | EOL
|-
|-
| Windows 11 || - || 9.30.1009 || -
| style="background-color:#ffffff;" | Windows 8 + 8.1
| style="background-color:#ffffff;" | 9.10.1013
| style="background-color:#ffffff;" | 9.30.1009
| style="background-color:#ffffff;" | EOL
|-
| style="background-color:#ffffff;" | Windows 10
| style="background-color:#ffffff;" | 9.10.1013
| style="background-color:#ffffff;" | 9.50.6732
| style="background-color:#ffffff;" | -
|-
| style="background-color:#ffffff;" | Windows 11
| style="background-color:#ffffff;" | -
| style="background-color:#ffffff;" | 9.50.6732
| style="background-color:#ffffff;" | -
|}
|}
<span style="color:red"> Any operating system marked "EOL" can still be backed up with the appropriate agent version. However, neither Microsoft nor our software publisher offers support for these platforms. We would like to point out that TERRA CLOUD can only provide “best effort support”. In the event of an error, we cannot rely on the software manufacturer. It is strongly recommended that you keep operating systems up to date. If an update is not possible, periodic test restores should be performed. </span>
<span style="color:red">Any operating system marked "EOL" can still be backed up using the corresponding agent version. However, neither Microsoft nor our software vendor offers support for these platforms. Please note that TERRA CLOUD can only provide "best-effort support." In the event of an error, we cannot rely on the software manufacturer for assistance.<br>
{| class="wikitable" style="margin:left"
It is strongly recommended to keep operating systems up to date. If an update is not possible, regular test restores should be performed.</span>
|+ style="text-align:left;"| Hyper-V Agent
<br>
{| class="wikitable"
|-
! colspan="4" style="background-color:#7d5cab;color:#ffffff;" | '''Hyper-V Agent'''
|-
|-
! Operating system !! Agent version x86!! Agent version x64!! Notice
! style="background-color:#7d5cab;color:#ffffff;" | '''Operating System'''
! style="background-color:#7d5cab;color:#ffffff;" | '''Agent Version x86'''
! style="background-color:#7d5cab;color:#ffffff;" | '''Agent Version x64'''
! style="background-color:#7d5cab;color:#ffffff;" | '''Note'''
|-
|-
| Windows Server >= 2012 R2 || - || 12/9/1002|| -
| style="background-color:#ffffff;" | Windows Server >= 2012 R2
| style="background-color:#ffffff;" | -
| style="background-color:#ffffff;" | 9.40.1009
| style="background-color:#ffffff;" | -
|}
|}
{| class="wikitable" style="margin:left"
<br>
|+ style="text-align:left;"| vSphere Agent
{| class="wikitable"
|-
|-
! Operating system !! Agent version x86!! Agent version x64!! Notice
! colspan="4" style="background-color:#7d5cab;color:#ffffff;" | '''vSphere Agent'''
|-
|-
| Windows Server >= 2012 R2 || - || 9.20.1008 || -
! style="background-color:#7d5cab;color:#ffffff;" | '''Operating System'''
! style="background-color:#7d5cab;color:#ffffff;" | '''Agent Version x86'''
! style="background-color:#7d5cab;color:#ffffff;" | '''Agent Version x64'''
! style="background-color:#7d5cab;color:#ffffff;" | '''Note'''
|-
| style="background-color:#ffffff;" | Windows Server from 2012 R2 to 2022
| style="background-color:#ffffff;" | -
| style="background-color:#ffffff;" | 9.22.1011
| style="background-color:#ffffff;" | -
|}
|}
{| class="wikitable" style="margin:left"
<br>
|+ style="text-align:left;"| Linux agent
{| class="wikitable"
|-
|-
! Operating system !! Agent version x86!! Agent version x64!! Notice
! colspan="4" style="background-color:#7d5cab;color:#ffffff;" | '''Linux Agent'''
|-
|-
| Supported Linux distributions || 8.90.1020 || 9.21.1002 || See [https://drive.terracloud.de/getlink/fiAcFX7NCczxs4pZD7Ua9krA/EN%20%28recommended%29 Release Notes] for supported Linux distributions
! style="background-color:#7d5cab;color:#ffffff;" | '''Operating system'''
! style="background-color:#7d5cab;color:#ffffff;" | '''Agent version x86'''
! style="background-color:#7d5cab;color:#ffffff;" | '''Agent version x64'''
! style="background-color:#7d5cab;color:#ffffff;" | '''A notice'''
|-
| style="background-color:#ffffff;" | Supported Linux distributions
| style="background-color:#ffffff;" | 8.90.1020
| style="background-color:#ffffff;" | 9.41.1020
| style="background-color:#ffffff;" |See [https://drive.terracloud.de/getlink/fiAcFX7NCczxs4pZD7Ua9krA/EN%20%28recommended%29 Release Notes] for supported Linux distributions
|}
|}
<span id="Netzwerkkonfiguration"></span>
<span id="Netzwerkkonfiguration"></span>
=== Network configuration ===
== Network configuration ==


{| class="wikitable" style="margin:left"
{| class="wikitable"
|+ style="text-align:left;"| Port overview TERRA CLOUD Backup
|-
|-
! Protocol !! Port!! Source !! Goal !! Function !! Notice
! colspan="6" style="background-color:#7d5cab;color:#ffffff;" | '''Port overview TERRA CLOUD Backup'''
|-
|-
| TCP || 443 || agent || Portal || Automatic agent updates || <span style="color:red"> OLD 185.35.12.130 (until February 26, 2024) </span> / <span style="color:green"> NEW 185.35.13.210 (from February 26, 2024) </span>
! style="background-color:#7d5cab;color:#ffffff;" | '''Protocol'''
! style="background-color:#7d5cab;color:#ffffff;" | '''Port'''
! style="background-color:#7d5cab;color:#ffffff;" | '''Source'''
! style="background-color:#7d5cab;color:#ffffff;" | '''Goal'''
! style="background-color:#7d5cab;color:#ffffff;" | '''Function'''
! style="background-color:#7d5cab;color:#ffffff;" | '''A notice'''
|-
|-
| TCP || 2546 || agent || Vault || Connection to the Vault for data backup, synchronization and restore || Secondary Vault also needs to be released. See Backup Portal -> Quick Links -> Vault Finder
| style="background-color:#ffffff;" | TCP
| style="background-color:#ffffff;" | 443
| style="background-color:#ffffff;" | Agent
| style="background-color:#ffffff;" | Portal
| style="background-color:#ffffff;" | Automatic agent updates
| style="background-color:#ffffff;" | 185.35.13.210/32
|-
|-
| TCP || 8086 || agent || Portal || Registration of an agent on the portal || <span style="color:red"> OLD 185.35.12.130 (until February 26, 2024) </span> / <span style="color:green"> NEW 185.35.13.210 (from February 26, 2024) </span>
| style="background-color:#ffffff;" | TCP
| style="background-color:#ffffff;" | 2546
| style="background-color:#ffffff;" | Agent
| style="background-color:#ffffff;" | Vault
| style="background-color:#ffffff;" | Connection to the Vault for data backup, synchronization and restore
| style="background-color:#ffffff;" | '''*'''
|-
|-
| TCP || 8087 || agent || AMP || Management of agents via the portal || <span style="color:red"> OLD 185.35.12.160/27 (until February 26th, 2024) </span> / <span style="color:green"> NEW 195.4.212.128/25 (from February 26th, 2024) < /span>
| style="background-color:#ffffff;" | TCP
| style="background-color:#ffffff;" | 8086
| style="background-color:#ffffff;" | Agent
| style="background-color:#ffffff;" | Portal
| style="background-color:#ffffff;" | Registering an agent on the portal
| style="background-color:#ffffff;" | 185.35.13.210/32
|-
| style="background-color:#ffffff;" | TCP
| style="background-color:#ffffff;" | 8087
| style="background-color:#ffffff;" | Agent
| style="background-color:#ffffff;" | AMP
| style="background-color:#ffffff;" | Management of agents via the portal
| style="background-color:#ffffff;" | 195.4.212.128/25
|}
|}
{| class="wikitable" style="margin:left"
<br>
|+ style="text-align:left;"| Port overview TERRA CLOUD Hybrid Backup
{| class="wikitable"
|-
! colspan="6" style="background-color:#7d5cab;color:#ffffff;" | '''Port overview TERRA CLOUD Hybrid Backup'''
|-
|-
! Protocol !! Port!! Source !! Goal !! Function !! Notice
! style="background-color:#7d5cab;color:#ffffff;" | '''Protocol'''
! style="background-color:#7d5cab;color:#ffffff;" | '''Port'''
! style="background-color:#7d5cab;color:#ffffff;" | '''Source'''
! style="background-color:#7d5cab;color:#ffffff;" | '''Goal'''
! style="background-color:#7d5cab;color:#ffffff;" | '''Function'''
! style="background-color:#7d5cab;color:#ffffff;" | '''A notice'''
|-
|-
| UDP || 123 || satellite || Internet || NTP time synchronization || -
| style="background-color:#ffffff;" | UDP
| style="background-color:#ffffff;" | 123
| style="background-color:#ffffff;" | Satellite
| style="background-color:#ffffff;" | Internet
| style="background-color:#ffffff;" | NTP time synchronization
| style="background-color:#ffffff;" | -
|-
|-
| TCP || 443 || satellite || Portal || Interface updates and Support Connect function || -
| style="background-color:#ffffff;" | TCP
| style="background-color:#ffffff;" | 443
| style="background-color:#ffffff;" | Satellite
| style="background-color:#ffffff;" | Portal
| style="background-color:#ffffff;" | Interface updates and Support Connect function
| style="background-color:#ffffff;" | -
|-
|-
| TCP || 2547 || satellite || Basevault || Heartbeat / Management || <span style="color:red"> ALT Satellite Vault Version <= 8.62 </span>
| style="background-color:#ffffff;" | TCP
| style="background-color:#ffffff;" | 2547
| style="background-color:#ffffff;" | Satellite
| style="background-color:#ffffff;" | Basevault
| style="background-color:#ffffff;" | Heartbeat / Management
| style="background-color:#ffffff;" | <span style="color:red">'''OLD Satellite-Vault version <= 8.62'''</span>'''*'''
|-
|-
| TCP || 12546 || satellite || Basevault || Heartbeat / Management || <span style="color:green"> NEW Satellite Vault Version > 8.62 </span>
| style="background-color:#ffffff;" | TCP
| style="background-color:#ffffff;" | 12546
| style="background-color:#ffffff;" | Satellite
| style="background-color:#ffffff;" | Basevault
| style="background-color:#ffffff;" | Heartbeat / Management
| style="background-color:#ffffff;" | <span style="color:green">'''NEW Satellite-Vault version > 8.62'''</span>'''*'''
|-
|-
| TCP || 12547 || satellite || Basevault || Data transfer for replication of data backups || -
| style="background-color:#ffffff;" | TCP
| style="background-color:#ffffff;" | 12547
| style="background-color:#ffffff;" | Satellite
| style="background-color:#ffffff;" | Basevault
| style="background-color:#ffffff;" | Data transfer for backup replication
| style="background-color:#ffffff;" | '''*'''
|}
|}
== '''Vault''' ==
'''* Note:'''<br>
Access must be enabled for both the primary and secondary Vaults using their respective FQDNs and IP addresses.<br>
You can find the public IP address of each Vault via the Vault Finder in the backup portal:<br>
[https://backup.terracloud.de backup.terracloud.de] → Quick Links → Vault-Finder
= '''Vault''' =


A vault is a virtual system that is operated in the TERRA CLOUD or a partner data center. <br>
A vault is a virtual system that is operated in the TERRA CLOUD or a partner data center. <br>
This system communicates with the backup agents and receives backups and stores them according to the defined retention periods. <br>
This system communicates with the backup agents and receives backups and stores them according to the defined retention periods. <br>
Backup packages include access to a shared backup platform in the form of a Vault account.
Backup packages include access to a shared backup platform in the form of a Vault account.
=== Vault-Account ===
== Vault-Account ==


The Vault account is a unique organizational unit on a Vault system; it is required for the authentication of a backup agent on the Vault.
A Vault Account is a unique organizational unit on a Vault system; it is required for authenticating a Backup Agent with the Vault.<br>
The name of the vault account is made up of your customer number at Wortmann AG and the name of your end customer in the TERRA CLOUD Center in capital letters.<br>
The Vault Account name is composed of your customer number at Wortmann AG and the name of your end customer in the TERRA CLOUD Center, written in capital letters.<br>
<br>
'''Example:'''<br>
12345-ENDKUNDEXY<br>
<br>
<br>
'''Example:'''
You require the Vault Account—for instance, when creating a new Vault Profile—so that the Agent can use the data from the profile to authenticate itself with the Vault system.<br>
12345-ENDKUNDEXY
The Vault Account is entered into the "Account" and "Username" fields.
You need the Vault account, for example when you create a new Vault profile, so that the agent can use the data from the profile to authenticate itself to the Vault system.
[[Datei:Ausschnitt aus dem Vault-profil.png|ohne]]<br>
The Vault account is stored for the “Account” and “Username” fields.
[[File:Ausschnitt aus dem Vault-profil.png|without]]<br>
<span id="Ablauf_des_Handshakes_zwischen_Agent_und_Vaultsystem"></span>
=== Process of the handshake between agent and vault system ===
 
Currently, the connection setup between an agent and its vault during a backup looks like this:
*The agent creates an encrypted tunnel to the vault and checks the public key of the TLS certificate.
*The Vault checks the agent's so-called Unique Identifier and approves the backup if there is a match.
*The agent then performs the backup and transmits the encrypted data via the previously opened tunnel.
On February 26th, 2024 we will make an adjustment to our vault systems so that the process will proceed as follows in the future:
*The agent creates an encrypted tunnel to the vault and checks the public key of the TLS certificate.
*The vault (also known as the primary vault) checks the agent's unique identifier and delegates it to its replication partner (also known as the secondary vault) if there is a match.
*The agent then checks whether a connection can also be established to the secondary vault.
*After the verification is complete, the secondary vault delegates the agent back to the primary vault to initiate the backup.
*The agent performs the backup and transmits the encrypted data via the previously opened tunnel.
These adjustments enable smooth pivoting between the primary and secondary vault, for example during an outage. In addition, a software check ensures that the agent can restore from the secondary vault in case of doubt or to improve performance. <br>
Please note that starting February 26, 2024, backups will be completed with warnings if there is no connectivity to the replication partner: <br>
[https://wiki.terracloud.de/index.php/Backup_Fehlerdiagnose#RSYN-W-07716_Verbindung_mit_oder_Aushandeln_der_Sicherung_mit_alternativem_Vault_fehlgeschlagen. ''RSYN-W-07716 Failed to connect to or negotiate backup with alternate vault.''] <br>
Therefore, you should ensure that all your agents can reach the secondary vault via TCP port 2546 by February 26, 2024. <br>
To find out the address / IP of the secondary vault, you can use the Vault Finder from the quick links in the Backup Portal: <br>
[[File:Vault-Finder.png]]<br>
<span id="Allgemein"></span>
<span id="Allgemein"></span>
== '''General''' ==
= '''General''' =


<span id="Aufbewahrungsfristen"></span>
<span id="Aufbewahrungsfristen"></span>
=== Retention periods ===
== Retention periods ==


TERRA CLOUD Backup offers you a data backup retention period of up to 365 days. <br>
TERRA CLOUD Backup offers you a data backup retention period of up to 365 days in the Standard license model. <br>
The information about how long a data backup should be kept on the vault is defined by the retention type used. <br>
The retention period of a data backup on the Vault is determined by the selected retention type. <br>
Regardless of whether a data backup is carried out manually or automatically, a retention type must always be selected. <br>
<span id="Aufbewahrungstypen"></span>
<span id="Aufbewahrungstypen"></span>
==== Retention Types ====
=== Retention Types ===


A retention type consists of two parameters that are configured to retain the data backup.<br>
A retention type consists of two parameters that determine the retention time of a data backup.<br>
<br>
<br>
'''Backup storage:'''<br>
'''Online storage(days):'''<br>
This parameter specifies the minimum number of days the data backup must be stored on the Vault.<br>
This parameter specifies the minimum number of days the data backup must be stored on the Vault.<br>
<br>
<br>
'''Number of backup copies to keep:'''<br>
'''Online copies:'''<br>
This parameter specifies the minimum number of backup copies required for this backup job.<br>
This parameter specifies the minimum number of backup copies required for this backup job.<br>
<br>
<br>
Zeile 380: Zeile 545:
In order for a data backup to be considered expired and to be removed, '''BOTH''' parameters must be exceeded. <br>
In order for a data backup to be considered expired and to be removed, '''BOTH''' parameters must be exceeded. <br>
The safeset must therefore be at least the defined X days old '''AND''' there must be at least Y data backups for the backup job.
The safeset must therefore be at least the defined X days old '''AND''' there must be at least Y data backups for the backup job.
<span id="Vorkonfigurierte_Aufbewahrungstypen"></span>
<span id="Standardaufbewahrungstypen"></span>
===== Preconfigured retention types =====
==== Preconfigured retention types ====


The following retention types have already been preconfigured for you and are stored when the agents are installed. <br>
The following retention types are pre-configured and automatically created during agent installation.<br>
Please note that 41 safe sets are included free of charge per backup job; additional backup points can be configured for an additional charge. <br>
Please note that 50 safesets are included free of charge per backup job; additional backup points can be added for an extra charge. <br>
<br>
'''Note:'''<br>
Starting April 1, 2024, 50 safesets can be configured free of charge per backup job.<br>
<br>
'''24-Hour (Hourly Backup):'''<br>
This retention type is automatically created by a "Sub-Day" schedule and cannot be edited.<br>
It is required for the function [https://wiki.terracloud.de/index.php/Backup/en#TERRA_CLOUD_BACKUP_Enterprise:_High_Frequent_Backup_-_Hourly_backups High Frequent Backup].<br>
Backups are retained for a maximum of 24 hours.<br>
'''48-Hour (Hourly Backup):'''<br>
This retention type is automatically created by a "Sub-Day" schedule and cannot be edited.<br>
It is required for the function [https://wiki.terracloud.de/index.php/Backup/en#TERRA_CLOUD_BACKUP_Enterprise:_High_Frequent_Backup_-_Hourly_backups High Frequent Backup].<br>
Backups are retained for a maximum of 48 hours.<br>
<br>
'''Daily (daily backup):'''<br>
This retention type is suitable for '''one backup per day'''.<br>
Backups are retained for a total of 30 days each, and the job must contain at least 30 backups.<br>
<br>
'''4xDaily (four daily backups):'''<br>
This retention type is suitable for '''four backups per day'''.<br>
Backups are retained for a total of 10 days each, and the job must contain at least 40 backups.<br>
<br>
<br>
'''Daily:'''<br>
'''Monthly (monthly backups):'''<br>
This retention type is suitable for '''one''' backup per day. In total, the data backups are retained for 30 days each and there must be at least 30 data backups in the job.<br>
This retention type is suitable for '''one backup per month'''. <br>
The backups are retained for a total of 365 days each, and there must be at least 12 backups in the job.<br>
<br>
<br>
'''Monthly:'''<br>
'''Yearly (annual backup):'''<br>
This retention type is suitable for '''one''' backup per month. In total, the data backups are kept for 365 days and there must be at least 12 data backups in the job.<br>
This retention type is suitable for '''one backup per year''' and must be used for [https://wiki.terracloud.de/index.php/Backup/en#TERRA_CLOUD_BACKUP_Enterprise:_10_years_retention Retention of backups for 10 years].<br>
The backups are retained for a total of 3653 days each, and there must be at least 10 backups in the job.<br>
<span id="Ehemalige_Standardaufbewahrungstypen"></span>
==== Former default retention types ====
 
The following standard retention types have been used in the past for TERRA CLOUD backup and may still be stored on the systems:<br>
<br>
<br>
'''4xDaily:'''<br>
'''Daily (7/7 Version):'''<br>
This retention type is suitable for ''four'' backups per day. In total, the data backups are kept for 10 days each and there must be at least 40 data backups in the job.<br>
This retention type is suitable for '''one backup per day'''.<br>
In total, the data backups are kept for 7 days each and there must be at least 7 data backups in the job.<br>
<br>
<br>
'''Note:'''<br>
'''Weekly(weekly backup):'''<br>
The 4xDaily retention type was activated in December 2022 and is not yet automatically stored on older systems and may still need to be created.
This retention type is suitable for '''one backups per week'''.<br>
In total, the data backups are kept for 31 days each and there must be at least 5 data backups in the job.<br>
<span id="Individuelle_Aufbewahrungstypen_erstellen"></span>
<span id="Individuelle_Aufbewahrungstypen_erstellen"></span>
===== Create individual retention types =====
==== Create individual retention types ====


If you do not want to use or add to the predefined global retention types, you have the option of defining your own retention types at agent level:
If you do not want to use or add to the standard retention types, you have the option of defining your own retention types using the agent's advanced settings:
[[File:Aufbewahrungstypen selbst erstellen.png|1000 px|without]]<br>
[[File:Individuelle Aufbewahrungstypen.png|1200px|ohne]]
<span id="Regelung_des_Safeset-Verbrauchs"></span>
<span id="Verbrauchswerte_für_die_Lizenzierung"></span>
=== Safeset consumption regulation ===
== Consumption values for licensing ==


The consumption values of the safe sets of a backup job are measured on the 15th calendar day of a month. <br>
The consumption values of a TERRA CLOUD backup account consist of:
You will receive a monthly [https://wiki.terracloud.de/index.php/Backup#Verbrauchsberichte Reports consumption report] with all relevant information such as computers created in the respective Vault account, <br>
* Natively protected data set of backup jobs
the backup jobs created on the vault, the amount of natively protected data per backup job and also the number of active safesets. <br>
* Number of protected systems
Basically, you have 41 safe sets available per job. Both the storage types and the prioritization in the schedule are crucial.<br>
* Number of active safesets of the backup jobs
In this case, please note our [https://wiki.terracloud.de/index.php/Backup#Zeitplan_Empfehlungen schedule recommendations].<br>
On the 15th calendar day of a month, the above-mentioned consumption values are determined and made available to you in the form of the [https://wiki.terracloud.de/index.php/Backup/en#Consumption_Reports consumption report] on the 16th calendar day. <br>
<br>
<span id="Verbrauchswerte_der_aktiven_Safesets"></span>
'''The following image shows you when it becomes chargeable:'''<br>
=== Consumption values of the active safe sets ===
[[File:Safesetkontigent.png|border|1600px|Safesetkontigent]] <br>
 
<br>
50 active safe sets are included in the inclusive quota per backup job and can be distributed depending on the [https://wiki.terracloud.de/index.php/Backup/en#Retention_periods retention scheme] and [https://wiki.terracloud.de/index.php/Backup/en#Schedule_Recommendations Schedule configuration]. <br>
Depending on when the vault systems perform the cleanup work, more than 41 safesets may exist despite a correctly configured schedule. <br>
In order for a safeset to be considered expired and to be deleted, the retention parameters “Online storage (days)” and “Online copies” must be exceeded. <br>
For such cases, we have a free reserve of 10 additional safe sets as a buffer. If you have saved 52 or more safe sets, you will be charged for "extra consumption" per safe set.<br>
This can result in more than 50 safesets being present in the vault at the time of consumption measurement because expired backups have not yet been removed from the vault. <br>
== '''Portal''' ==
The TERRA CLOUD backup license model therefore includes a free buffer zone of 10 safe sets. <br>
If 61 or more safe sets are used, all safe sets above the '''inclusive quota''' will be invoiced. <br>
{| class="wikitable"
|+ Safeset consumption zones
|-
! Zone !! Safe set number
|-
| Inclusive quota|| 01 - 50 safe sets
|-
| Buffer zone || 51 - 60 safe sets
|-
| Additional consumption || 61 - ∞ Safe sets
|}
= '''Portal''' =


The configuration is carried out as an example as documented in the following sections. The administrator account “backupadmin@terracloud.de” was used for this configuration.<br>
The configuration is carried out as an example as documented in the following sections. The administrator account “backupadmin@terracloud.de” was used for this configuration.<br>
This corresponds to your specialist dealer administrator account (backup master account).  
This corresponds to your specialist dealer administrator account (backup master account).  
<span id="Aufbau_TERRA_CLOUD_Backup_Portal"></span>
<span id="Aufbau_TERRA_CLOUD_Backup_Portal"></span>
=== Structure of TERRA CLOUD Backup Portal ===
== Structure of TERRA CLOUD Backup Portal ==


[[File:Aufbau-backup-portal.jpg|without]]<br>
[[Datei:Aufbau-backup-portal.jpg|ohne]]
<br>
'''Description:''' <br>
'''Description:''' <br>
This diagram shows the structure of the backup portal.
This diagram shows the structure of the Backup Portal.
The upper level consists of the parent site, which you can recognize by its name consisting of your Wortmann AG customer number and the name of your company.
The upper level consists of the parent site, which you can recognize by its name consisting of your Wortmann AG customer number and your company name.
You can use this level to administer (child) sites and use all functions of the portal centrally. You can create users for both levels, these are stored in the diagram in <span style="color: green"> green </span style="color: green"> for the parent site and in <span style="color: blue"> blue </span style="color: green"> for the end customers' sites.
Through this level, you can administer (child) sites and centrally access all portal functions. You can create users for both levels; these are shown in the diagram in <span style="color: green"> green </span style="color: green"> for the parent site and in <span style="color: blue"> blue </span style="color: green"> for the end customer sites.
Please create your own site for your company, as marked with the NFR site in the diagram. <br>
Please create a separate site for your company, as indicated in the diagram with the NFR site. <br>
You can then move the agents for your systems into this site or register them directly into it via a user within the site. <br>
You can then move the agents for your systems to this site or register them directly via a user within the site. <br>
<br>
<br>
'''Note:'''<br>
'''Note:'''<br>
<pre style="color: red"> Please only register agents in the parent site if they will then be moved to the associated customer site for further configuration. </pre style="color: red">
<span style="color: red"> Please only register agents in the parent site if they will subsequently be moved to the associated customer site for further configuration.</span style="color: red">
<span id="Site_anlegen"></span>
== Site ==  
=== Create site ===


A site is a sub-area within your portal to separate and manage a group of computers to be secured. <br>
A "Site" is an administrative area within the TERRA CLOUD Backup Portal that represents an end-customer organization.<br>
Subsites ensure the clear separation of agents and backups from different customers.
Sites enable the separation of your tenants and simplify the management of backed-up systems.<br>
As soon as you book a backup package for a customer, we automatically create a (child) site for you, along with a registration user.<br>
This user can be used exclusively to register new agents with the backup portal; logging into the backup portal itself is not possible with these credentials.<br>
You can find the access details for this registration user under the "Users" tab within the respective site.<br>
<span id="Site_manuell_anlegen"></span>
=== Manually create site ===
 
Should you ever need to create a site manually, you will find a button for this under the "Sites" tab.<br>
This launches the site creation wizard.<br>
<br>
<br>
Click Sites in the navigation bar, then click Create New Site. <br>
[[Datei:Neue Site erstellen.png|1500px]] <br>
[[File:Subsite anlegen.png|border|Create site]]<br>
<br>
<span id="Site-Name_vergeben"></span>
==== Site name assigned ====
 
The first step is to assign a name to the new site.<br>
We recommend, for example, combining your customer's name with their customer number from your ERP system (12345-EndCustomer).<br>
Then click "Next".<br>
<br>
<br>
Now give the site a name.
[[Datei: Backup-DE-Neue_Site_erstellen-1.png]] <br>
A useful name is the name of the end customer, which can be combined with a customer number assigned by you, e.g. 12345-End Customer.<br>
Optionally, you can configure the customer number and contact addresses for the site. Then click “Save Site”. <br>
[[File:Site Informationen.png|border|Enter Site Information]] <br>
<br>
<br>
Now give the site a name. A useful name here would be the name of the end customer. <br>
Optionally, you can configure the customer number and contact addresses for the site. Then click “Save Site”. <br>
<span id="Benutzer_anlegen"></span>
<span id="Benutzer_anlegen"></span>
==== Create user ====
==== Create user ====


You can create different users for your end customer's site.
Optionally, you can then create an additional user with admin rights for the customer's site; this user will also be able to log in to the backup portal.<br>
If you specify a user with the role "User" or "Administrator" instead of your parent site administrator when registering the agent, the agent will be registered in the end customer site.<br>
<br>
<br>
'''Note:'''<br>
'''Note:'''<br>
Further information about the different user roles can be found in the [[Backup#Berechtigungskonzept|Authorization Concept]].
You can find further information on the various user roles in the permissions concept. The screenshot below shows the configuration for a user with the "Admin" role.<br>
In the following screenshot you can see the configuration of a user with the "User" role. <br>
Please note that you must assign agents to users who do not have the "Admin" user role. <br>
Please note that you can still [[Backup#Benutzern_Agenten_zuweisen|Assign Agents to Users]].<br> to users who do not have the "Administrator" user role
<br>
[[File:User anlegen1.png|Create User|900px]] <br>
[[Datei: Backup-DE-Neue_Site_erstellen-2.png]] <br>
<span id="Benachrichtigungen_konfigurieren"></span>
<br>
==== Configure notifications ====
<span id="Vault-Profil"></span>
==== Vault Profile ====


You can configure email notification for the site using the “Notifications” tab. <br>
Once a TERRA CLOUD Backup package has been provisioned, you will receive the access credentials for your tenant's vault account.<br>
The address on file will be notified as soon as the selected events occur. <br>
These credentials are required for authentication between the agents and the vault (storage destination). <br>
[[File:Mailbenachrichtigung-neu2.png|without|900px]] <br>
These credentials must be saved into a vault profile within the wizard. <br>
<br>
<br>
<font color="red">Please note that the portal-side email notification is currently not yet available for all agents. See [https://wiki.terracloud.de/index.php/Backup#Funktions.C3.BCbersicht function overview]</font><br>
Vault Name: <br>
The vault name is the display name for the vault profile. <br>
Recommendation: <br>
For simplicity, we recommend using the vault's FQDN (e.g., vault-wmh2-P001.terracloud.de) as the vault name. <br>
The chosen vault name serves only as a label and has no technical function. <br>
<br>
<br>
'''Encryption password changed' option: <br>'''
Address: <br>
This can, for example, warn you in the event of unauthorized access if an attacker wants to gain access to future backups by changing the encryption password. <br>
Enter the vault's FQDN here (e.g., vault-wmh1-P001.terracloud.de). <br>
The encryption password cannot be changed retroactively for existing safesets.<br>
Account: <br>
Enter the provided vault account (e.g., 45814-ENDKUNDE). <br>
<br>
<br>
'''Note:'''<br>
Username: <br>
The change in the encryption password is also reflected in the "Status Feed". <br>
Enter the provided vault account here as well (e.g., 45814-ENDKUNDE). <br>
The account and username have been set up identically to simplify the setup process. <br>
<br>
Password: <br>
Enter the provided password; this vault password is used to authenticate the vault account and is not used to encrypt user data. <br>
<br>
[[Datei: Backup-DE-Neue_Site_erstellen-3.png]] <br>
<br>
<span id="Automatische_Agent-Konfiguration"></span>
==== Automatic Agent Configuration ====
 
Finally, you have the option to enable automatic agent configuration so that new agents are configured automatically. <br>
<br>
Prerequisites: <br>
To have a backup job created fully automatically, an encryption password must be defined.<br>
With automatic agent configuration, the encryption password is passed as the default encryption password during the installation process itself. <br>
<br>
Please select a vault profile and a job template. <br>
If you are logged in as a parent site user, you can choose from all the job templates you have previously created and saved at other (child) sites. <br>
<br>
[[Datei: Backup-DE-Neue_Site_erstellen-4.png]] <br>
<br>
<span id="Zusammenfassung"></span>
==== Summary ====
 
In the final step, you will receive a summary of the information entered. <br>
<br>
[[Datei: Backup-DE-Neue_Site_erstellen-5.png]] <br>
<br>
<br>
'''The basic configuration for your first end customer site is now complete.''' <br>
<span id="Benachrichtigung_konfigurieren"></span>
<br />
==== Configure notification ====
<span id="Vault-Profile_konfigurieren"></span>
==== Configure Vault Profiles ====


After providing a TERRA CLOUD backup package, you will receive the access data for the vault account for your tenant.
You can subsequently configure email notifications for the site via the "Notifications" tab. <br>
The credentials are required for authentication between the agents and the vault (storage target). <br>
The specified address will receive a notification as soon as the selected events occur. <br>
You can save the credentials in a Vault profile, e.g. For example, you don't have to enter it manually when registering an agent with the Vault.
[[Datei:Mailbenachrichtigung-neu2.png|ohne|900px]]
Please click "Add New" to create a Vault profile.<br>
<font color="red">Please note that portal-based email notification is currently not available for all agents. See [https://wiki.terracloud.de/index.php/Backup/en#Function_overview Function Overview]</font><br>
[[File:Vault konfigurieren.png|border|Add Vault]]<br>
<br>
'''"Encryption password changed" option: <br>'''
This can alert you, for example, in the event of unauthorized access—such as when an attacker attempts to gain access to future backups by changing the encryption password. <br>
The encryption password '''cannot''' be changed retroactively for existing safesets.<br>
<br>
<br>
'''Vault name:'''<br>
'''Note:'''<br>
The Vault Name is the displayed name of the Vault profile.
Changes to the encryption password are also displayed in the "Status Feed". <br>
Recommendation: To simplify matters, we recommend the FQDN of the vault (e.g. vault-wmh2-P001.terracloud.de).
The chosen vault name has no technical function, but only serves as a designation. <br>
<br>
<br>
'''Address:'''<br>
'''The basic configuration for the (child) site is now complete.''' <br>
Please enter the FQDN of the vault (e.g. vault-wmh1-P001.terracloud.de).<br>
You can subsequently review all settings made in the site creation wizard within the individual tabs of the respective (child) site and adjust them separately if necessary.<br>
<br>
<br>
'''Account:'''<br>
<span id="Weitere_Benutzer_anlegen"></span>
Please enter the submitted Vault account (e.g. 45814-ENDCUSTOMER).<br>
=== Create additional users ===
 
Just as in the Site Creation Wizard, you can also create additional portal users later from within the site via the "Users" tab.<br>
In addition to creating another administrator, you have the option here to select other user roles.<br>
<br>
<br>
'''Username:'''<br>
'''Note:'''<br>
Please also enter the submitted Vault account (e.g. 45814-ENDCUSTOMER). <br>
You can find further information on the various user roles in the [https://wiki.terracloud.de/index.php/Backup/en#Authorization_concept permissions concept].<br>
The account and user name have been created identically to simplify setup.<br>
The following screenshot shows the configuration for a user with the "User" role.<br>
Please note that you can still [https://wiki.terracloud.de/index.php/Backup/en#Assign_agents_to_users assign agents] to users who do '''not''' have the "Administrator" role.<br>
[[Datei:User anlegen1.png|User anlegen|900px]] <br>
<span id="Jobvorlage_für_die_automatische_Agenten-Konfiguration_erstellen"></span>
=== Create job template for automatic agent configuration ===
 
You can create your own job templates by opening the "Automatic Agent Configuration" tab for the respective site.<br>
Click "View" next to the existing job template and then create an editable copy of the template.<br>
You can customize this copy as desired and use it for automatic agent configuration after saving it. <br>
[[Datei:AAC-01.png|1000px|ohne]]<br>
<br>
<br>
'''Password:'''<br>
'''Note:'''<br>
Please enter the submitted password. This Vault password is used to authenticate the Vault account and is not used to encrypt user data.
The start time for the data backup is randomly selected within the time windows of '''18:00 – 21:00''' and '''02:00 – 06:00'''. <br>
Create the Vault profile via "OK".<br>
Example of a custom job template: <br>
[[File:Vault Authentifizierung.png|border|Vault Settings]]<br>
[[Datei:AAC-2.png|1000px|ohne]]
<br>
<br>
The saved Vault profile should then be visible. <br>
<span id="Multi-Faktor-Authentifizierung_(MFA)"></span>
[[File:Vault sichtbar.png|border|Visible Vault]] <br>
== Multi-Factor Authentication (MFA) ==


<span id="Automatische_Agent-Konfiguration"></span>
Multi-factor authentication (MFA) must be enabled to protect access to the TERRA CLOUD Backup Portal.<br>
==== Automatic agent configuration ====
<span id="MFA-Verfahren"></span>
=== MFA Process ===
 
<!--The following methods are available for multi-factor authentication:<br>
*Phone call
**The user receives an automated call and the verification code via a voice message.
*SMS
**The verification code is sent via SMS to the registered mobile number.-->
*TOTP (Time-based One-Time Password)
** The user employs an authenticator app, such as Microsoft Authenticator or Google Authenticator.<br>The app generates time-based one-time codes that are entered during login.
<span id="MFA_einrichten"></span>
=== Configure MFA ===


To have new agents automatically configured in the portal, please activate the "Automatically configure new agents" option under the "Automatic agent configuration" tab.<br>
When creating a new user, the mandatory multi-factor authentication (MFA) requirement is enabled by default.<br>
Consequently, the user is prompted to set up MFA upon their first login.<br>
<!--Users can choose between the aforementioned methods.<br>
<br>
<br>
'''Requirements:''' <br>
[[File:Backup-DE-Konto verifizieren.png|500px|none]]<br>
- Agent version 8.90a or newer <br>
<br>-->
- Submission of a default encryption password in the installation process <br>
[[File:Backup-DE-TOTP konfigurieren.png|500px|none]]<br>
Please select a Vault profile and a job template. You can either use the already stored best practice template "Entire System Image" or create your own template. <br>
<!--<br>
[[File:Backup-DE-Konto verifizieren-2.png|500px|none]]<br>
<br>
<br>
'''Default encryption password:''' <br>
[[File:Backup-DE-SMS_Anruf konfigurieren.png|500px|none]]-->
In order to create a backup job completely automatically, an encryption password must be defined.
Since multi-factor authentication (MFA) was not previously mandatory, there may be user accounts where it has not yet been enabled.<br>
With automatic agent configuration, the encryption password is passed as the default encryption password during the installation process.
These users must set up MFA subsequently.<br>
[[File:AutoAgentConfig.png|border]]<br>
<!--Users currently still have the option to skip the initial MFA setup and complete it at a later time.<br>-->
To do this, the user first logs in to the TERRA CLOUD Backup Portal without having MFA set up.<br>
Then, the '''Edit my profile''' entry is opened via the menu in the top right corner (three dots).<br>
[[File:Backup-DE-MFA nachträglich konfigurieren-1.png|300px|none]]<br>
Multi-factor authentication can then be set up in the '''Two-factor configuration''' section.<br>
[[File:Backup-DE-MFA nachträglich konfigurieren-2.png|600px|none]]<br>
<!--[[File:Backup-DE-MFA nachträglich konfigurieren-3.png|300px|none]]-->
<br>
<br>
<span id="Eigene_Jobvorlagen_erstellen"></span>
<span id="MFA_zurücksetzen"></span>
===== Create your own job templates =====
=== Reset MFA ===


You can create your own job templates by clicking on the "View" button next to the preset job template and creating an editable copy of the job template.
To reset two-factor authentication (MFA), please proceed as follows:
You can adapt this copy as you wish and, after saving it, use it for automatic agent configuration.
* If you haven't already done so, create a second user with administrator rights in the '''Backup Portal''' under '''Users'''.
Example for your own job template: <br>
* Then, log in using this second administrator account and, under '''Users''', open the administrator account for which the MFA needs to be reset.
[[File:Individueller Backup Job.png|framed|without]]<br>
* Enable the option highlighted in red in the screenshot.
[[File:Backup-DE-MFA zuruecksetzen.png|700px|none]]<br>
The next time this user logs in, two-factor authentication will need to be set up again.<br>
You can remove the additional administrator account if desired once MFA has been successfully set up.
<br>
<span id="Berechtigungskonzept"></span>
<span id="Berechtigungskonzept"></span>
=== Authorization concept ===
== Authorization concept ==


This diagram shows the four different roles that can be assigned to a user. <br>
This table shows the four different roles that can be assigned to a user, as well as the registration user automatically created by the TERRA CLOUD.<br>
You can create users either within a site or at the reseller level in your parent site; further information can be found in the diagram for the [[Backup#Aufbau_TERRA_CLOUD_Backup_Portal|Structure TERRA CLOUD Backup Portal]]
You can create users either within a site or at the reseller level in your parent site.<br>
For further information, please refer to the diagram showing the [[Backup#Aufbau_TERRA_CLOUD_Backup_Portal|structure of the TERRA CLOUD Backup Portal]].
<br>
<br>
[[File:Berechtigungskonzept.jpg|without]]<br>
{| class="wikitable"
!style="background-color:#7d5cab;color:#ffffff"|'''User and Portal Management'''
!style="background-color:#7d5cab;color:#ffffff"|'''Read Only*'''
!style="background-color:#7d5cab;color:#ffffff"|'''Execute Only*'''
!style="background-color:#7d5cab;color:#ffffff"|'''User**'''
!style="background-color:#7d5cab;color:#ffffff"|'''Administrator'''
!style="background-color:#7d5cab;color:#ffffff"|'''Registration User***'''
|-
|style="background-color:#ffffff;"|[https://wiki.terracloud.de/index.php/Backup/en#Assign_agents_to_users Can assign agents to other users*]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[Datei:Minus.jpg|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[Datei:Minus.jpg|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[Datei:Minus.jpg|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[Datei:Green check1.png|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[Datei:Minus.jpg|10px]]
|-
|style="background-color:#ffffff;"|[https://wiki.terracloud.de/index.php/Backup/en#Move_computer_to_another_site Move computers to another site]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Minus.jpg|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Minus.jpg|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Minus.jpg|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Green check1.png|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Minus.jpg|10px]]
|-
|style="background-color:#ffffff;"|[https://wiki.terracloud.de/index.php/Backup/en#Deletion_of_data_backups Delete backup jobs and computers from the vault]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Minus.jpg|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Minus.jpg|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Minus.jpg|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Green check1.png|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Minus.jpg|10px]]
|-
|style="background-color:#ffffff;"|[https://wiki.terracloud.de/index.php/Backup/en#Agent_Upgrade_Center Agent Upgrade Center]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Minus.jpg|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Minus.jpg|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Minus.jpg|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Green check1.png|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Minus.jpg|10px]]
|-
|style="background-color:#ffffff;"|[https://wiki.terracloud.de/index.php/Backup/en#Reports Report function]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Minus.jpg|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Minus.jpg|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Minus.jpg|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Green check1.png|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Minus.jpg|10px]]
|-
|style="background-color:#ffffff;"|[https://wiki.terracloud.de/index.php/Backup/en#Create_additional_users Create additional users]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Minus.jpg|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Minus.jpg|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Minus.jpg|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Green check1.png|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Minus.jpg|10px]]
|-
|style="background-color:#ffffff;"|[https://wiki.terracloud.de/index.php/Backup/en#Ransomware_Threat_Detection Handling potential threats]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Minus.jpg|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Minus.jpg|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Minus.jpg|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Green check1.png|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Minus.jpg|10px]]
|-
!style="background-color:#7d5cab;color:#ffffff"|'''Agent and backup management'''
!style="background-color:#7d5cab;color:#ffffff"|'''Read Only*'''
!style="background-color:#7d5cab;color:#ffffff"|'''Execute Only*'''
!style="background-color:#7d5cab;color:#ffffff"|'''User**'''
!style="background-color:#7d5cab;color:#ffffff"|'''Administrator'''
!style="background-color:#7d5cab;color:#ffffff"|'''Registration User***'''
|-
|style="background-color:#ffffff;"|Register agents on the portal
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Minus.jpg|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Minus.jpg|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Green check1.png|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Green check1.png|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Green check1.png|10px]]
|-
|style="background-color:#ffffff;"|Configure agents on the portal
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Minus.jpg|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Minus.jpg|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Green check1.png|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Green check1.png|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Minus.jpg|10px]]
|-
|style="background-color:#ffffff;"|[https://wiki.terracloud.de/index.php/Backup/en#Schedule_Recommendations Create and view schedules]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Minus.jpg|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Minus.jpg|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Green check1.png|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Green check1.png|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Minus.jpg|10px]]
|-
|style="background-color:#ffffff;|[https://wiki.terracloud.de/index.php/Backup/en#Backup_Jobs Create and edit backup jobs]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Minus.jpg|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Minus.jpg|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Green check1.png|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Green check1.png|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Minus.jpg|10px]]
|-
|style="background-color:#ffffff;"|[https://wiki.terracloud.de/index.php/Backup/en#Advanced_Agent_Configuration Advanced Agent Configuration***]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Minus.jpg|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Minus.jpg|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Green check1.png|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Green check1.png|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Minus.jpg|10px]]
|-
|style="background-color:#ffffff;"|[https://wiki.terracloud.de/index.php/Backup/en#Deletion_of_data_backups Backup jobs and computers from the portal interface delete]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Minus.jpg|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Minus.jpg|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Green check1.png|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Green check1.png|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Minus.jpg|10px]]
|-
!style="background-color:#7d5cab;color:#ffffff"|'''Backup operation and recovery'''
!style="background-color:#7d5cab;color:#ffffff"|'''Read Only*'''
!style="background-color:#7d5cab;color:#ffffff"|'''Execute Only*'''
!style="background-color:#7d5cab;color:#ffffff"|'''User**'''
!style="background-color:#7d5cab;color:#ffffff"|'''Administrator'''
!style="background-color:#7d5cab;color:#ffffff"|'''Registration User***'''
|-
|style="background-color:#ffffff;"|[https://wiki.terracloud.de/index.php/Backup/en#Run_job_manually Start backup manually]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Minus.jpg|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Green check1.png|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Green check1.png|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Green check1.png|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Minus.jpg|10px]]
|-
|style="background-color:#ffffff;"|[https://wiki.terracloud.de/index.php/Backup/en#Restoring_a_Backup_Job Recovery carry out]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Minus.jpg|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Green check1.png|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Green check1.png|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Green check1.png|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Minus.jpg|10px]]
|-
!style="background-color:#7d5cab;color:#ffffff"|'''Monitoring and information'''
!style="background-color:#7d5cab;color:#ffffff"|'''Read Only*'''
!style="background-color:#7d5cab;color:#ffffff"|'''Execute Only*'''
!style="background-color:#7d5cab;color:#ffffff"|'''User**'''
!style="background-color:#7d5cab;color:#ffffff"|'''Administrator'''
!style="background-color:#7d5cab;color:#ffffff"|'''Registration User***'''
|-
|style="background-color:#ffffff;"|[https://wiki.terracloud.de/index.php/Backup/en#Monitoring_2 View last backup status]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Green check1.png|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Green check1.png|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Green check1.png|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Green check1.png|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Minus.jpg|10px]]
|-
|style="background-color:#ffffff;"|View/download log files
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Green check1.png|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Green check1.png|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Green check1.png|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Green check1.png|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Minus.jpg|10px]]
|-
|style="background-color:#ffffff;"|Statusfeed view
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Green check1.png|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Green check1.png|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Green check1.png|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Green check1.png|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Minus.jpg|10px]]
|-
|style="background-color:#ffffff;"|View backup job configuration
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Green check1.png|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Green check1.png|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Green check1.png|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Green check1.png|10px]]
|style="background-color:#ffffff;text-align:center;"|[[File:Minus.jpg|10px]]
|}
{| class="wikitable"
|-
|style="background-color:#ffffff;"|* Assignment required to administer the agent based on the role.
|-
|style="background-color:#ffffff;"|** Assignment of the respective agent is not necessary<br>if it was registered on the portal by the user.
|-
|style="background-color:#ffffff;"|*** This user is automatically created when ordering a backup package.
|-
|style="background-color:#ffffff;"|**** Agent description, retention types, email notification,<br>bandwidth limitation, Agent logs.
|}
== Computer ==
 
All registered systems are displayed in a table on the Computer tab. If you open the overview while logged in to a site, only the computers of the respective site (end customers) will be displayed. <br>
This part of the portal offers you the opportunity to fully administrate, configure and much more with the agents in a multi-client capable manner.'''<br>
<span id="Übersprungene_Datensicherungen"></span>
=== Skipped backups ===
 
This function shows you whether and how many data backups were skipped.<br>
<br>
'''A high rate of skipped backups can result from the following circumstances:'''
# The intervals between data backups are too short and the next data backup is started during runtime.
# A very long data backup duration ensures that the subsequent data backup is skipped.
'''Data backups may be skipped if the following two conditions are met together''':
#The backup job is executed more frequently than once per day, through multiple backups per day or the [https://wiki.terracloud.de/index.php/Backup/en#TERRA_CLOUD_BACKUP_Enterprise:_High_Frequent_Backup_-_Hourly_backups High-Frequent Backup].
#A data backup is already in progress or the Vault is performing important maintenance work on the backup job.
Through the use of e.g. B. High-frequency backups, with up to 24 backups per day, the vault only has a short time window for maintaining the backup job.<br>
To ensure that outdated data backups can be removed despite the high backup frequency, the agent is allowed to skip backups. <br>
<br>
'''Skipped backup rate:'''<br>
You will be shown the percentage of data backups skipped in the last 48 hours.<br>
In this example, due to a misconfiguration, backups were made almost every minute to illustrate how this display works.
[[Datei:Übersprungene Sicherungen.png|1000px|ohne]]
If you click on the value, you will be shown an overview of the data backups with information about whether they were skipped:<br>
[[Datei:Sicherungen übersprungen-2.png|300px|ohne]]
<span id="Computer_in_eine_andere_Site_verschieben"></span>
=== Move computer to another site ===
 
You can move as many computers as you want to another site using the Move Computers action.<br>
This function makes it possible, for example, to assign systems that were accidentally registered in the [https://wiki.terracloud.de/index.php/Backup/en#Structure_of_TERRA_CLOUD_Backup_Portal Parent-Site] to the end customer's site. <br>
[[Datei:Computer verschieben 2024.png|500px]]
Please select the desired site for the selected computers: <br>
[[Datei:Computer verschieben 2.png|400px]]
<span id="Benutzern_Agenten_zuweisen"></span>
<span id="Benutzern_Agenten_zuweisen"></span>
=== Assign agents to users ===
== Assign agents to users ==


Users who do not have the "Administrator" role must be assigned to agents who can be managed by them. <br>
Users who do not have the "Administrator" role must be assigned to agents who can be managed by them. <br>
You can do this either via the user configuration within the site or via the Sites tab within your parent site.
You can do this either via the user configuration within the site or via the Sites tab within your parent site.<br>
In this example, only SERVER01 and SERVER02 have been assigned to the user for management. <br>
In this example, only SERVER01 and SERVER02 have been assigned to the user for management. <br>
[[File:Systeme zuweisen2.png]]<br>
[[File:Systeme zuweisen2.png]]
<span id="Löschung_von_Datensicherungen"></span>
<span id="Löschung_von_Datensicherungen"></span>
=== Deletion of data backups ===
== Deletion of data backups ==


<span id="Computer_aus_dem_Portal_und_vom_Vault_löschen"></span>
<span id="Computer_aus_dem_Portal_und_vom_Vault_löschen"></span>
==== Delete computers from the portal and vault ====
=== Delete computers from the portal and vault ===


You can have a computer's data backups completely deleted as an administrative user via the Backup Portal.<br>
You can have a computer's data backups completely deleted as an administrative user via the Backup Portal.<br>
Zeile 559: Zeile 1.043:
# Delete the backup of all backup jobs of this computer on the primary and secondary vault
# Delete the backup of all backup jobs of this computer on the primary and secondary vault
# Delete the registered computer on the Vault<br>
# Delete the registered computer on the Vault<br>
<br>
'''Procedure for deleting a computer:''' <br>
'''Procedure for deleting a computer:''' <br>
# Select the desired system using the checkbox on the left side of the backup portal
# Select the desired system using the checkbox on the left side of the backup portal.
# Under Actions, select Delete selected computer(s).
# Under Actions, select Delete selected computer(s).
# Switch to the “Completely Wipe Computer” option <br>
# Switch to the “Completely Wipe Computer” option.<br>
# Enter "CONFIRM" in the input field of the dialog to confirm the deletion
# Enter "CONFIRM" in the input field of the dialog to confirm the deletion.
The deletion job will be executed after a quarantine period of '''24 hours'''.
The deletion job will be executed after a quarantine period of '''24 hours'''.
[[File:Computer-loeschen.png|without]]<br>
[[File:Computer-loeschen.png|ohne]]
<br>
'''Cancel deletion job:''' <br>
'''Cancel deletion job:''' <br>
Within the quarantine period of 24 hours, you can select the computer as described above and cancel the deletion request using the "Cancel deletion of the selected computer(s)" action.
Within the quarantine period of 24 hours, you can select the computer as described above and cancel the deletion request using the "Cancel deletion of the selected computer(s)" action.
<span id="Backup_Jobs_aus_dem_Portal_und_vom_Vault_löschen"></span>
<span id="Backup_Jobs_aus_dem_Portal_und_vom_Vault_löschen"></span>
==== Delete backup jobs from the portal and vault ====
=== Delete backup jobs from the portal and vault ===


You can have the data backups of a backup job completely deleted as an administrative user via the Backup Portal. <br>
You can have the data backups of a backup job completely deleted as an administrative user via the Backup Portal. <br>
Zeile 579: Zeile 1.061:
#Delete all data backups of the backup job on the primary and secondary vault
#Delete all data backups of the backup job on the primary and secondary vault
#Delete the registered backup job on the Vault<br>
#Delete the registered backup job on the Vault<br>
<br>
'''Procedure for deleting a backup job:''' <br>
'''Procedure for deleting a backup job:''' <br>
#Open the "Select Action" drop-down menu for the desired job under the "Job" tab of the respective computer
#Open the "Select Action" drop-down menu for the desired job under the "Job" tab of the respective computer.
#Choose the “Delete Job” option
#Choose the “Delete Job” option.
#Switch to the “Delete Job Completely” option (screenshot below)
#Switch to the “Delete Job Completely” option (screenshot below).
#Enter "CONFIRM" in the input field of the dialog to confirm the deletion
#Enter "CONFIRM" in the input field of the dialog to confirm the deletion.
The deletion job will be executed after a quarantine period of '''24 hours'''.
The deletion job will be executed after a quarantine period of '''24 hours'''.
[[File:Job-loeschen.png|without]]<br>
[[File:Job-loeschen.png|ohne]]
<br>
'''Cancel deletion job:''' <br>
'''Cancel deletion job:''' <br>
Within the quarantine period of 24 hours, you can select the backup job as described above and cancel the deletion job using the "Cancel deletion" action.
Within the quarantine period of 24 hours, you can select the backup job as described above and cancel the deletion job using the "Cancel deletion" action.
<span id="Einzelne_Datensicherungen(Safesets)_vom_Vault_löschen"></span>
<span id="Einzelne_Datensicherungen(Safesets)_vom_Vault_löschen"></span>
==== Delete individual data backups (safesets) from the vault ====
=== Delete individual data backups (safesets) from the vault ===


You can have selected data backups of a backup job completely deleted as an administrative user via the Backup Portal. <br>
As an administrative user, you can completely delete selected backups from a backup job via the Backup Portal. <br>
<br>
<br>
'''This type of deletion includes:'''
'''This type of deletion includes:'''
#Delete the selected data backup of the backup job on the primary and secondary vault and, if applicable, the satellite<br>
#Deleting the selected backup(s) from the backup job on the primary and secondary vaults, and if applicable, the satellite.
'''Procedure for deleting individual backups (safesets):''' <br>
#Open the "Select Action" drop-down menu for the desired job under the "Job" tab of the respective computer.
#Select the "Delete Backup" option.
#Select the safesets to be deleted and click "Delete" (image below).
#Enter "CONFIRM" in the dialog box to confirm the deletion.<br>
<br>
<br>
'''Procedure for deleting individual data backups (safesets):''' <br>
'''Note:'''
#Open the "Select Action" drop-down menu for the desired job under the "Job" tab of the respective computer
<p style="color: #FF0000;">The deletion of individual backups (safesets) is executed immediately and cannot be stopped after confirmation. become!</p>
#Choose the “Delete Backup” option
[[Datei:Safeset-Löschung.png|850px|ohne]]
#Select the safesets to be deleted and click "Delete" (screenshot below)
#Enter "CONFIRM" in the input field of the dialog to confirm the deletion<br>
<br>
'''Note:''' <br>
<p style="color: #FF0000;">The deletion of individual data backups (safesets) is carried out immediately and cannot be stopped after confirmation!</p>
[[File:Safesets-loeschen.png|without]]<br>
<br />
<br />
<span id="Computer_in_eine_andere_Site_verschieben"></span>
=== Move computer to another site ===
You can move as many computers as you want to another site using the Move Computers action.<br>
This function makes it possible, for example, to assign systems that were accidentally registered in the [[Backup#Aufbau_TERRA_CLOUD_Backup_Portal|Parent-Site]] to the end customer's site.
[[File:Computer verschieben.png|framed|without]]<br>
<br>
[[File:Computer verschieben -2.jpg|framed|without]]<br>
<span id="Anpassung_im_Backup_Portal_nach_einer_Datenmigration"></span>
<span id="Anpassung_im_Backup_Portal_nach_einer_Datenmigration"></span>
=== Adjustment in the backup portal after a data migration ===
== Adjustment in the backup portal after a data migration ==


After migrating the data/backups to, for example, a dedicated vault system, the configuration must be adjusted in the backup portal. <br>
After migrating the data/backups to, for example, a dedicated vault system, the configuration must be adjusted in the backup portal. <br>
Zeile 623: Zeile 1.094:
The procedure differs slightly depending on the migration method. Please make the following adjustments after consultation in the migration process (support ticket). <br>
The procedure differs slightly depending on the migration method. Please make the following adjustments after consultation in the migration process (support ticket). <br>
<span id="Migration_des_Vaultaccounts"></span>
<span id="Migration_des_Vaultaccounts"></span>
==== Vault account migration ====
=== Vault account migration ===


With this variant, the entire vault account is moved to another vault system. A vault account is an organizational unit for an end customer.
With this variant, the entire vault account is moved to another vault system. A vault account is an organizational unit for an end customer.<br>
You will receive the access data and the name of the vault account when you provide the account, e.g. 12345-DEMO. <br>
You will receive the access data and the name of the vault account when you provide the account, e.g. 12345-DEMO. <br>
Please carry out the following steps after successfully moving the account:
Please carry out the following steps after successfully moving the account:
# For each agent, access the "Vault Settings" in the Backup Portal
# For each agent, access the "Vault Settings" in the Backup Portal.
# Edit the current vault connection and swap the FQDN of the old vault system with that of the new vault system
# Edit the current vault connection and swap the FQDN of the old vault system with that of the new vault system.
# Also customize the vault profile for this site
# Also customize the vault profile for this site.
The following screenshot shows the current vault connection that needs to be edited.
The following screenshot shows the current vault connection that needs to be edited.
[[File:Migration Vaultaccount.png|framed|without]]<br>
[[File:Migration Vaultaccount.png|framed|ohne]]<br>
<span id="Migration_der_Daten_in_einen_neuen_Vaultaccount"></span>
<span id="Migration_der_Daten_in_einen_neuen_Vaultaccount"></span>
==== Migration of data to a new vault account ====
=== Migration of data to a new vault account ===


The prerequisite for this method is a new vault account, e.g. B. on a TCBE vault system. With this variant, only the affected computers and their backup jobs are moved. <br>
The prerequisite for this method is a new vault account, e.g. B. on a TCBE vault system. With this variant, only the affected computers and their backup jobs are moved. <br>
Since authentication will now take place via the new account, all positions in the vault connection must be changed. <br>
Since authentication will now take place via the new account, all positions in the vault connection must be changed. <br>
# For each agent, access the "Vault Settings" in the Backup Portal
# For each agent, access the "Vault Settings" in the Backup Portal.
# Edit the current vault connection and replace all vault credentials with those of the new vault account
# Edit the current vault connection and replace all vault credentials with those of the new vault account.
# Also adjust the vault profile of the affected site
# Also adjust the vault profile of the affected site.
[[File:Migration in einen neuen Vaultaccount.png|without]]<br>
[[File:Migration in einen neuen Vaultaccount.png|1500px|ohne]]<br>
<span id="Richtlinien"></span>
=== Guidelines ===
 
<p style="color: #FF0000;">We currently recommend not using any guidelines! <br>
Guidelines currently have some unpleasant side effects. In particular, there may be confusion regarding storage types. <br>
In the past, this has occasionally led to increased Safeset consumption. <br>
<br>
We recommend setting the advanced settings manually.<br>
</p>
<span id="Berichte"></span>
<span id="Berichte"></span>
=== Reports ===
== Reports ==


The reporting function gives you access to various data sets from the TERRA CLOUD backup via various preconfigured reports. <br>
The reporting function gives you access to various data sets from the TERRA CLOUD backup via various preconfigured reports. <br>
Zeile 677: Zeile 1.139:
<br>
<br>
<span id="Bericht_zur_Sicherungsüberprüfung"></span>
<span id="Bericht_zur_Sicherungsüberprüfung"></span>
==== Backup Verification Report ====
=== Backup Verification Report ===


This report provides you with an overview of the most recently performed automated [[Backup#Automatisierte_Wiederherstellungstests|Recovery Tests]] by your vSphere Recovery Agents. <br>
This report provides you with an overview of the most recently performed automated [[Backup/en#Automated_recovery_tests|Recovery Tests]] by your vSphere Recovery Agents. <br>
On the one hand, you have the option of exporting this view as a PDF document, and on the other hand, you can configure a regular export including email delivery using the "E-mail/Schedule" menu item.
On the one hand, you have the option of exporting this view as a PDF document, and on the other hand, you can configure a regular export including email delivery using the "E-mail/Schedule" menu item.
[[File:Bericht Sicherungsüberprüfung.png|without|950 px]]<br>
[[File:Bericht Sicherungsüberprüfung.png|ohne|950 px]]<br>
<br />
<br />
=== Agent Upgrade Center ===
== Agent Upgrade Center ==


The Agent Upgrade Center offers you the opportunity to upgrade Windows agents from version 8.7x via portal.<br>
The Agent Upgrade Center offers you the opportunity to upgrade Windows agents from version 8.7x via the portal.<br>
<br>
<br>
'''Update Individual Agents''' <br>
'''Update Individual Agents''' <br>
You can select systems via the “Computer” tab and initiate the agent update under “Actions”.
You can select single systems via the “Computer” tab and initiate the agent update under “Actions”.
[[File:Agenten auf ausgewählten Computern aktualisieren.png|framed|without]]<br>
[[File:Agenten auf ausgewählten Computern aktualisieren.png|900px|framed|ohne]]<br>
<br>
<br>
'''Status display''' <br>
'''Status display''' <br>
In addition to the current version, you can use the icon to see whether the agent can be updated (purple dot) or is currently being updated.
In addition to the current version, you can use the icon to see whether the agent can be updated (purple dot) or is currently being updated.
As soon as an agent has been successfully updated, a checkmark will be displayed next to the version number. If you move the cursor to the symbol next to the version number, the respective meaning will be displayed, e.g. "New agent version available".
As soon as an agent has been successfully updated, a checkmark will be displayed next to the version number. If you move the cursor to the symbol next to the version number, the respective meaning will be displayed, e.g. "New agent version available".<br>
In the following screenshot you can see an agent that is currently being updated.
In the following screenshot you can see an agent that is currently being updated.
[[File:Agent-Upgrade-center.png|framed|without]]<br>
[[File:Agent-Upgrade-center.png|framed|ohne]]<br>
<br>
<br>
'''Update Agents for Entire Sites''' <br>
'''Update Agents for Entire Sites''' <br>
To do this, access the Agent Upgrade Center via your master login and select the desired agent and then the respective sites.
To do this, access the Agent Upgrade Center via your master login and select the desired agent and then the respective sites.
[[File:Agent Upgrade Center 3.png|without|1000px]]<br>
[[File:Agent Upgrade Center 3.png|ohne|1000px]]<br>
<br>
<br>
Then select whether you want the agents to be updated automatically or immediately:
Then select whether you want the agents to be updated automatically or immediately:
[[File:Agentupgradecenter.png|framed|without]]<br>
[[File:Agentupgradecenter.png|framed|ohne]]<br>
== '''Windows Agent''' ==
= '''Backup Jobs''' =
 
<span id="File_Level_Job"></span>
== File-based backup ==
 
<span id="Funktionsweise"></span>
=== How it works ===
 
The backup software accesses the file system of the system to be backed up. The files are read and divided into 32KB blocks; a checksum is calculated for each of these blocks.<br>
The delta can be determined in subsequent backups using the checksums. The blocks identified for backup are compressed and encrypted.
<span id="Schneller_Datei-Scan"></span>
=== Fast File Scan ===
 
The "Quick File Scan" or "QFS Quick File Scanning" function allows the Windows agent to pre-filter files based on the timestamp (modified date) in the file system to determine the delta.<br>
Files whose modification date is newer than the last backup are read in and compared with the delta file of the last backup using the calculated checksums of the 32KB blocks.<br>
Only blocks that have not yet been backed up will be included in the backup.
<span id="Vor-_und_Nachteile_filebasiert"></span>
=== Advantages and disadvantages file-based===
 
'''Advantages:''' <br>
#BMR backup possible
#Included as standard with the agent, no additional plugin is required
#No reboot required after installation
#Granular troubleshooting possible
#Files/directories can be excluded
#Can be administered from the agent console without portal access
#Script-based restore possible via VPR file
<br>
'''Disadvantages:''' <br>
#Slower with lots of small files
#Navigation via portal when restoring individual files
#[https://wiki.terracloud.de/index.php/Backup_Fehlerdiagnose/en#The_contents_of_the_OneDrive_folder_are_not_being_backed_up The OneDrive folder cannot currently be backed up.]
=== Best Practice ===
 
<pre style="color: green">
1.In the best case scenario, use a file-based backup job only to back up individual files and folders.
2.Add the “Entire Server” option to existing file-based BMR backup jobs.
3.Use an image-based job to configure new BMR backups.
4. File-based backup jobs are only recommended for up to a million files; above a million files we recommend an image backup job.
</pre style="color: green">
<span id="Komplexe_Exklusionen/Inklusionen_in_dateibasierten_Jobs_konfigurieren"></span>
=== Configure complex exclusions/inclusions in file-based jobs ===
 
The following instructions can be used for both local file-based backup jobs and UNC jobs (network shares). <br>
When configuring one of the job types mentioned above, the portal can only be excluded or included to a limited extent. <br>
Using the Backup Portal, you can only select one directory per exclusion entry in the job configuration and exclude folders and/or files in the respective subdirectory.
This means that the entry only applies to the level below. <br>
<br>
'''Example complex exclusion:'''<br>
You want to exclude all directories that end with '''_Backup''' in a backup job because they
Contains data backups that should not be included in the TERRA CLOUD backup.<br>
'''<code>D:\Data\*\*\*_Backup\*.*</code>'''<br>
In this exclusion there are two levels of different directories, each containing subdirectories ending in _Backup.<br>
These directories and their contents are excluded using the syntax shown.<br>
However, this complex exclusion expression cannot be configured in the portal and must therefore be copied manually into the job's configuration file.<br>
<br>
'''Deposit exclusion in the job configuration:''' <br>
1. Configure any exclusion <br> for the job
2. Stop both TERRA CLOUD Backup Agent <br> services
3. Open the JOBNAME.vvc file in the agent installation directory <br>
4. Swap the exclusion created by step 1 with the one you want as in the following example <br>
Exclude = "D:\*\*\*_Backup\*.*" <br>
5. Start both services again <br>
6. In the Backup Portal, check the job configuration and schedule and save it again if necessary
7. If you modify it manually, you will receive a warning in the Backup Portal, which you can simply confirm <br>
8. After confirming the warning, please check whether the configuration has been applied as desired <br>
For a complex inclusion, you can use these instructions analogously.
<span id="Bedrohungserkennung"></span>
=== Ransomware Threat Detection ===
 
This file-based backup option allows the agent to scan the system for potential threats during backup. <br>
If a possible threat is detected, the data backup is marked as a “potential threat”. <br>
The current and all subsequent backups will retain this flag until one of the actions is taken. <br>
<br>
Note:<br>
The agent does not check for possible errors in a seed backup or the first backup
Ransomware threats when threat detection is enabled in a job.
[[File:Ransomware-1.png|border|1200px]]<br>
<span id="Handhabung_von_potenziellen_Bedrohungen"></span>
=== Handling potential threats ===
 
When ransomware threat detection is triggered, the following options are available via the "Manage potential threat" action: <br>
[[File:Ransomware-2.png|border|250px|none]]<br>
1. Using the "Restore" option, you can configure a granular restore and—after the restore is complete—[https://wiki.terracloud.de/index.php/Backup/en#Delete_individual_data_backups_(safesets)_from_the_vault delete the flagged backup from the backup chain].
[[File:Ransomware-3.png|border|350px|none]] <br>
2. In the event of a false positive, you can select the "Delete potential threat warning" option and confirm the deletion of the warning.
[[File:Ransomware-4.png|border|350px|none]] <br>
<span id="Image_Level_Job"></span>
== Image-based backup ==
 
<span id="Funktionsweise"></span>
=== How it works ===
 
In contrast to a file-based backup job, which protects individual files and folders when backing up,
an image job backs up all blocks of a selected volume.<br>
It is possible to set up a BMR backup if all system-relevant volumes are backed up.
=== Changed Block Tracking ===
 
The image plug-in installs a changed block tracking driver, which requires a restart after installation. This can be used to determine which blocks have changed in relation to the last backup.
<span id="Vor-_und_Nachteile_Imagebasiert"></span>
=== Advantages and Disadvantages Image-based===
 
'''Advantages:''' <br>
#BMR backup possible
#Faster for lots of small files
#Recommended for natively protected data volumes of 1TB or more
#Requires less processing power than file-based backup
#Convenient Restore (Image is attached)
#Navigation via Explorer when restoring
#The OneDrive folder can be included in the backup<br>
<br>
'''Disadvantages:''' <br>
#Exclusion of individual files and folders is not possible
#Restore only possible on disks of the same size/larger
#Restart required after plugin installation
#No granular troubleshooting possible
#ReFS is not supported
=== Best Practice ===
 
<pre style="color: green">
1. The restart can be done at a later point in time (usually after the end of work). The agent can be configured without restarting.
2. To protect the entire system, including the possibility of a bare metal restore, select the "Entire Server" and "BMR" options.
3. If data (such as local backups / dumps) needs to be excluded, you can move it to a separate volume and explicitly not include this volume in the backup set.<br>
The "Entire Server" option cannot be used in this case.
</pre style="color: green">
== UNC-Backup Job ==
 
<span id="Dokumentation"></span>
=== Documentation ===
 
Complete setup instructions can be found in Chapter 5.4 of the Windows Agent User Guide at [https://drive.terracloud.de/getlink/fiLpZboTGRPeqzW1cqwS6yin Agents Doku/ Release Notes] (Documentation -> EN -> Windows Agent -> User Guide )
<span id="Funktionsweise"></span>
=== How it works ===
 
The Windows agent connects to the stored network share and saves the selected files. For authentication, a user must be provided with read and write permissions.
=== Best Practice ===
 
<pre style="color: green">
1. A UNC backup job should protect a maximum of 500,000 files or 1 TB of native data. If more data needs to be backed up, we recommend distributing it across several UNC backup jobs.
2. Since backing up a network share via a DFS namespace is not supported, we recommend backing up the server share directly without using the namespace.
3. Recommended backup method for files stored on NAS systems (e.g. from Synology, QNAP).
</pre style="color: green">
<span id="Zeitplan"></span>
== Schedule Recommendations ==
 
The schedule determines when a data backup should be started and with which retention type it should be saved. <br>
The following articles go into more detail about various recommended schedule configurations. <br>
<span id="Erneute_Sicherungsversuche"></span>
=== Renewed backup attempts ===
 
The “''Automatic restart for time-controlled backup''” function offers the option of restarting an incorrect or failed data backup. <br>
This can be particularly helpful if, for example, in the first backup attempt. B. a Microsoft VSS shadow copy cannot be created. <br>
We recommend waiting a few minutes between backup attempts so that e.g. B. Load peaks can be avoided. <br>
<br>
[[File:Erneute Sicherungsversuche.png|500px|border]]
<span id="Tägliche_und_monatliche_Sicherung"></span>
=== Daily and Monthly Backup ===
 
This schedule runs one backup per day, using a Daily or Monthly retention type. <br>
The last calendar day uses the Monthly retention type, and all other days use the Daily retention type.<br>
The time was configured identically due to the priority, so that every day except the last calendar day, line 1 does not apply and line 2 must be checked. <br>
Since the conditions in line 2 are met on any other day, this is executed. <br>
This configuration prevents daily and monthly backups from being created on the last calendar day. <br>
<br>
'''Example configuration:''' <br>
[[File:jobzeitplan.png|border|Create schedule|1000 px]]<br>
<span id="Vier_tägliche_Sicherungen"></span>
=== Four daily backups ===
 
This schedule runs four backups per day, with retention type "4xDaily".<br>
The backup times were set at the beginning and end of the working day plus two additional backups within the working day. <br>
In the example configuration below, the backup is performed on the hour at 6 a.m., 9 a.m., 12 p.m. and 3 p.m.<br>
If the system data is changed 24/7, it is recommended to distribute it at equal intervals, e.g. E.g. 0/6/12/18<br>
<br>
'''Example configuration:''' <br>
[[File:Benutzerdefinierter Zeitplan.png|none|300 px]] <br>
<br>
[[File:4x-Daily.png|ohne|1000 px]]<br>
<span id="Sicherung_von_Clients_mit_den_Windows-Sicherungsereignisauslösern"></span>
=== Backing up clients using the Windows backup event triggers ===
 
Unlike a scheduled server backup, a client system's usage time can vary, making a fixed backup schedule less suitable. <br>
The Windows backup event triggers, which start the data backup dynamically depending on the time of triggering, are suitable for these purposes. <br>
The following Windows events can be selected as triggers: <br>
<br>
'''Event:'''<br>
'''1. Shutdown'''<br>
Before the system is shut down or restarted, the user receives a message asking whether the data backup should be performed before shutdown. <br>
<br>
'''2. Login'''<br>
A user login starts the data backup. <br>
<br>
[[File:Backup vor dem Herunterfahren.png|border|ohne]]<br>
<br>
'''Waiting time between backups:'''<br>
The triggering can be limited to once or twice a day, for example. B. If you restart multiple times, you won't be asked for a backup every time you restart.
<br>
[[File:Alternative_Backup_Trigger.png|border|900px|ohne]]
<span id="TERRA_CLOUD_BACKUP_Enterprise:_High_Frequent_Backup_-_Stündliche_Sicherungen"></span>
=== TERRA CLOUD BACKUP Enterprise: High Frequent Backup - Hourly backups ===
 
The High Frequency Backups feature enables hourly backups and thus an RPO of 60 minutes. <br>
Hourly backups must be created with retention types [https://wiki.terracloud.de/index.php/Backup/en#Preconfigured_retention_types Retention Types "24-Hours" and "48-Hours"] using the "Intraday" schedule view. <br>
In the example shown below, all 50 safesets of the [https://wiki.terracloud.de/index.php/Backup/en#Consumption_values_of_the_active_safe_sets inclusive quota] are scheduled. <br>
It was assumed that most changes to the data set are made between 9 a.m. and 5 p.m.<br>
<br>
This schedule performs a total of eleven backups per day in the following distribution:
* Nine backups are performed hourly between 9 a.m. and 5 p.m. with the retention type "24-Hours"
* One backup at 8 p.m. with the retention type "Daily" or on the last calendar day "Monthly"
<br>
'''Note:'''<br>
Please note that the hourly backups may only be used in conjunction with a TERRA CLOUD Backup Enterprise Vault. <br>
<br>
'''Example configuration:''' <br>
# Please add a new line to your schedule using "Add schedule"
# Select the "Intraday" schedule view for this line
# Configure how often the high-frequency backup should back up within a day, e.g. every full hour between 9 a.m. and 5 p.m. (see screenshot)
# Confirm the configuration with "OK".
# Finally, you can decide how long the data backups should be kept using the two new retention types available, 24-hours and 48-hours
<br>
[[File:Untertägiger Zeitplan.png|framed|ohne]]
<br>
'''Full schedule:'''
[[File:Ohne Retries Zeitplanansicht.jpg|border|none|1200 px]]
<br>
<span id="TERRA_CLOUD_BACKUP_Enterprise:_10_Jahres_Aufbewahrung"></span>
=== TERRA CLOUD BACKUP Enterprise: 10 years retention ===
 
The sample schedule shown below includes all 50 safesets of the [https://wiki.terracloud.de/index.php/Backup/en#Consumption_values_of_the_active_safe_sets Included quota].<br>
It is assumed that all documents to be archived will be stored on the system and backed up by December 31st.
<br>
This schedule performs one data backup per day at 11:30 PM with the following retention types:
* Daily on all days of the month except the last day
* Monthly on the last day of the month, from January to November
* Yearly on the last day of the year
'''Note on the Yearly Retention Type'''<br>
The "Yearly" retention type was added as the default retention type in February 2026.<br>
<br>
'''Sample Schedule:''' <br>
[[Datei:Zeitplan + Archivfunktion.png|border|1000 px]]
<br>
<span id="Job_manuell_ausführen"></span>
==Run job manually ==
 
If you wish, you can also run jobs manually. <br>
[[File:manuell ausfuehren.png|1600px|border|Run job manually]] <br>
<br>
Click “Start Backup”. <br>
[[File:job ausfuehren.png|border|Run job]] <br>
<br>
Completed backup process: <br>
[[File:Prozessdetails.png|border|Process Details]] <br>
<br>
Since the agent is able to compress, in this case only 14.27 GB of data was transferred and stored in the vault for a complete Windows Server 2025 VM. The original size of the system is 33.95 GB. <br>
This is an initial backup, as 33.95 GB is also stored under Changed. <br>
We can also see under the “Jobs” tab that the backup process was completed successfully: <br>
[[File:Erfolgreich abgeschlossen.png|border|Backup Status Completed Successfully]]<br>
<br>
Further details can be viewed by clicking on “Completed” in the middle. <br>
<span id="Zurückstellungsfunktion"></span>
== Defering function ==
 
The deferral function allows you to split the initial backup into multiple backup stages. <br>
After the specified time window (e.g., 8 hours) has elapsed, an incomplete safeset is created. <br>
The blocks not yet backed up are "deferred" and can be backed up in the next backup stage. <br>
You will receive a warning at the end of the backup that the deferral is still active.<br>
Please select the "Use deferral" option and specify a backup time window of at least 15 minutes to a maximum of 48 hours. <br>
This function can be used for both manual and scheduled execution. <br>
[[Datei:Zurückstellung.png|gerahmt|ohne]]<br>
<p style="color: red"><br>
<br>
'''Important:''' <br>
A backup with the resume function enabled results in an incomplete backup if interrupted.<br>
For '''file-based''' backups, data successfully backed up prior to the interruption can be restored.<br>
For '''image-based''' backups, however, restoration is only possible if the backup has been fully completed.<br>
</p>
<br>
'''Recommendation:''' <br>
The deferral function can be used '''exclusively''' for the initial backup. You can select the deferral during manual execution or specify it in the schedule.
We recommend adding a reminder in the agent description that the deferral function is active in the schedule. After the first successful backup without deferral, you can remove the function from the schedule and the reminder from the agent description.
[[Datei:Zurückstellung im Zeitplan.png|gerahmt|ohne]]<br>
<br>
The deferral can be used to split the initial backup or seed backup into multiple backup operations. You will receive a warning in the log file until the backup job has completed completely. For a BMR job, BMR protection is only provided after the first successful completion without deferral.<br>
<br>
'''Example:''' <br>
<br>
'''Day 1:''' <br>
The backup job is started with a deferral for the first time and completes the backup after a defined period of 8 hours, and Safeset 1 has been created. <br>
<br>
'''Day 2:''' <br>
The backup is started again and creates Safeset 2 after 8 hours. <br>
<br>
'''Day 3:'''<br>
On the third run, the backup job completes before the 8-hour period, Safeset 3 is created, and the seed backup is successfully completed. <br>
The status of the backup job changes from "Deferred with Warnings" to "OK". <br>
= '''Windows Agent''' =
 
<span id="Dokumentation_Windows_Agent"></span>
== Documentation Windows Agent ==
 
You can find extensive documentation and further information in [https://drive.terracloud.de/getlink/fi8mnw3UmM5mSru5xADtxU/Windows%20Agent Windows Agent User Guide].
== Installation ==


<span id="Installation_über_das_Setup"></span>
<span id="Installation_über_das_Setup"></span>
Zeile 733: Zeile 1.496:
[[File:Agent plugins.png|border|Plugins]] <br>
[[File:Agent plugins.png|border|Plugins]] <br>
<br>
<br>
Enter the email address and password of the user created in [https://wiki.terracloud.de/index.php/Backup#User_anlegen_.28optional.29 4.2.2]. Confirm with Next. <br>
In the dialog box that follows, you can specify how the agent should encrypt the data. You can retain the default settings here.<br>
[[File:Backup-DE-Agent-Datenverschluesselung.png|border|Data encryption]] <br>
<br>
Enter the email address and password of the registration users or the user created in [https://wiki.terracloud.de/index.php/Backup/en#Create_user 5.2.1]. Confirm with Next. <br>
[[File:Agent login.png|border|Enter login information]] <br>
[[File:Agent login.png|border|Enter login information]] <br>
<br>
In the next step, you can set a default encryption password. This is required if you wish to use automatic agent configuration.<br>
[[File:Backup-DE-Agent-Kennwort.png|border|Encryption password]] <br>
<br>
<br>
Confirm with Install. <br>
Confirm with Install. <br>
Zeile 754: Zeile 1.523:
<br>
<br>
'''An example of the silent installation including the image plug-in: <br>'''
'''An example of the silent installation including the image plug-in: <br>'''
''Agent-Windows-x64-x-xx-xxxx.exe /s /v" REGISTERWITHWEBCC=True AMPNWADDRESS=backup.terracloud.de AMPUSERNAME=backupkunde@firmaXYZ.de AMPPASSWORD=password FEATUREVOLUMEIMAGE=ON /qn"'' <br >
''Agent-Windows-x64-x-xx-xxxx.exe /s /v" REGISTERWITHWEBCC=True AMPNWADDRESS=backup.terracloud.de AMPUSERNAME=backupkunde@firmaXYZ.de AMPPASSWORD=password FEATUREVOLUMEIMAGE=ON /qn"'' <br ><br>
'''Explanation:'''<br>
'''Explanation:'''<br>
''Agent-Windows-x64-x-xx-xxxx.exe'': The agent (x64) setup is called.<br>
''Agent-Windows-x64-x-xx-xxxx.exe'': The agent (x64) setup is called.<br>
Zeile 779: Zeile 1.548:
==== Silent Agent Registration ====
==== Silent Agent Registration ====


The following entry in the command line is sufficient to re-register the agent on the portal:<br>
The following PowerShell command is sufficient to re-register the agent with the portal:<br>
''C:\Program Files\TERRA Cloud Backup\Agent\buagent.exe" -cmdline --reregister --amplogin backupkunde@firmaXYZ.de --amppassword USERPW --ampserver "backup.terracloud.de" --ampport 8086' '<br>
''& "C:\Program Files\TERRA Cloud Backup\Agent\buagent.exe" -cmdline --reregister --amplogin 'backupkunde@firmaXYZ.de' --amppassword 'USERPW' --ampserver 'backup.terracloud.de' --ampport 8086''
'''Note:'''<br>
Please replace the placeholder values ​​with your actual TERRA CLOUD Backup portal login credentials.<br>
<br>
<br>
The Terra Cloud Backup services must then be restarted.<br>
Afterwards, the TERRA Cloud Backup services must be restarted once.<br>
To do this, start Powershell with administrator rights and enter the following:<br>
To do this, launch PowerShell with administrator privileges and enter the following command:<br>
''Get-Service -DisplayName "TERRA Cloud Backup*" | Restart service''<br>
''Get-Service -DisplayName "TERRA Cloud Backup*" | Restart-Service''<br>
<br>
<br>


<span id="Agent_mit_Vault_verknüpfen"></span>
<span id="Installation_per_PowerShell_Skript"></span>
===Associate Agent with Vault ===
=== Installation via PowerShell script ===
 
To achieve a fully automated installation of the TERRA CLOUD Backup Windows Agent, we developed the following PowerShell script and made it available in the download area of ​​the TERRA CLOUD Backup portal:<br>
<br>
[[Datei:Install-TCBWindowsAgent.png|border|Install-TCBWindowsAgent]]<br>
<br>
'''Functions:'''
* Port check TCP 8086/8087
* Check for pending restarts
* Download the current setup
* Install the agent and register it with the portal
* Initiate automatic agent configuration, if configured in the portal<br>
<span style="color:red"> Administrator rights in PowerShell are required to run this script. It may also be necessary to unlock the script file after downloading by right-clicking and selecting Properties.</span><br>
<br>
Parameters:<br>
SiteUser: Site username<br>
SiteUserPassword: Site user password<br>
JobEncryptionKey: Encryption password for jobs to be created, provided automatic agent configuration has been configured on the customer site<br>
<br>
Plug-in Parameters:<br>
ExchangeLegacy: Exchange Plug-in (Legacy)<br>
Exchange: Exchange Plug-in (2010 and later)<br>
SQL: SQL Plug-in<br>
Cluster: Cluster Plug-in<br>
Oracle: Oracle Plug-in<br>
<br>
Execution via PowerShell (without plug-ins):<br>
.\Install-TCBWindowsAgent.ps1 -SiteUser "register@terracloud.de" -SiteUserPassword "Password123!" -JobEncryptionKey "Terra456#"<br>
<br>
'''Execution via PowerShell (with plugins):'''<br>
.\Install-TCBWindowsAgent.ps1 -SiteUser "register@terracloud.de" -SiteUserPassword "Password123!" -JobEncryptionKey "Terra456#" -SQL<br>
.\Install-TCBWindowsAgent.ps1 -SiteUser "register@terracloud.de" -SiteUserPassword "Password123!" -JobEncryptionKey "Terra456#" -Exchange<br>
<span id="Agent_mit_dem_Vault_verknüpfen"></span>
==Associate Agent with Vault ==


Every newly registered computer is initially displayed as “Not configured” in the portal. First, at least one vault (data safe) must be assigned to the computer. <br>
Every newly registered computer is initially displayed as “Not configured” in the portal. First, at least one vault (data safe) must be assigned to the computer. <br>
Zeile 795: Zeile 1.599:
<br>
<br>
Now click on “Add Vault” on the right.<br>
Now click on “Add Vault” on the right.<br>
Then select the Vault profile created in [https://wiki.terracloud.de/index.php/Backup#Vault_Profile_konfigurieren 4.2.1] under “Vault profile”, in our case this is “Vault_Endkunden1”. All fields should then be automatically filled with the set values. <br>
Then select the Vault profile created in [https://wiki.terracloud.de/index.php/Backup/en#Configure_Vault_Profiles 4.2.1] under “Vault profile”, in our case this is “Vault_Endkunden1”. All fields should then be automatically filled with the set values. <br>
[[File:Vault Einstellungen1.png|border|Vault Settings]] <br>
[[File:Vault Einstellungen1.png|border|Vault Settings]] <br>
<br>
<br>
The agent establishes a test connection to the vault. If the connection cannot be established, for example because incorrect access data was entered, you will receive an error message. <br>
The agent establishes a test connection to the vault.<br>
If the connection cannot be established, for example because incorrect access data was entered, you will receive an error message. <br>
If everything is OK, the vault will now appear under the “Vault Settings”. <br>
If everything is OK, the vault will now appear under the “Vault Settings”. <br>
[[File:Vault Einstellungen uebersicht.png|1600px|border|Overview]] <br>
[[File:Vault Einstellungen uebersicht.png|1600px|border|Overview]] <br>
In addition to the portal, the Windows agent can also be started via command line or script.<br>
Agent scripting is recommended, for example, to stop non-VSS-capable databases before backup (MySQL, MariaDB, etc.)
<span id="Job_erstellen"></span>
== Create job ==
<span id="Dateibasierten_Backup_Job_erstellen"></span>
=== Create file-based backup job ===
Click on the “Jobs” tab. Then click “Create new job for local system”. <br>
[[File:neuer job lokal.png|border|Create new job for local system]]<br>
<br>
The “Create new job” window opens.
[[File:Filebasierter-Job.jpg|framed|ohne]]<br>
<br>
Please first give the job a name. The name “BMR” (for Bare Metal Restore) is used in the example. <br>
The default encryption algorithm is AES 256 bit, which is considered very secure. <br>
<br>
'''''Then enter an encryption password (maximum 31 characters). Resetting an encryption password is not possible!''''' <br>
In the middle area you will find the directory structure that the agent transmits to the portal.<br>
Here you can easily select all the directories and folders you want to back up.<br>
In this example, the BMR and Entire Server options have been configured.<br>
This not only backs up the actual system files, but also the bootloader. This means you can restore an entire server later.<br>
With the “Bare Metal Restore” the entire ''c:\ system partition'' is backed up in addition to the data required for booting.<br>
On the right you will then see the backup set.<br>Objects marked with “+” are saved.<br>If you would like to exclude individual data from the backup, <br>
select the file and click “Exclude”. Objects marked with “-” are excluded from the backup. <br>
Confirm the setting by clicking on “Create job”. <br>
A window will then automatically open to configure the schedule. <br>
<span id="Imagebasierten_Backup_Job_erstellen"></span>
=== Create image-based backup job ===
'''Requirement:''' <br>
The image plug-in must be installed on the system.
If the plug-in is not yet installed, you can run the agent setup again and use the "change" option to install the plug-in later.<br>
<br>
'''Create job:''' <br>
In the backup portal, please select the image job under "Select job task" as shown in the following screenshot:
[[File:Image Job erstellen 1.png|framed|ohne]]<br>
<br>
'''Configure job:''' <br>
In this screenshot you can see an example configuration from an image job. In this, the “Bare Metal Restore” and “Entire Server” options were selected and included in the backup set. <br>
Instead of showing the file system, the agent only shows individual volumes. <br>
[[File:Image-Job-erstellen-1.jpg|framed|ohne]]<br>
<br>
'''Application Aware Backup' option:''' <br>
In addition to a BMR backup, this option also enables the transaction logs of a Microsoft SQL Server to be truncated and backed up.
In order to use this, you must provide the access data required for the SQL instance.
We recommend not using this option and using your own SQL job for a comprehensive backup of a SQL instance.<br>
<br>
'''Entire Server' option:''' <br>
If you add this option to the backup set, all partitions (volumes) of a system will be included in the backup. This excludes removable storage media (e.g. external hard drives or USB sticks). Partitions (volumes) added later are automatically included; there is no need to adjust the configuration.<br>
<br>
'''Note:''' <br>
<pre style="color: red">For an image-based backup job, BMR protection is automatically provided by the "Entire Server" option, but in order to be able to offer a standard configuration for file- and image-based backup jobs, the option was changed BMR additionally added in the screenshot above. </pre style="color: red">
<span id="UNC_Backup_Job_erstellen"></span>
=== Create UNC Backup Job ===


In the '''TERRA CLOUD Backup Portal''', first navigate to '''Computers''' and select the relevant computer.<br>
Then, switch to the '''Jobs''' tab and select '''Select job task → Create UNC file job'''.<br>
[[Datei:Backup-DE-UNC Job (1).png|1000px|none]]<br>
In the window that follows, enter the required access credentials to establish a connection to the UNC share.<br>
The '''Domain''' field is optional and is only required if a domain is needed for authentication.<br>
[[Datei:Backup-DE-UNC Job (2).png|1000px|none]]<br>
Once the connection is successfully established, you will proceed to the actual job configuration.<br>
Assign a '''Name''' for the backup job and enter the desired '''Encryption password'''.<br>
You can optionally provide a '''Password hint'''.<br>
Next, you can define the desired '''Backup set'''.<br>
To do this, expand the previously entered UNC share in the central area and select the folders or files to be backed up.<br>
Then click '''Include''' to add the selected data to the backup set.<br>
If necessary, you can also define '''Exclusions''' to omit specific files or folders from the backup.<br>
[[Datei:Backup-DE-UNC Job (5).png|800px|none]]<br>
You can use the '''UNC credentials''' button to modify the previously entered access credentials for the UNC share if needed.<br>
Additional UNC shares can be added to the backup job using the '''Add UNC share''' button.<br>
<br>
<span id="Erweiterte_Agentenkonfiguration"></span>
<span id="Erweiterte_Agentenkonfiguration"></span>
=== Advanced Agent Configuration ===
== Advanced Agent Configuration ==


Individual settings can be configured for each computer. These include, for example: B. Mail notification and bandwidth limitation. <br>
Individual settings can be configured for each computer. These include, for example: B. Mail notification and bandwidth limitation. <br>
Zeile 816: Zeile 1.693:
<br>
<br>
'''Retention Types:'''<br>
'''Retention Types:'''<br>
The currently stored retention types are displayed here; after installation, “Daily” and “Monthly” are stored by default.<br>
The currently stored retention types are displayed here; after installation, "4xDaily", "Daily", "Monthly" and "Yearly" are stored by default.<br>
You can use this tab to create your own storage types, which you can then choose from in the schedule. When configuring, please note that 41 safe sets per job are included free of charge.<br>
You can use this tab to create your own storage types, which you can then choose from in the schedule.<br>
When configuring, please note that 50 safe sets per job are included free of charge.<br>
<br>
<br>
'''Notifications (agent side):'''<br>
'''Notifications (agent side):'''<br>
As of August 2021, the “Notifications” tab is only available if an agent-side mail notification is already configured. <br>
As of August 2021, the “Notifications” tab is only available if an agent-side mail notification is already configured. <br>
This agent function has been replaced by the [[Backup#Benachrichtigungen_konfigurieren|Notification via the TERRA CLOUD Backup Portal]].<br>
This agent function has been replaced by the [https://wiki.terracloud.de/index.php/Backup/en#Configure_notifications Notification via the TERRA CLOUD Backup Portal].<br>
<br>
<br>
'''Enable agent-side notification manually:'''<br>
'''Enable agent-side notification manually:'''<br>
If you want to continue using agent-side notification, you can configure it using the following steps. <br>
If you want to continue using agent-side notification, you can configure it using the following steps. <br>
1. Stop the "TERRA Cloud Backup Agent" and "TERRA Cloud Backup BUAgent" <br> services on the desired system
1. Stop the "TERRA Cloud Backup Agent" and "TERRA Cloud Backup BUAgent" <br> services on the desired system.
2. Open the "global.vvc" file in the TERRA CLOUD Backup Agent <br> installation directory
2. Open the "global.vvc" file in the TERRA CLOUD Backup Agent <br> installation directory.
3. Please add the following lines, if they are not present, after the curly braces of the "OpenFile" block
3. Please add the following lines, if they are not present, after the curly braces of the "OpenFile" block:
   notification {
   notification {
   MailOnError = True
   MailOnError = True
Zeile 833: Zeile 1.711:
   MailOnSuccess = True
   MailOnSuccess = True
   }
   }
4. Start the services "TERRA Cloud Backup Agent" and "TERRA Cloud Backup BUAgent" <br> on the desired system
4. Start the services "TERRA Cloud Backup Agent" and "TERRA Cloud Backup BUAgent" <br> on the desired system.
5. Open the TERRA CLOUD Backup Portal and update your browser if necessary
5. Open the TERRA CLOUD Backup Portal and update your browser if necessary.
6. Complete the configuration using the “Notification” tab, which is now visible again
6. Complete the configuration using the “Notification” tab, which is now visible again.
<br>
<br>
'''Performance:'''<br>
'''Performance:'''<br>
Zeile 848: Zeile 1.726:
<br />
<br />
<span id="Aktualisierung_des_Agenten"></span>
<span id="Aktualisierung_des_Agenten"></span>
=== Agent Update ===
== Agent Update ==


The TERRA CLOUD Backup Agent can be updated as follows:<br>
The TERRA CLOUD Backup Agent can be updated as follows:
<br>
<br>
'''Windows (manual):''' <br>
'''Windows (manually):''' <br>
*As of agent version 8, the agent can be updated directly via the setup of the newer agent version
*Starting with agent version 8, the agent can be updated directly via the setup of the newer agent version.
*When you start a setup of a newer agent, you will be asked if you want to update
*When you start a setup of a newer agent, you will be asked if you want to perform an update.
:[[File:Agent-Update.png|border|Perform update]]<br>
:[[Datei:Agent-Update.png|border|Update durchführen]]<br><br>
<br>
'''Windows (Agent Updater):''' <br>
*Agents from agent version 8 can be updated using the Windows Agent Updater
*You can find the Windows Agent Update in the download area of the backup portal
*You will receive feedback about the individual steps, as shown in the illustration
:[[File:Windows Agent Updater.png|border|Perform update]]<br>
<br>
<br>
'''Windows (Agent Upgrade Center):''' <br>
'''Windows (Agent Upgrade Center):''' <br>
You can update multiple agents centrally via the TERRA CLOUD Backup Portal. Instructions can be found at: <br>
You can update multiple agents centrally via the TERRA CLOUD Backup Portal. Instructions can be found at: <br>
[[Backup#Agent_Upgrade_Center|Agent Upgrade Center]]
[https://wiki.terracloud.de/index.php/Backup/en#Agent_Upgrade_Center Agent Upgrade Center]
== '''Linux Agent''' ==
<span id="Wiederherstellung_eines_Backup-Jobs"></span>
== Restoring a Backup Job ==


=== Installation ===
<span id="Wiederherstellung_von_einem_File_Level_Job"></span>
=== Restore from a file-based backup ===


Please download TERRA Backup Agent. To do this, log in to the backup portal and select the appropriate version under Downloads on the right. <br>
Please unpack the archive with ''tar -zxf PACKAGE-NAME.tar.gz''. <br>
[[File:Linuxinstall1.png|border|LinuxVM Console]] <br>
<br>
<br>
Then change to the directory and call install.sh. <br>
[[File:1 Wiederherstellung bmrlokal.png|border|file-based recovery]] <br>
[[File:Linuxinstall2.png|border|LinuxVM Console]] <br>
<br>
You can use the calendar button to select the safe set from which you wish to restore data.<br>
Then, enter the job's encryption password.<br>
Clicking the "Hint" button displays your password hint.<br>
<br>
You can select the folders and files to be restored using the checkboxes—choosing either entire folders or individual files.<br>
Clicking "Include" then adds them to the restoration process.<br>
<br>
<br>
The installation is very simple and largely self-explanatory.
The search function allows you to look for specific files without having to manually locate the full file path.<br>
First the wizard asks for the installation directory. By default this is ''/opt/BUAgent''. <br>
This supports the wildcard characters * (representing any number of characters) and ? (for a single character).<br>
If you agree, press Enter, alternatively you can enter a different path. If the installation directory does not yet exist, <br>
However, the question mark cannot be used for umlauts (ö, ä, ü).<br>
you must then confirm the creation of the directory. <br>
[[File:Linuxinstall3.png|border|LinuxVM Console]] <br>
<br>
<br>
In the next step you can either confirm or change the “default language” using ENTER. <br>
Select the desired files and add them to the recovery operation by clicking "Include selected".<br>
[[File:Linuxinstall4.png|border|LinuxVM Console]] <br>
To search for files in a specific folder within the backup, enter the desired path into the "Search path" field.<br>
<br>
<br>
Under “Do you wish to register to a Web-based Agent Console server” you can also confirm the default value [Y] by pressing ENTER. <br>
When you include a folder in a recovery operation, its subdirectories and files are included by default as well.<br>
Now the address of the portal to which the agent should connect must be specified. Please enter backup.terracloud.de here. <br>
If you wish to recover only a portion of the subdirectories or files, you can add filters to the inclusion set.<br>
In the next step, the default connection port 8086 must be confirmed using ENTER. <br>
For example, it is possible to recover only files with the .doc or .docx extension from a folder.<br>
Enter the user name and password of the user created in [https://wiki.terracloud.de/index.php/Backup#Benutzer_anlegen_.28optional.29 4.2.2] and confirm with ENTER.
The agent should now connect to the portal and complete the registration. <br>
As soon as the message “Registered to the Portal” appears, the registration has been successfully completed. <br>
[[File:Linuxinstall5.png|border|LinuxVM Console]] <br>
<br>
<br>
The machine should now appear in the portal after a few seconds or minutes and can be configured. <br>
When you exclude a folder from a recovery operation, its subdirectories and files are excluded by default as well.<br>
[[File:Computer sichtbar2.png|1600px|border|Visible computers in the portal]] <br>
If you wish to exclude only a portion of the subdirectories or files, you can add filters to the exclusion set.<br>
== '''Backup Jobs''' ==
For instance, you can set a filter to exclude only files with the .exe extension within a folder from the recovery.<br>
<br>
[[File:2 Nach Dateien suchen.png|border|Search for files]]<br>
<br>
You have the options to restore the files to the original location or to an alternative location. <br>
If you decide to use an alternative storage location, you can use the folder button to select the desired storage location.<br>
You also have the options to overwrite existing files, not overwrite (this adds a numeric extension, e.g. .0001), rename incoming files and rename existing files.<br>
<br />
<span id="Vorhandene_Daten_überschreiben"></span>
==== Overwrite existing data ====


<span id="Dateibasiertes_Backup"></span>
If you try to restore multiple files with the same name to an alternate location and select Overwrite Existing Files, only the last file restored will be retained.<br>
=== File-based backup ===
Other files with the same name will be overwritten. To add a numeric extension (e.g. .0001) to a recovered filename, select Do not overwrite existing files.<br>
For example, if you restore a file named "filename.txt" to a location where there is a file with the same name, an extension is added to the restored file name (for example, "filename.txt.0001"). <br>
<p style="color: #FF0000;">
Under no circumstances should you select the entire C: volume and let it overwrite the existing volume. This will result in serious damage to the system!
</p>
<span id="Vorhandene_Dateien_umbenennen"></span>
==== Rename existing files ====


<span id="Funktionsweise"></span>
To add a numeric extension (e.g. .0001) to an existing filename, select Rename Existing Files. <br>
==== How it works ====
For example, if you restore a file named "filename.txt" to a location where there is a file with the same name, an extension is added to the existing file name (for example, "filename.txt.0001"). <br>
The name of the restored file is still “filename.txt”. <br>
<br />
<span id="Erweiterte_Wiederherstellungsoptionen"></span>
==== Advanced Recovery Options ====


The backup software accesses the file system of the system to be backed up. The files are read and divided into 32KB blocks; a checksum is calculated for each of these blocks.
<br>
The delta can be determined in subsequent backups using the checksums. The blocks identified for backup are compressed and encrypted.
[[File:3 Erweiterte Wiederherstellungsoptionen.png|border|Advanced Recovery Options]]<br>
<span id="Schneller_Datei-Scan"></span>
<br>
==== Fast File Scan ====
[[File:4 Erweiterte Wiederherstellungsoptionen.png|border|Advanced Recovery Options Part 2]]<br>
<br />
<span id="Optionen_für_gesperrte_Dateien"></span>
==== Locked File Options ====


The "Quick File Scan" or "QFS Quick File Scanning" function allows the Windows agent to pre-filter files based on the timestamp (modified date) in the file system to determine the delta.
When restoring data from a local job, you can specify whether locked files should be overwritten by restored files with the same name. <br>
Files whose modification date is newer than the last backup are read in and compared with the delta file of the last backup using the calculated checksums of the 32KB blocks.
To do this, select one of the following options:<br>
Only blocks that have not yet been backed up will be included in the backup.
<br>
<span id="Vor-_und_Nachteile_filebasiert"></span>
*''' "Yes, overwrite locked files" '''<br>
==== Advantages and disadvantages file-based====
Files in the system that are locked during recovery will be overwritten with the recovered files upon reboot. This option must be enabled for system state or system volume restores. <br>
<br>
*''' "No, do not overwrite locked files" '''<br>
Files in the system that are locked during recovery will not be overwritten with the recovered files with the same name upon reboot.
<br />
==== Streams ====


'''Advantages:''' <br>
When you run backups, information from your files is captured in different streams. <br>
#BMR backup possible
The original data created by a user is called a data stream. <br>
#Included as standard with the agent, no additional plugin is required
Other information such as security settings, data for other operating systems, file references and attributes are stored in separate streams. <br>
#No reboot required after installation
When restoring data from a local job, you have the following options to choose from: <br>
#Granular troubleshooting possible
<br>
#Files/directories can be excluded
*'''"Restore all streams"''' <br>
#Can be administered from the agent console without portal access
Restores all information streams. Use this option when restoring files to a system with an identical platform.<br>
#Script-based restore possible via VPR file
#Threat detection feature can be used<br>
<br>
<br>
'''Disadvantages:''' <br>
*'''"Restore data streams only"''' <br>
#Slower with lots of small files
Select this option for cross-platform restores. With this option, conflicts do not arise due to system-specific data streams.
#Navigation via portal when restoring individual files
<br />
==== Best Practice ====
<span id="Protokolloptionen"></span>
==== Protocol options ====
 
From the list, select one of the following logging levels:
*Files: Provides more detailed information and is typically used for troubleshooting. Provides information about files that are being restored. <br>
*Directory: Provides less detailed information than the Files logging level. Provides information about folders that will be restored. <br>
*Summary: Provides top-level information including Vault/Agent version and backup size. <br>
*Minimal: Provides top-level information including Vault/Agent version. <br>
Changing the logging level only affects log files that are created afterwards. Log files that have already been created are not affected by this change. <br>
<br />
<span id="Leistungsoptionen"></span>
==== Performance options ====


<pre style="color: green">
To use all available bandwidth for recovery, select "Use all available bandwidth." <br>
1.In the best case scenario, use a file-based backup job only to back up individual files and folders
Bandwidth throttling determines how much bandwidth an agent can consume for backups and restores.<br>
2.Add the “Entire Server” option to existing file-based BMR backup jobs
For example, you can limit traffic so that online users are not impacted and allow unrestricted usage at night so that scheduled backups or restores can occur as quickly as possible. <br>
3.Use an image-based job to configure new BMR backups
Bandwidth throttling values are set at the machine (or agent) level and apply to backups and restores. <br>
4. File-based backup jobs are only recommended for up to a million files; above a million files we recommend an image backup job
When three jobs are running simultaneously on a computer, each job receives 1/3 of the specified maximum bandwidth. <br>
</pre style="color: green">
Possible bandwidth settings: Maximum bandwidth (upper limit) in MB per second that the agent is allowed to consume for all backups and restores. <br>
<span id="Dateibasierten_Backup_Job_erstellen"></span>
Period of time during the day when throttling is activated. Only one time window can be specified. <br>
==== Create file-based backup job ====
There is no throttling outside the time window. The days of the week that throttling is enabled. <br>
Once the bandwidth throttling window begins during an ongoing backup or restore, the maximum bandwidth is dynamically applied to the running process. <br>
If the throttling window ends while a backup or restore is in progress, bandwidth throttling is removed. <br>
If you change an agent's bandwidth settings while a backup or restore is in progress, the new settings do not affect the ongoing process. <br>
The bandwidth settings are applied when the backup or restore starts and are not changed afterwards. <br>
<br />
<span id="Wiederherstellung_von_einem_anderen_Computer_(filebasiert)"></span>
==== Restore from another computer (file based) ====


Click on the “Jobs” tab. Then click “Create new job for local system”. <br>
It is possible to restore some or all of the data backed up on one computer to another computer with the same characteristics. <br>
[[File:neuer job lokal.png|border|Create new job for local system]]<br>
To restore the data from another computer, you can redirect the data from a backup job in the Vault to another computer.<br>
If the data was backed up with a plug-in, the same plug-in and the corresponding installation (e.g. Microsoft SQL) must also be present on the target computer. <br>
The new computer then downloads information from the vault to restore the data to the new computer. <br>
''Example: Computer A backs up its data with Job A, Computer B restores Job A's data (Computer A's data) to Computer B.'' <br>
<br>
[[File:5 von einem anderen Computer wiederherstellen.png|border|recover from another computer]] <br>
<br>
<br>
The “Create new job” window opens.
[[File:1 Wiederherstellung bmrlokal.png|border|recovery]] <br>
[[File:Filebasierter-Job.jpg|framed|without]]<br>
<br />
<span id="Wiederherstellung_von_einer_imagebasierten_Sicherung"></span>
=== Restore from an image-based backup ===
 
<br>
<br>
Please first give the job a name. The name “BMR” (for Bare Metal Restore) is used in the example. <br>
[[File:6 Wiederherstellung bmrlokal.png|border|Select items to restore]] <br>
The default encryption algorithm is AES 256 bit, which is considered very secure. <br>
<br>
<br>
'''''Then enter an encryption password (maximum 31 characters). Resetting an encryption password is not possible!''''' <br>
You can choose whether you want to restore a complete partition or individual files or folders. <br>
In the middle area you will find the directory structure that the agent transmits to the portal.
Select the manufacturing you want and click “Configure Source Next”. <br>
Here you can easily select all the directories and folders you want to back up.
<br />
In this example, the BMR and Entire Server options have been configured. Please note our
<span id="Volumewiederherstellung"></span>
This not only backs up the actual system files, but also the bootloader. This means you can restore an entire server later.
==== Volume Recovery ====
With the “Bare Metal Restore” the entire ''c:\ system partition'' is backed up in addition to the data required for booting.
On the right you will then see the backup set. Objects marked with “+” are saved. If you would like to exclude individual data from the backup, <br>
select the file and click “Exclude”. Objects marked with “-” are excluded from the backup. <br>
Confirm the setting by clicking on “Create job”. <br>
A window will then automatically open to configure the schedule. <br>
<span id="Komplexe_Exklusionen/Inklusionen_in_dateibasierten_Jobs_konfigurieren"></span>
==== Configure complex exclusions/inclusions in file-based jobs ====


The following instructions can be used for both local file-based backup jobs and UNC jobs (network shares). <br>
When configuring one of the job types mentioned above, the portal can only be excluded or included to a limited extent. <br>
Using the Backup Portal, you can only select one directory per exclusion entry in the job configuration and exclude folders and/or files in the respective subdirectory.
This means that the entry only applies to the level below. <br>
<br>
<br>
'''Example complex exclusion:'''<br>
[[File:8 Wiederherstellung BMR Image.png|border|Recovery]]<br>
You want to exclude all directories that end with _Backup in a backup job because they
<br>
Contains data backups that should not be included in the TERRA CLOUD backup.
Select the desired volume to be restored. <br>
<code>D:\Data\*\*\*_Backup\*.*</code>
<br>
In this exclusion there are two levels of different directories, each containing subdirectories ending in _Backup.
[[File:9 Select Volume.png|border|Select Volume]]<br>
These directories and their contents are excluded using the syntax shown.
<br>
However, this complex exclusion expression cannot be configured in the portal and must therefore be copied manually into the job's configuration file.<br>
Next, select an existing volume to restore to. <br>
Click “OK” and then click “Run Restore” to start the restore process. <br>
<br>
<br>
'''Deposit exclusion in the job configuration:''' <br>
<span id="Dateien-_oder_Ordnerwiederherstellung"></span>
1. Configure any exclusion <br> for the job
==== File or folder recovery ====
2. Stop both TERRA CLOUD Backup Agent <br> services
3. Open the JOBNAME.vvc file in the agent installation directory <br>
4. Swap the exclusion created by step 1 with the one you want as in the following example <br>
Exclude = "D:\*\*\*_Backup\*.*"
5. Start both services again <br>
6. In the Backup Portal, check the job configuration and schedule and save it again if necessary
7. If you modify it manually, you will receive a warning in the Backup Portal, which you can simply confirm <br>
8. After confirming the warning, please check whether the configuration has been applied as desired <br>
For a complex inclusion, you can use these instructions analogously.
<span id="Ransomware-Bedrohungserkennung"></span>
==== Ransomware Threat Detection ====


This file-based backup option allows the agent to scan the system for potential threats during backup. <br>
<br>
If a possible threat is detected, the data backup is marked as a “potential threat”. <br>
[[File:10 Restore auf Volume.png|border|Restore to Volume]]<br>
The current and all subsequent backups will retain this flag until one of the actions is taken. <br>
<br>
Note: The agent does not check for possible errors in a seed backup or the first backup
Select the volume from which individual files or folders should be restored and assign a valid drive letter. (Please do not use A & B) <br>
Ransomware threats when threat detection is enabled in a job.
Now click on “Mount Volumes”. The backed up volume is mounted on the affected agent and you can restore the required files or folders to a local volume by dragging and dropping them. <br>
[[File:Ransomware-1.png|border|1200px]]<br>
Under “Duration of inactivity”, set a generous time limit for how long the drive should be mounted. By default we recommend the value 60 minutes.<br>
<span id="Handhabung_von_potenziellen_Bedrohungen"></span>
<br />
==== Handling potential threats ====
<span id="Wiederherstellung_von_einem_anderen_Computer_(imagebasiert)"></span>
==== Restore from another computer (image based) ====


If ransomware threat detection fails, the following options are available through the Manage Potential Threat action. <br>
You can restore successfully backed up data to another computer with the same agent configuration. <br>
[[File:Ransomware-2.png|border|250px|without]]<br>
To do this, you can transfer/copy existing backup jobs in the Vault to another computer. <br>
Since an image job is a plugin job, the image plugin must exist on the target agent. <br>
<br>
''Example: Computer A is down/no longer in use, but now you need to restore data from Computer A. To do this, copy the job from computer A to computer B to perform a restore.'' <br>
<br>
<br>
1. The "Recovery" option allows you to configure granular recovery and delete the infected backup individually after recovery.
Select Computer B in the backup portal. <br>
[[File:Ransomware-3.png|border|350px|without]] <br>
From the Select Job Task menu, click Restore from Another Computer. <br>
The Restore from Another Computer dialog box opens. <br>
[[File:5 von einem anderen Computer wiederherstellen.png|border|recover from another computer]]<br>
<br>
<br>
2. In case of a hoax, you can select the "Delete a potential threat alert" option and confirm the deletion of the alert.
In the "Vaults" list, select the vault in which the backup of Computer A was stored. If the restore is to be carried out across vaults, the agent must first be registered with the source vault. <br>
[[File:Ransomware-4.png|border|350px|without]] <br>
Once the correct vault is selected, you will find Computer A in the Computers tab. <br>
<span id="Imagebasiertes_Backup"></span>
After computer A is selected, you will find its job in the Jobs tab. <br>
=== Image-based backup ===
Confirm with OK once a selection has been made. <br>
The portal attempts to download required job information to Computer B. Once these are downloaded, the job will appear in Computer B's Jobs tab. <br>
A recovery process will start automatically. Once you have selected the desired restore here and entered the encryption password to decrypt required information, you can proceed with a normal image-based restore. <br>
[[File:Image Auswahl.PNG|border| Selecting the recovery type]] <br>
<br>
[[File:12 Verschluesselungskennwort.png|border|Password is required]]<br>
<br>
If an error occurs while downloading the job information, the restore cannot continue. <br>
This can happen if the job information is not available or a required plugin is not installed on the target computer. <br>
Make sure the required plugin is installed on the target computer before repeating the process. (Change installation via Agent Setup or via the "Select job task" action) <br>
== Bare Metal Restore ==


<span id="Funktionsweise"></span>
A "bare metal restore" is a complete restoration of a backed up system, including all components required for the boot process (e.g. the bootloader). <br>
==== How it works ====
<span id="Disaster_Recovery_Möglichkeiten"></span>
=== Disaster recovery options ===


In contrast to a file-based backup job, which protects individual files and folders when backing up,
The following flow chart shows you possible workflows and recommendations for action for various ''[[DRaaS/en|Disaster Recovery]]'' scenarios. <br>
an image job backs up all blocks of a selected volume. It is possible to set up a BMR backup if all system-relevant volumes are backed up.
<span id="Treiber_eines_gesicherten_Systems_exportieren"></span>
==== Changed Block Tracking ====
=== Export drivers of a secured system ===


The image plug-in installs a changed block tracking driver, which requires a restart after installation. This can be used to determine which blocks have changed in relation to the last backup.
You can export all drivers of a system using the following instructions:
<span id="Vor-_und_Nachteile_Imagebasiert"></span>
# Create a directory in which the drivers should be stored, e.g. (C:\Drivers)
==== Advantages and Disadvantages Image-based====
# Run this command with administrative permission in CMD:
dism /online /export-driver /destination:"C:\Driver"
You can add the exported drivers when creating a new restore iso.
If complications arise during a BMR test restore, we recommend exporting the drivers of the protected system as described above and adding them to the restore ISO.
Please keep this ISO or drivers separately.
<span id="Restore_ISO_erzeugen"></span>
=== Create Restore ISO ===


'''Advantages:''' <br>
To perform a bare-metal restore, you need a restore ISO (.iso file).
#BMR backup possible
The restore ISO is based on Windows PE and includes the recovery software for the TERRA CLOUD backup solution; this software launches automatically once the system boots from the ISO.
#Faster for lots of small files
You can create this ISO yourself and use it for the bare-metal restore of all your systems.<br>
#Recommended for natively protected data volumes of 1TB or more
<br>
#Requires less processing power than file-based backup
'''Download:''' <br>
#Convenient Restore (Image is attached)
Please download the Bootable Media Creator from the backup portal. <br>
#Navigation via Explorer when restoring<br>
<br>
'''Installation:''' <br>
Install the Bootable Media Creator; this also requires the Windows Assessment and Deployment Kit (ADK).<br>
The Bootable Media Creator setup guides you through the installation of the ADK components by default. <br>
[[Datei:Backup-DE-Bootable Media Creator-1.png|700px|border]]<br>
<br>
[[Datei:Backup-DE-Bootable Media Creator-2.png|700px|border]]<br>
<br>
[[Datei:Backup-DE-Bootable Media Creator-3.png|700px|border]]<br>
<br>
[[Datei:Backup-DE-Bootable Media Creator-4.png|700px|border]]<br>
<br>
[[Datei:Backup-DE-Bootable Media Creator-5.png|700px|border]]<br>
<br>
[[Datei:Backup-DE-Bootable Media Creator-6.png|700px|border]]<br>
<br>
[[Datei:Backup-DE-Bootable Media Creator-7.png|700px|border]]<br>
<br>
[[Datei:Backup-DE-Bootable Media Creator-8.png|700px|border]]<br>
<br>
[[Datei:Backup-DE-Bootable Media Creator-9.png|700px|border]]<br>
<br>
[[Datei:Backup-DE-Bootable Media Creator-10.png|700px|border]]<br>
<br>
[[Datei:Backup-DE-Bootable Media Creator-11.png|700px|border]]<br>
<br>
[[Datei:Backup-DE-Bootable Media Creator-12.png|700px|border]]<br>
<br>
[[Datei:Backup-DE-Bootable Media Creator-13.png|700px|border]]<br>
<br>
[[Datei:Backup-DE-Bootable Media Creator-14.png|700px|border]]<br>
<br>
[[Datei:Backup-DE-Bootable Media Creator-15.png|700px|border]]<br>
<br>
[[Datei:Backup-DE-Bootable Media Creator-16.png|700px|border]]<br>
<br>
[[Datei:Backup-DE-Bootable Media Creator-17.png|700px|border]]<br>
<br>
[[Datei:Backup-DE-Bootable Media Creator-18.png|700px|border]]<br>
<br>
[[Datei:Backup-DE-Bootable Media Creator-19.png|700px|border]]<br>
<br>
[[Datei:Backup-DE-Bootable Media Creator-20.png|700px|border]]<br>
<br>
[[Datei:Backup-DE-Bootable Media Creator-21.png|700px|border]]<br>
<br>
[[Datei:Backup-DE-Bootable Media Creator-22.png|700px|border]]<br>
<br>
The image can be created very easily after installation. <br>
First, launch the Bootable Media Creator and simply select a destination directory at the bottom. <br>
[[Datei:Build Image.png|700px|border|Create new Image]]<br>
<br>
In this step, you can add drivers exported via [https://wiki.terracloud.de/index.php/Backup/en#Export_drivers_of_a_secured_system Exporting drivers] by selecting the driver directory using the "add" button.<br>
Now click "Continue" to create the image. <br>
[[Datei:Add Drivers.PNG|border|Treiber hinzufügen]]<br>
<br>
[[Datei:Backup-DE-Bootable Media Creator-23.png|700px|border]]<br>
<br>
[[Datei:Backup-DE-Bootable Media Creator-24.png|700px|border]]<br>
<br>
[[Datei:Backup-DE-Bootable Media Creator-25.png|700px|border]]<br>
<br>
<br>
'''Disadvantages:''' <br>
The image can now, for example, be burned to a CD or attached to a virtual machine. <br>
#Exclusion of individual files and folders is not possible
<br />
#Restore only possible on disks of the same size/larger
<span id="Restore_durchführen"></span>
#Restart required after plugin installation
=== Perform restore ===
#No granular troubleshooting possible
#ReFS is not supported
#Threat detection feature cannot be used
==== Best Practice ====


<pre style="color: green">
The following instructions demonstrate a typical BMR restore within a virtual machine.<br>
1. The restart can be done at a later point in time (usually after the end of work). The agent can be configured without restarting.
The BMR restore ISO must be mounted to the virtual machine beforehand.<br>
2. To protect the entire system, including the possibility of a bare metal restore, select the "Entire Server" and "BMR" options.
Legacy network adapters must be used for both VMware and Hyper-V.<br>
3. If data (such as local backups / dumps) needs to be excluded, you can move it to a separate volume and explicitly not include this volume in the backup set. The "Entire Server" option cannot be used in this case.
After restarting the machine, you must connect to it via the console.<br>
</pre style="color: green">
The following screen will then appear:<br>
<span id="Imagebasierten_Backup_Job_erstellen"></span>
[[Datei:Press_any_key_to_boot_from_CD_or_DVD.PNG|border|800px|boot from CD or DVD]]<br>
==== Create image-based backup job ====
<br>
 
First, configure the time zone and desired language, then click "Next".<br>
'''Requirement:''' <br>
[[Datei:Restore sprache.jpg|border|Select language]]<br>
The image plug-in must be installed on the system.
<br>
If the plug-in is not yet installed, you can run the agent setup again and use the "change" option to install the plug-in later.<br>
In the next window, accept the license terms and click "Next".<br>
[[Datei:Backup-DE-BMR Restore-01.png|border]]<br>
<br>
By default, the "System Restore" process obtains an IP address from a DHCP server.<br>
If no DHCP server is available, or if you wish to assign the IP address manually, click "Settings" in the main menu.<br>
Select the network interface and then click "Properties". Assign an IP address and confirm by clicking "Apply". <br>
[[File:Backup-DE-BMR Restore-02.png|border]]<br>
<br>
[[File:Backup-DE-BMR Restore-03.png|border]]<br>
<br>
[[File:Backup-DE-BMR Restore-04.png|border]]<br>
<br>
We recommend subsequently pinging the vault via the command prompt to ensure it is reachable.<br>
The command prompt can then be minimized so that it remains available for further adjustments (e.g., diskpart) during the rest of the restore process if needed.
<br>
<br>
To perform a restore operation, click "Restore My System" in the main menu. Click "Next" in the wizard. <br>
[[File:Backup-DE-BMR Restore-05.png|border]]<br>
<br>
On the following page, enter your vault (data storage) details and confirm by clicking "Next". The system restore process will now attempt to establish a connection to the vault. <br>
[[File:Backup-DE-BMR Restore-06.png|border]]<br>
<br>
On the following page, you will see all computers associated with your account. Select the computer you wish to restore. Then click "Next". <br>
[[File:Backup-DE-BMR Restore-07.png|border]]<br>
<br>
On the following page, you will see all backup jobs associated with this computer. Select the job you wish to restore. Then click "Next". <br>
[[File:Backup-DE-BMR Restore-08.png|border]]<br>
<br>
In the next step, you can select which safeset to restore. Select the desired safeset and then click "Next". <br>
Next, enter the encryption password and click OK to confirm. <br>
[[Datei:Backup-DE-BMR Restore-09.png|border]]<br>
<br>
<br>
'''Create job:''' <br>
[[Datei:Backup-DE-BMR Restore-10.png|border]]<br>
In the backup portal, please select the image job under "Select job task" as shown in the following screenshot:
[[File:Image Job erstellen 1.png|framed|without]]<br>
<br>
<br>
'''Configure job:''' <br>
In the next step, you can select the volumes to be restored.<br>
In this screenshot you can see an example configuration from an image job. In this, the “Bare Metal Restore” and “Entire Server” options were selected and included in the backup set. <br>
You can drag the individual partitions down into the "Destination" field or use the AutoMap button. <br>
Instead of showing the file system, the agent only shows individual volumes. <br>
Then click "Next". <br>
[[File:Image-Job-erstellen-1.jpg|framed|without]]<br>
<br>
<br>
'''Application Aware Backup' option:''' <br>
Note:<br>
In addition to a BMR backup, this option also enables the transaction logs of a Microsoft SQL Server to be truncated and backed up.
You can only drag down the light blue partitions; the gray partitions are created automatically.<br>
In order to use this, you must provide the access data required for the SQL instance.
[[Datei:Backup-DE-BMR Restore-11.png|border]]<br>
We recommend not using this option and using your own SQL job for a comprehensive backup of a SQL instance.<br>
<br>
<br>
'''Entire Server' option:''' <br>
[[Datei:Backup-DE-BMR Restore-12.png|border]]<br>
If you add this option to the backup set, all partitions (volumes) of a system will be included in the backup. This excludes removable storage media (e.g. external hard drives or USB sticks). Partitions (volumes) added later are automatically included; there is no need to adjust the configuration.<br>
<br>
<br>
'''Note:''' <br>
In the final step, you can review the settings. Then, check the box next to "Click here to confirm the restore plan" and click "Next". <br>
<pre style="color: red">For an image-based backup job, BMR protection is automatically provided by the "Entire Server" option, but in order to be able to offer a standard configuration for file- and image-based backup jobs, the option was changed BMR additionally added in the screenshot above. </pre style="color: red">
[[Datei:Backup-DE-BMR Restore-13.png|border]]<br>
=== UNC-Backup Job ===
 
<span id="Dokumentation"></span>
==== Documentation ====
 
Complete setup instructions can be found in the [https://drive.terracloud.de/dl/fiVM8MnznhjtvF6Fo5d81P/Agent%20v9.2%20for%20Microsoft%20Windows%20-%20User%20Guide.pdf?inline User Guide of the Windows Agent ] Chapter 5.4.
<span id="Funktionsweise"></span>
==== How it works ====
 
The Windows agent connects to the stored network share and saves the selected files. For authentication, a user must be provided with read and write permissions.
==== Best Practice ====
 
<pre style="color: green">
1. A UNC backup job should protect a maximum of 500,000 files or 1 TB of native data. If more data needs to be backed up, we recommend distributing it across several UNC backup jobs.
2. Since backing up a network share via a DFS namespace is not supported, we recommend backing up the server share directly without using the namespace.
3. Recommended backup method for files stored on NAS systems (e.g. from Synology, QNAP).
</pre style="color: green">
<span id="Zeitplan_Empfehlungen"></span>
=== Schedule Recommendations ===
 
<span id="Tägliche_und_monatliche_Sicherung"></span>
==== Daily and Monthly Backup ====
 
This schedule runs one backup per day, using a Daily or Monthly retention type. <br>
The last calendar day uses the Monthly retention type, and all other days use the Daily retention type.
The time was configured identically due to the priority, so that every day except the last calendar day, line 1 does not apply and line 2 must be checked. <br>
Since the conditions in line 2 are met on any other day, this is executed. <br>
This configuration prevents daily and monthly backups from being created on the last calendar day. <br>
<br>
<br>
'''Example configuration:''' <br>
The restore process begins. <br>
[[File:jobzeitplan.png|border|Create schedule|1000 px]]<br>
[[Datei:Backup-DE-BMR Restore-14.png|border]]<br>
<span id="Vier_tägliche_Sicherungen"></span>
==== Four daily backups ====
 
This schedule runs four backups per day, with retention type "4xDaily".
The backup times were set at the beginning and end of the working day plus two additional backups within the working day. <br>
In the example configuration below, the backup is performed on the hour at 6 a.m., 9 a.m., 12 p.m. and 3 p.m.
If the system data is changed 24/7, it is recommended to distribute it at equal intervals, e.g. E.g. 0/6/12/18<br>
<br>
<br>
'''Example configuration:''' <br>
[[Datei:Backup-DE-BMR Restore-15.png|border]]<br>
[[File:Benutzerdefinierter Zeitplan.png|none|300 px]] <br>
<br>
<br>
[[File:4x-Daily.png|without|1000 px]]<br>
[[Datei:Backup-DE-BMR Restore-16.png|border]]<br>
<span id="Job_manuell_ausführen"></span>
===Run job manually ===
 
If you wish, you can also run jobs manually. <br>
[[File:manuell ausfuehren.png|1600px|border|Run job manually]] <br>
<br>
<br>
Click “Start Backup”. <br>
Once the restore process has successfully completed, click "Next" to close the window and launch the Repair Wizard. <br>
[[File:job ausfuehren.png|border|Run job]] <br>
[[File:Backup-DE-BMR Restore-17.png|border]]<br>
<br>
<br>
Completed backup process: <br>
Here, you can check whether any software components requiring an additional driver have been detected.<br>
[[File:Prozessdetails.png|border|Process Details]] <br>
If the status is "OK" and a green checkmark is visible for each item, you can close the wizard by clicking **Close**.
<br>
<br>
Since the agent is able to compress, in this case only 7.13 GB of data was transferred and stored in the vault for a complete Windows Server 2016 VM. The original size of the system is 19.30. <br>
[[File:Backup-DE-BMR Restore-18.png|border]]<br>
This is an initial backup, as 19.30 GB is also stored under Changed. <br>
= '''Linux Agent''' =
We can also see under the “Jobs” tab that the backup process was completed successfully: <br>
 
[[File:Erfolgreich abgeschlossen.png|border|Backup Status Completed Successfully]]
<span id="Dokumentation_Linux_Agent"></span>
Further details can be viewed by clicking on “Completed” in the middle. <br>
== Documentation Linux Agent ==


<span id="Zurückstellungsfunktion"></span>
You can find extensive documentation and further information in [https://drive.terracloud.de/getlink/fiWfB9v89MHuWyK9a63FQJRc/Linux%20Agent Linux Agent User Guide].
=== Reset function ===
<span id="Vorbereitung_der_Installation_für_eine_Bare_Metal_Sicherung"></span>
== Preparing the installation for a bare metal backup ==


The deferral option allows a backup to be completed after a defined period of time, regardless of how much data from the initial backup has already been transferred. <br>
The bare metal backup of the TERRA CLOUD Backup Linux agent requires the software [https://relax-and-recover.org Relax and Recover], in a supported version, on the system to be backed up.<br>
After the defined security window of, for example, eight hours, a safeset is created.
We recommend installing the software via the package manager of the respective distribution and, if necessary, updating it to the supported version. <br>
A deferral can be defined in the schedule and in manual execution:
The currently supported version of Relax and Recover can be found in the release notes of the TERRA CLOUD Backup Linux agent.<br>
[[File:Zurückstellung.png|framed|without]]<br>
<p style="color: red"><br>
<br>
<br>
'''Important:''' <br>
<font color="red">Please note that TERRA CLOUD cannot provide support for the installation or commissioning of the Relax and Recover software.</font>
A backup with active deferral results in an incomplete backup. <br>
== Installation ==
Restoring from a backup with active holdback can only be done for a file-based job.
 
</p>
'''Step 1:''' Please download the TERRA Backup Agent. <br>
To do so, log in to the TERRA CLOUD Backup Portal and copy the link address of the required agent (32 or 64 bit) from the download area. <br>
Please download the agent setup, e.g., using the ''wget'' command and the copied link address.
[[Datei:Linux-Agent-Download.png|ohne]]
<br>
<br>
'''Recommendation:''' <br>
'''Step 2:''' Unpack the archive with ''tar -xzvf PACKAGE-NAME.tar.gz''. <br>
The defer feature can be used '''exclusively''' for initial backup. You can select the deferral during manual execution or store it in the schedule.
[[Datei:Linux Agent unzip-2neu.png|ohne]]
We recommend placing a reminder in the agent description that the defer feature is active in the schedule. After the first successful completion of the backup without deferral, you can remove the feature from the schedule and the reminder from the agent description.
[[File:Zurückstellung im Zeitplan.png|framed|without]]<br>
<br>
<br>
Deferral can be used to split the initial backup or seed backup into multiple backup operations. You will receive a warning in the log file until the backup job has been completely completed. With a BMR job, BMR protection is only available after the first successful completion without deferral.<br>
'''Step 3:''' Then change to the unzipped agent directory and start the installer shell script using ''./install.sh''
<br>
<br>
'''Example:''' <br>
[[Datei:Linux Agent install.sh.png|1500px|ohne]]
<br>
<br>
'''Day 1:''' <br>
'''Step 4:''' Please first read and confirm the license agreement and follow the instructions of the installation wizard to configure the installation. <br>
The backup job is started for the first time with a deferral and ends the backup after a defined period of 8 hours and Safeset 1 has been created. <br>
In the screenshot of the example installation, the default settings for the following queries have been selected:
#Installation directory ''/opt/BUAgent''
#Language Email notification ''(deprecated agent email notification)''
#Encryption method
You can accept the default values ​​by confirming the queries with ENTER. <br>
[[Datei:Linux Agent Installation.png|ohne]]
<br>
<br>
'''Day 2:''' <br>
'''Step 5:''' Indicate whether a Bare Metal Restore backup is desired. <br>
The backup will start again and create Safeset 2 after 8 hours. <br>
If you answer YES, please note that a supported version of [https://wiki.terracloud.de/index.php/Backup/en#Preparing_the_installation_for_a_bare_metal_backup Relax and Recover] must already be installed on the system. <br>
The default value for the Relax and Recover directory is ''/usr/sbin/rear''. <br>
[[Datei:Linux Agent enable BMR.png|ohne]]
'''Step 6:''' Register the Linux Agent on the TERRA CLOUD Backup Portal: <br>
#Portal address = backup.terracloud.de
#Portal connection port = 8086 ''(default value)''
#Portal username = [https://wiki.terracloud.de/index.php/Backup/en#Create_user User] of the end customer's site
#Portal password = Password of the user on the end customer's site
<br>
<br>
'''Day 3:'''<br>
[[Datei:Linux Agent Portal Registrierung.png|ohne]]
On the third run, the backup job completes before the 8 hour period, Safeset 3 is created and the seed backup is completed successfully. <br>
'''Step 7:''' Please check the TERRA CLOUD Backup Portal to see if the Agent has been successfully registered on your end customer's site. <br>
The status of the backup job changes from "Postponed with Warnings" to "OK". <br>
[[Datei:Linux Agent im Portal.png|ohne]]
<span id="Wiederherstellung_eines_Backup-Jobs"></span>
<span id="Wiederherstellung_eines_Backup-Jobs"></span>
== '''Restore a backup job''' ==
== Restore a backup job ==


<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
After backing up data from a system, you can select “Restore” under “Actions” in the backup jobs.
Nach dem Sichern von Daten eines Systems können Sie bei den Backup-Jobs unter „Aktionen“ den Punkt „Wiederherstellen“ auswählen.
<span id="Wiederherstellung_von_einem_File_Level_Job"></span>
</div>
==== Recovery from a file-level job ====
<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
=== Windows ===
</div>


<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
[[Datei:1 Linux-Wiederherstellung.png|border|filebasierte Wiederherstellung]] <br>
==== Wiederherstellung von einer filebasierten Sicherung ====
</div>
 
<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
<br>
<br>
[[Datei:1 Wiederherstellung bmrlokal.png|border|filebasierte Wiederherstellung]] <br>
Use the calendar button to select the safeset from which you wish to restore data. <br>
Enter the job's encryption password. Clicking the "Hint" button displays your password hint. <br>
You can select the folders and files to be restored using checkboxes and then include them in the recovery process by clicking "Include". <br>
The search function allows you to search for specific files without having to look up the file path. <br>
Wildcard characters are supported: * (for any number of characters) and ? (for a single character). <br>
However, the question mark cannot be used for a German umlaut (ö, ä, ü). <br>
Select the relevant files and add them to the recovery selection by clicking "Include selected". <br>
To search for files within a specific folder in the backup, enter the desired path in the "Search path" field. <br>
When you include a folder in a recovery, its subdirectories and files are also included by default. <br>
If you wish to restore only a portion of the subdirectories or files within a folder, you can add filters to the inclusion set. <br>
For example, you can add a filter to restore only files with a .txt or .log extension from a folder. <br>
When you exclude a folder from a recovery, its subdirectories and files are also excluded by default. <br>
If you wish to exclude only specific subdirectories or files within a folder, you can add filters to the exclusion set. <br>
For example, you can add a filter to exclude only files with the .sh extension within a folder from the restore process. <br>
<br>
<br>
Mittels der Kalenderschaltfläche können Sie das Safeset auswählen, aus dem Sie die Daten wiederherstellen möchten. <br>
[[Datei:2 Linux-Nach Dateien suchen.png|border|Nach Dateien suchen]]<br>
Geben Sie das Verschlüsselungskennwort des Jobs ein. Die Schaltfläche „Hinweis“ zeigt Ihr Kennworthinweis an, sobald diese angeklickt wurde. <br>
Die wiederherzustellenden Ordner und Dateien können mittels Kontrollkästchen für komplette Ordner oder Dateien gesetzt und anschließend mittels „Einschließen“  in der Wiederherstellung inkludiert werden. <br>
Mit der Suchfunktion ist es möglich nach spezifischen Dateien suchen, ohne den Dateipfad herauszusuchen.  <br>
Hierbei werden die Platzhalterzeichen * (für beliebig viele Zeichen) und ? (für ein einzelnes Zeichen) unterstützt. <br>
Jedoch kann das Fragezeichen nicht für einen Umlaut (ö,ä,ü) verwendet werden. Wählen Sie die entsprechenden Dateien aus und fügen Sie diese der Wiederherstellung hinzu, indem Sie auf „Ausgewählte einschließen“ klicken. <br>
Um nach Dateien in einem bestimmten Ordner der Sicherung zu suchen, geben Sie in das Feld „Suchpfad“ den gewünschten Pfad ein. <br>
Wenn Sie einen Ordner in eine Wiederherstellung einschließen, sind die Unterverzeichnisse und Dateien in diesem Ordner ebenfalls standardmäßig eingeschlossen. <br>
Sofern Sie nur einen Teil der Unterverzeichnisse oder Dateien in einem Ordner wiederherstellen möchten, können Sie Filter zum Einschließen-Datensatz hinzufügen. <br>
Es ist zudem möglich, beispielsweise einen Filter hinzufügen, um nur Dateien mit .doc- oder .docx-Erweiterung in einem Ordner wiederherzustellen. <br>
Wenn Sie einen Ordner aus einer Wiederherstellung ausschließen, sind die Unterverzeichnisse und Dateien in diesem Ordner ebenfalls standardmäßig ausgeschlossen. <br>
Sofern nur ein Teil der Unterverzeichnisse oder Dateien in einem Ordner ausgeschlossen werden soll, können Sie Filter zum Ausschließen-Datensatz hinzufügen. <br>
Sie können beispielsweise einen Filter hinzufügen, damit nur Dateien mit .exe-Erweiterung in einem Ordner von der Wiederherstellung ausgeschlossen werden. <br>
<br>
<br>
[[Datei:2 Nach Dateien suchen.png|border|Nach Dateien suchen]]<br>
You have the option to restore the files to their original location or to an alternative location. <br>
<br>
If you choose an alternative location, you can select the desired destination using the folder button.<br>
Sie haben die Optionen, die Dateien am ursprünglichen oder an einem alternativen Speicherort wiederherzustellen. <br>
You also have options to overwrite existing files, not overwrite them (in which case a numeric extension, e.g., .0001, is added), rename incoming files, or rename existing files.<br>
Falls Sie sich für einen alternativen Speicherort entscheiden, können Sie mittels der Ordnerschaltfläche den gewünschten Speicherort auswählen.<br>
Ebenfalls haben Sie die Optionen, vorhandene Dateien zu überschreiben, nicht zu überschreiben (dabei wird eine numerische Erweiterung, z.B. .0001 hinzugefügt), eingehende Dateien umzubenennen und vorhandene Dateien umzubenennen.<br>
<br />
<br />
</div>
<span id="Vorhandene_Daten_überschreiben"></span>
<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
==== Overwrite existing data ====
==== Vorhandene Daten überschreiben ====
</div>


<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
If you attempt to restore multiple files with the same name to an alternate location and select the option to overwrite existing files, only the last file restored will be retained.<br>
Wenn Sie versuchen, mehrere Dateien mit dem gleichen Namen an einem alternativen Speicherort wiederherzustellen und „Vorhandene Dateien“ überschreiben auswählen, wird nur die letzte wiederhergestellte Datei beibehalten.<br>
Other files with the same name will be overwritten. To add a numeric extension (e.g., .0001) to a restored filename, select the option not to overwrite existing files.<br>
Andere Dateien mit demselben Namen werden überschrieben. Um eine numerische Erweiterung (z. B. .0001) zu einem wiederhergestellten Dateinamen hinzuzufügen, wählen Sie „Vorhandene Dateien nicht überschreiben“ aus.<br>  
For example, if you restore a file named "filename.txt" to a location where a file with the same name already exists, an extension (such as "filename.txt.0001") will be added to the restored filename.<br>
Wenn Sie beispielsweise eine Datei mit dem Namen „filename.txt“ an einem Speicherort wiederherstellen, an dem sich eine Datei mit demselben Namen befindet, wird dem wiederhergestellten Dateinamen eine Erweiterung hinzugefügt (z. B. „filename.txt.0001“). <br>
<p style="color: #FF0000;">
<p style="color: #FF0000;">
Wählen Sie auf keinen Fall das komplette C: Volume aus und lassen Sie dieses das vorhandene Volume überschreiben. Hierbei kommt es zu einer schwerwiegenden Beschädigung des Systems!
Do not, under any circumstances, select the entire root volume and allow it to overwrite the existing volume. Doing so will cause severe system corruption!
</p>
</p>
</div>
<span id="Vorhandene_Dateien_umbenennen"></span>
<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
==== Rename existing files ====
==== Vorhandene Dateien umbenennen ====
</div>


<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
To add a numeric extension (e.g., .0001) to an existing filename, select "Rename existing files." <br>
Um eine numerische Erweiterung (z. B. .0001) zu einem bestehenden Dateinamen hinzuzufügen, wählen Sie „Vorhandene Dateien umbenennen“ aus. <br>
For example, if you restore a file named "filename.txt" to a location where a file with the same name already exists, an extension is added to the existing filename (e.g., "filename.txt.0001"). <br>
Wenn Sie beispielsweise eine Datei mit dem Namen „filename.txt“ an einem Speicherort wiederherstellen, an dem sich eine Datei mit demselben Namen befindet, wird dem bestehenden Dateinamen eine Erweiterung hinzugefügt (z. B. „filename.txt.0001“). <br>
The name of the restored file remains "filename.txt". <br>
Der Name der wiederhergestellten Datei ist weiterhin „filename.txt“. <br>
<br />
<br />
</div>
<span id="Erweiterte_Wiederherstellungsoptionen"></span>
<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
==== Advanced recovery options ====
==== Erweiterte Wiederherstellungsoptionen ====
</div>


<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
<br>
<br>
[[Datei:3 Erweiterte Wiederherstellungsoptionen.png|border|Erweiterte Wiederherstellungsoptionen]]<br>
[[Datei:3 Erweiterte Wiederherstellungsoptionen.png|border|Advanced recovery options]]<br>
<br>
<br>
[[Datei:4 Erweiterte Wiederherstellungsoptionen.png|border|Erweiterte Wiederherstellungsoptionen Teil 2]]<br>
[[Datei:4 Erweiterte Wiederherstellungsoptionen.png|border|Advanced recovery options Part 2]]<br>
<br />
<br />
</div>
<span id="Optionen_für_gesperrte_Dateien"></span>
<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
==== Options for locked files ====
==== Optionen für gesperrte Dateien ====
</div>


<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
When restoring data from a local job, you can specify whether locked files should be overwritten by restored files with the same name. <br>
Beim Wiederherstellen von Daten aus einem lokalen Job können Sie angeben, ob gesperrte Dateien durch wiederhergestellte Dateien mit demselben Namen überschrieben werden sollen. <br>
To do this, select one of the following options:<br>
Wählen Sie dazu eine der folgenden Optionen aus:<br>
<br>
<br>
*''' „Ja, gesperrte Dateien überschreiben" '''<br>  
*''' "Yes, overwrite locked files" '''<br>
Dateien im System, die während der Wiederherstellung gesperrt sind, werden beim Neustart mit den wiederhergestellten Dateien überschrieben. Diese Option muss für Wiederherstellungen des Systemstatus oder von Systemvolumes aktiviert sein. <br>
System files that are locked during the restore process will be overwritten by the restored files upon restart. This option must be enabled for System State or system volume restores. <br>
<br>
<br>
*''' „Nein, gesperrte Dateien nicht überschreiben" '''<br>
*''' "No, do not overwrite locked files" '''<br>
Dateien im System, die während der Wiederherstellung gesperrt sind, werden beim Neustart nicht mit den wiederhergestellten Dateien mit gleichem Namen überschrieben.  
System files that are locked during the restore process will not be overwritten by the restored files with the same name upon restart.
<br />
<br />
</div>
<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
==== Streams ====
==== Streams ====
</div>


<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
When performing backups, information from your files is captured in various streams. <br>
Bei der Ausführung von Sicherungen werden Informationen aus Ihren Dateien in verschiedenen Streams erfasst. <br>
The original data created by a user is referred to as the data stream. <br>
Die ursprünglichen, von einem Benutzer erstellten Daten werden als Datenstream bezeichnet. <br>
Other information—such as security settings, data for other operating systems, file references, and attributes—is stored in separate streams. <br>
Andere Informationen wie die Sicherheitseinstellungen, Daten für andere Betriebssysteme, Dateiverweise und Attribute werden in separaten Streams gespeichert. <br>
When restoring data from a local job, you have the following options: <br>
Beim Wiederherstellen von Daten aus einem lokalen Job haben Sie die folgenden Optionen zur Auswahl: <br>
<br>
<br>
*'''„Alle Streams wiederherstellen"''' <br>
*'''"Restore all streams"''' <br>
Stellt alle Informationsstreams wieder her. Verwenden Sie diese Option, wenn Sie Dateien auf einem System mit identischer Plattform wiederherstellen.<br>
Restores all information streams. Use this option when restoring files to a system with an identical platform.<br>
<br>
<br>
*'''„Nur Datenstreams wiederherstellen"''' <br>
*'''"Restore data streams only"''' <br>
Wählen Sie diese Option für plattformübergreifende Wiederherstellungen aus. Mit dieser Option entstehen keine Konflikte aufgrund systemspezifischer Datenströme.  
Select this option for cross-platform restores. This option avoids conflicts caused by system-specific data streams.
<br />
<br />
</div>
<span id="Protokolloptionen"></span>
<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
==== Protocol Options ====
==== Protokolloptionen ====
</div>


<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
Select one of the following logging levels from the list:
Wählen Sie in der Liste eine der folgenden Protokollierungsebenen aus:
*Files: Provides more detailed information and is typically used for troubleshooting. Provides information about files being restored. <br>
*Dateien: Bietet ausführlichere Informationen und wird in der Regel zur Fehlerbehebung verwendet. Bietet Informationen zu Dateien, die wiederhergestellt werden. <br>
*Directory: Provides less detailed information than the "Files" logging level. Provides information about folders being restored. <br>
*Verzeichnis: Bietet weniger detaillierte Informationen als die Protokollierungsebene „Dateien“. Bietet Informationen zu Ordnern, die wiederhergestellt werden. <br>
*Summary: Provides high-level information, including the vault/agent version and backup size. <br>
*Zusammenfassung: Bietet Informationen der obersten Ebene, einschließlich der Vault-/Agent-Version und Sicherungsgröße. <br>
*Minimal: Provides high-level information, including the vault/agent version. <br>
*Minimal: Bietet Informationen der obersten Ebene, einschließlich der Vault-/Agent-Version. <br>
Changing the logging level affects only log files created after the change. Existing log files are not affected by this change. <br>
Eine Änderung der Protokollierungsebene wirkt sich nur auf Protokolldateien aus, die danach erstellt werden. Bereits erstellte Protokolldateien sind von dieser Änderung nicht betroffen. <br>
<br />
<br />
</div>
<span id="Leistungsoptionen"></span>
<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
==== Performance Options ====
==== Leistungsoptionen ====
</div>


<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
To use the entire available bandwidth for recovery, select "Use all available bandwidth." <br>
Um die gesamte verfügbare Bandbreite für die Wiederherstellung zu nutzen, wählen Sie „Gesamte verfügbare Bandbreite nutzen" aus. <br>
Bandwidth throttling determines the amount of bandwidth an agent is permitted to use for backups and recoveries.<br>
Die Bandbreitendrosselung legt fest, welche Bandbreite ein Agent für Sicherungen und Wiederherstellungen verbrauchen darf.<br>
For example, you can limit data traffic to avoid impacting online users, while allowing unrestricted usage at night so that scheduled backups or recoveries can complete as quickly as possible. <br>
Sie können zum Beispiel den Datenverkehr so beschränken, dass Online-Benutzer nicht beeinträchtigt werden, und nachts die Nutzung uneingeschränkt freigeben, damit geplante Sicherungen oder Wiederherstellungen schnellstmöglich ausgeführt werden können. <br>
Bandwidth throttling values ​​are configured at the computer (or agent) level and apply to both backups and recoveries. <br>
Die Werte für die Bandbreitendrosselung werden auf der Ebene des Computers (bzw. des Agenten) festgelegt und gelten für Sicherungen und Wiederherstellungen. <br>
If three jobs run simultaneously on a computer, each job receives one-third of the specified maximum bandwidth. <br>
Wenn drei Jobs gleichzeitig auf einem Computer ausgeführt werden, erhält jeder Job 1/3 der angegebenen maximalen Bandbreite. <br>
Available bandwidth settings: Maximum bandwidth (upper limit) in MB per second that the agent may use for all backups and recoveries. <br>
Mögliche Bandbreiteneinstellungen: Maximale Bandbreite (obere Grenze) in MB pro Sekunde, die der Agent für alle Sicherungen und Wiederherstellungen verbrauchen darf. <br>
Daytime period during which throttling is active. Only one time window can be specified. <br>
Zeitraum tagsüber, an dem die Drosselung aktiviert ist. Es kann nur ein Zeitfenster angegeben werden. <br>
No throttling occurs outside this time window. The days of the week on which throttling is active. <br>
Außerhalb des Zeitfensters findet keine Drosselung statt. Die Wochentage, an denen die Drosselung aktiviert ist. <br>
If the bandwidth throttling time window begins while a backup or recovery is in progress, the maximum bandwidth limit is dynamically applied to the running process. <br>
Sobald das Zeitfenster für die Bandbreitendrosselung während einer laufenden Sicherung oder Wiederherstellung beginnt, wird die maximale Bandbreite dynamisch für den laufenden Prozess übernommen. <br>
If the throttling time window ends while a backup or recovery is in progress, bandwidth throttling is lifted. <br>
Wenn das Zeitfenster für die Drosselung während einer laufenden Sicherung oder Wiederherstellung endet, wird die Bandbreitendrosselung aufgehoben. <br>
If you modify an agent's bandwidth settings while a backup or recovery is running, the new settings do not affect the active process. <br>
Wenn Sie die Bandbreiteneinstellungen eines Agenten während einer laufenden Sicherung oder Wiederherstellung ändern, wirken sich die neuen Einstellungen nicht auf den laufenden Prozess aus. <br>
Bandwidth settings are applied when the backup or recovery starts and are not modified subsequently. <br>
Die Bandbreiteneinstellungen werden beim Start der Sicherung oder Wiederherstellung übernommen und nicht nachträglich geändert. <br>
<br />
<br />
</div>
== Bare Metal Restore ==
<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
==== Wiederherstellung von einem anderen Computer (filebasiert) ====
</div>


<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
<span id="Vorbereitung"></span>
Es ist möglich einige oder alle auf einem Computer gesicherten Daten auf einem anderen Computer mit gleichen Merkmalen wiederherzustellen. <br>
=== Preparation ===
Um die Daten von einem anderen Computer wiederherzustellen, können Sie die Daten aus einem Sicherungsjob im Vault auf einen anderen Computer umleiten.<br>
 
Falls die Daten mit einem Plug-in gesichert wurden, muss dasselbe Plug-in und die entsprechende Installation (z.B. Microsoft SQL) auf dem Zielcomputer ebenfalls vorhanden sein. <br>
To perform a bare-metal restore, the `Bare_Metal_Restore_Image_xxxxx.iso` file—created during the BMR backup—is required.<br>
Anschließend lädt der neue Computer Informationen aus dem Vault herunter, um die Daten auf dem neuen Computer wiederherstellen zu können. <br>
You can find this file in the system's root directory (/).<br>
''Beispiel: Computer A sichert seine Daten mit Job A, Computer B stellt die Daten von Job A (Daten von Computer A) auf Computer B wieder her.'' <br>
If the ISO is not visible, the [https://wiki.terracloud.de/index.php/Backup/en#Installation_2 of the Relax and Recover tool] or the BMR backup was unsuccessful.
<br>
<br>
[[Datei:5 von einem anderen Computer wiederherstellen.png|border|von einem anderen Computer wiederherstellen]] <br>
<span id="Durchführung"></span>
=== Implementation ===
 
* Boot the target system from the mentioned ISO and select '''Recover ''Systemname'' '''.
[[File:Backup-DE-Linux-BMR-1.png|none]]<br>
* Log in as the '''root''' user; no password is required.
[[File:Backup-DE-Linux-BMR-2.png|none]]<br>
* Next, start the BMR restore agent by running '''./bmragent'''.
[[File:Backup-DE-Linux-BMR-3.png|none]]<br>
* Enter your '''vault (data storage) details'''. The system restore process will now attempt to establish a connection to the vault.
[[File:Backup-DE-Linux-BMR-5.png|none]]<br>
* Select the '''computer''' you wish to restore.
[[File:Backup-DE-Linux-BMR-6.png|none]]<br>
* Select the '''job''' you wish to restore.
[[File:Backup-DE-Linux-BMR-7.png|none]]<br>
* In the next step, you can choose which '''safeset''' to restore. Select the desired safeset.
[[File:Backup-DE-Linux-BMR-8.png|none]]<br>
* Then, enter the '''encryption password''' and set the prompt to '''yes''' using the left arrow key.
[[File:Backup-DE-Linux-BMR-9.png|none]]<br>
* Next, confirm the '''disk mapping'''. Option 1 is selected by default.
[[File:Backup-DE-Linux-BMR-10.png|none]]<br>
* Finally, confirm the '''disk layout'''. Option 1 is selected by default.
[[File:Backup-DE-Linux-BMR-11.png|none]]<br>
* Next, you must confirm the '''Disk Recreation Script'''. Option 1 is selected by default.
[[File:Backup-DE-Linux-BMR-12.png|none]]<br>
* In the next step, you must confirm that the '''storage on the target system will be wiped'''. Option 1 is selected by default.
[[File:Backup-DE-Linux-BMR-13.png|none]]<br>
* Finally, you will receive a '''summary''' of the changes to the target system's storage, which you must confirm. Option 1 is selected by default.
[[File:Backup-DE-Linux-BMR-14.png|none]]<br>
* The '''BMR recovery process''' now begins. Depending on the amount of data, bandwidth, and vault load, this may take some time.
[[File:Backup-DE-Linux-BMR-15.png|none]]<br>
* Once the recovery is complete, you must confirm the '''recovery of the initrd and the reinstallation of the bootloader'''. Option 1 is selected by default.
[[File:Backup-DE-Linux-BMR-16.png|none]]<br>
* This completes the BMR restore.
[[File:Backup-DE-Linux-BMR-18.png|none]]
<span id="Alternative_statische_IP_bei_einer_BMR-Rücksicherung_vergeben"></span>
== Assign alternative static IP for a BMR restore ==
 
By default, a BMR restore restores the original network configuration. <br>
If you would like to assign an alternative configuration, for example to carry out a test restore, we recommend starting the system without network access first. <br>
With a Hyper-V, for example, you could initially boot into the recovery ISO without a connected external vSwitch. After adjusting the network configuration, you can connect the VM to the vSwitch. This ensures that the system never goes online with the old IP address.
Please follow these steps to adjust the network configuration before restoring:
#Boot into the Restore ISO and initiate the restore until the step where you are asked to run ''./bmragent''.
#Find the name and configuration of the network interface using ''ip address show''
#Take the interface offline by e.g. ''ip link set name of network interface down''
#Delete the old IP address that you determined in the first step, e.g. ''ip address del 172.29.4.24/22 dev name of the network interface''
#Configure a new IP address using, for example, the following command ''ip address add 172.29.4.29/22 dev name of the network interface''
#Take the network interface back online after customization
#Finally, configure the default gateway using, for example, ''ip route del default'' and then ''ip route add default via 172.29.4.1 dev name of the network interface''
In this screenshot you can see an example of step 1 from the instructions:
[[File:Linux BMR.jpg|framed|ohne]]<br>
= '''vSphere Recovery Agent''' =
 
<span id="Dokumentation_vSphere_Recovery_Agent"></span>
== vSphere Recovery Agent Documentation==
 
You can find extensive documentation and further information in [https://drive.terracloud.de/getlink/fi17zn1o2vUrkUJLgCQEYL/vSphere%20Agent vSphere Recovery Agent User Guide].
== Installation ==
 
Please run the vSphere Recovery Agent setup on a Windows Server system with access to the VMware environment (vCenter or standalone ESXi host). Please note the recommendations from the section [[Backup/en#Best_Practice|Best Practice]]. Please follow the instructions in the vSphere Recovery Agent InstallShield. In the last step of the installation, you register the system using the user and password entered in your end customer's created site. You can find a detailed description of the installation process in the User Guide linked above.
<span id="Konfiguration_des_Agenten"></span>
== Agent configuration ==
 
After successful installation and registration on the TERRA CLOUD Backup Portal, you can now add the system to the vault as described in [[Backup/en#Associate_Agent_with_Vault|Add system to the vault]].
<span id="Verbindung_zu_der_vSphere-Umgebung"></span>
=== Connection to the vSphere environment ===
 
Please enter and save the access data for the vSphere environment (vCenter or standalone ESXi host) in the “credentials” fields. You will receive immediate feedback as to whether the access data provided is correct or whether the area can be reached.
[[File:VRA-1.png|framed|ohne]]<br>
=== Changed Block Tracking ===
 
This agent function is already activated after installation and allows quick and efficient delta backup of the virtual machines. <br>
For more information about this technology, see VMware's [https://kb.vmware.com/s/article/1020128 Knowledge Base]. <br>
[[File:VRA-CBT.png|framed|ohne]]<br>
<span id="Automatisierte_Wiederherstellungstests"></span>
=== Automated recovery tests ===
 
Enabling the Verify backup on completion option will perform a recovery test via quick VM restore after each backup completes.
After the virtual machine boots, a screenshot of the login mask is created and saved in the TERRA CLOUD Backup Portal.
To use this feature, the [[Backup/en#Rapid_VM_Recovery|rapid VM recovery]] requirements must be met.
Please store the temporary data store on which the VM can be started for the test recovery and the desired ESXi host. <br>
<br>
<br>
[[Datei:1 Wiederherstellung bmrlokal.png|border|Wiederherstellung]] <br>
'''Example configuration:''' <br>
<br />
[[File:VRA-2.png|framed|ohne]]<br>
</div>
<span id="vSphere_Backup_Job_erstellen"></span>
<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
== Create vSphere Backup Job ==
==== Wiederherstellung von einer imagebasierten Sicherung ====
 
</div>
Once you have finished installing and configuring the agent, you can create a new "Job for VMware vSphere".<br>
The following screenshot shows an example of a new job for a vSphere environment. Please enter a job name and optionally a description and the encryption password.<br>
You can either include all virtual machines in the backup by selecting the "Virtual Machines" level, so all virtual machines are included recursively. This option offers the advantage that new virtual machines are automatically added to the backup job.<br>
Alternatively, you can select individual VMs and add them to the backup set.<br>
[[Datei:VRA-3.png|gerahmt|ohne]]<br>
<br>
'''Optional:Advanced Settings:''' <br>
<span id="Anwendungskonsistente_Sicherung_aktivieren"></span>
=== Enable application consistent backup ===
 
As soon as you "enable application consistent backup" an application consistent snapshot can be created based on a Microsoft VSS snapshot.<br>
We recommend enabling this option for all virtual machines with a Windows guest operating system.
<span id="Protokolle_der_Datenbanktransaktionen_kürzen"></span>
=== Truncate database transaction logs ===
 
In addition to application-consistent backup, transaction logs from Microsoft Exchange or SQL Server instances can be truncated.
<span id="Bedrohungserkennung_aktivieren"></span>
=== Enable Threat Detection ===
 
When backing up active virtual machines with Windows guest operating systems, the vSphere Recovery Agent can scan the system for active ransomeware.<br>
We recommend enabling this option for all virtual machines with a Windows guest operating system.<br>
The Enable Threat Detection option requires guest operating system credentials.
<span id="Diesen_Sicherungsjob_bei_Fertigstellung_überprüfen"></span>
=== Verify this backup job upon completion ===
 
Following the backup, a recovery test of the virtual machines is performed via fast VM recovery.<br>
Please note that this function must be set up in the [https://wiki.terracloud.de/index.php/Backup/en#Automated_recovery_tests Agent Configuration].<br>
Furthermore, this option is only visible if the [https://wiki.terracloud.de/index.php/Backup/en#Rapid_VM_Recovery prerequisites for Rapid VM Recovery] are met.
<span id="Globale_VM-Anmeldeinformationen"></span>
=== Global VM Credentials ===
 
The entered access data will be used for all virtual machines in the backup set.
<span id="Gast-BS-Anmeldeinformationen"></span>
=== Guest OS Credentials ===
 
If you would like to assign access data individually for each virtual machine, you can enter these in the backup set below the virtual machine by displaying the input field using the blue arrow.
[[Datei:VRA-3.png|gerahmt|ohne]]<br>
<span id="Rapid_VM_Recovery_(schnelle_VM-Wiederherstellung)"></span>
== Rapid VM Recovery ==


<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
The Rapid VM Recovery option allows you to start a VM directly from the backup.<br>
Downtime can be drastically reduced thanks to this rapid access; additionally, the feature is suitable for performing a recovery test in just a few minutes.<br>
<br>
<br>
[[Datei:6 Wiederherstellung bmrlokal.png|border|Wiederherzustellende Elemente auswählen]] <br>
'''Prerequisites:'''
* Available only in conjunction with a TERRA CLOUD Backup Satellite or TERRA CLOUD Backup Enterprise Vault.
* Each ESXi host must have a software iSCSI adapter.
* The datastore where the VM is started can be located on local, iSCSI, or vSAN storage.
* A datastore intended as the migration target for a VM can be located on an NFS share, in addition to the storage types mentioned above.
* A minimum of two datastores must be available in total.
* vSphere Recovery Agent 8.82 or higher.
* The Windows Server hosting the VRA must have the "iSCSI Target Server" Windows feature installed.<br>
<br>
<br>
Hierbei kann ausgewählt werden, ob eine vollständige Partition oder einzelne Dateien oder Ordner wiederhergestellt werden sollen. <br>
'''Example configuration of an ESXi host for Rapid VM Recovery:''' <br>
Wählen Sie die gewünschte Herstellung aus und klicken auf „Als Nächstes  Quelle konfigurieren“. <br>
In the screenshot below, an iSCSI software adapter has been added via vCenter using the "Add Software Adapter" option. [[File:ISCSI Software Adapter.png|none|1500px]]<br>
<br />
Additionally, a VMkernel adapter without the service role enabled was added, as shown in the following screenshot:
</div>
[[File:VMkerneladapter.png|none|1500px]]<br>
<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
'''Procedure:'''
==== Volumewiederherstellung ====
Once all prerequisites are met, an additional option—"Virtual Machine option using Rapid VM Recovery"—becomes available under "Restore": <br>
</div>
[[File:RVMR.png|framed|none]]<br>
You then proceed to the recovery configuration.<br>
Here, in addition to selecting which VM to restore, you can also define which datastore should be used.<br>
The following screenshot shows the "Rapid VM Recovery Datastore," which was configured specifically for tasks such as recovery and functional testing.<br>
During the recovery process, you can migrate the VM to a different datastore—for example, the one hosting your production systems.
[[File:RVMR1.png|framed|none]]<br>
== Best Practice ==
 
* Install the vSphere Recovery Agent in its own Windows Server VM; if possible, this will only be used for management or backup
* Keep the vSphere Recovery Agent VM highly available via vSphere HA
* Use a satellite for TERRA CLOUD backup to be able to use Rapid VM Recovery
* Place the vSphere Recovery Agent VM on the same subnet as the vCenter Server Appliance
* Enable the "Application Aware Backup" option in the backup job
* Use Change Block Tracking to back up virtual machines; this setting can be found under the "vCenter Settings" tab.
= '''Hyper-V Agent''' =
 
<span id="Dokumentation_Hyper-V_Agent"></span>
== Documentation Hyper-V Agent ==
 
The following sections contain, among other things, information about setting up and configuring the TERRA CLOUD Backup Hyper-V agent. <br>
You can find extensive documentation and further information in the [https://drive.terracloud.de/getlink/fiVpa5RWivf6onxsGi6bsfPW/Hyper-V%20Agent Hyper-V Agent User Guide ]
== Installation ==


<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
The following concise guide outlines the essential steps for setting up the TERRA CLOUD Backup Hyper-V Agent. <br>
<br>
<br>
[[Datei:8 Wiederherstellung BMR Image.png|border|Wiederherstellung]]<br>
'''Setup sequence:'''<br>
1. Install TERRA CLOUD Backup Hyper-V Agent Management <br>
2. Configure the Management Agent in the Backup Portal (establish connection to the Hyper-V environment, add the computer to the vault) <br>
3. Install TERRA CLOUD Backup Hyper-V Agent Host <br>
<br>
<br>
Wählen Sie das gewünschte Volume aus, welches wiederhergestellt werden soll. <br>
'''Single-host Hyper-V systems: <br>'''
In this scenario, you can install both the TERRA CLOUD Backup Hyper-V Management Agent and the Host Agent directly on the Hyper-V host ("root"/"parent" partition). <br>
However, please still observe the setup sequence listed above.<br>
<br>
<br>
[[Datei:9 Select Volume.png|border|Volume auswählen]]<br>
'''Hyper-V clusters:''' <br>
Because the TERRA CLOUD Backup Hyper-V Agent is split into two software components (Management and Host), it is ideally suited for use in a cluster environment.<br>
We recommend installing the Management Agent in an administrative VM within the Hyper-V cluster; this allows it to run on different hosts and ensures high availability via the failover cluster. <br>
After completing setup steps 1 and 2, you can proceed to step 3 and install the TERRA CLOUD Backup Hyper-V Agent Host on all nodes of the Hyper-V cluster.<br>
<br>
<br>
Wählen Sie anschließend ein vorhandenes Volume aus, auf dem die Wiederherstellung erfolgen soll. <br>
'''TERRA CLOUD Backup Hyper-V Agent Management:''' <br>
Klicken Sie auf „OK“ und anschließend können Sie durch Klicken auf „Wiederherstellung ausführen“ den Wiederherstellungsprozess starten. <br>
<br>
<br>
</div>
'''Setup step 1''' <br>
<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
Please run the installer on the desired system and follow the on-screen instructions.<br>
==== Dateien- oder Ordnerwiederherstellung ====
In the final step—as with all other TERRA CLOUD Backup agents—you configure the registration with the TERRA CLOUD Backup Portal.<br>
</div>
You can either select a user within the site who has sufficient permissions, or register the system to your parent site and move it later. <br>
 
<br>
<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
'''Setup Step 2''' <br>
Once installation is successfully completed, the system should appear under the selected site in the backup portal.<br>
Please follow the instructions in the backup portal to establish a connection to the Hyper-V environment and subsequently add the computer to the vault.<br>
<br>
<br>
[[Datei:10 Restore auf Volume.png|border|Restore auf Volume]]<br>
'''Installing the TERRA CLOUD Backup Hyper-V Agent Host:''' <br>
<br>
<br>
Wählen Sie das Volume aus, von dem einzelne Dateien oder Ordner wiederhergestellt werden sollen und vergeben gültigen einen Laufwerksbuchstaben. (A & B bitte nicht verwenden) <br>
'''Setup Step 3''' <br>
Klicken Sie nun auf „Volumes bereitstellen“. Hierbei wird das gesicherte Volume auf dem betroffenen Agenten gemountet und Sie können die benötigten Dateien oder Ordner per Drag n Drop auf ein lokales Volume wiederherstellen. <br>
After successfully configuring the Hyper-V agent in Step 2, you can install the host agent on all nodes of the Hyper-V cluster or on the standalone host.<br>
Setzen Sie unter „Dauer der Inaktivität“ eine großzügige zeitliche Vorgabe, wie lange das Laufwerk gemountet werden soll. Standardgemäß empfehlen wir den Wert 60 Minuten.<br>
For a cluster installation, specify the FQDN of the system where the management agent is active in order to establish a connection to it.<br>
<br />
Once installation is successful, the respective node should appear as "online" under the "Hosts" tab in the backup portal.
</div>
<span id="Wiederherstellung_eines_Backup-Jobs"></span>
<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
== Restoring a Backup Job ==
==== Wiederherstellung von einem anderen Computer (imagebasiert) ====
</div>


<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
The Hyper-V Agent allows you to restore either individual files and folders from a virtual machine or the entire virtual machine.<br>
Sie können erfolgreich gesicherten Daten auf einem anderen Computer mit gleicher Agentenkonfiguration wiederherstellen. <br>
When restoring files, the virtual machine is mounted as a read-only file share.<br>
Hierfür können Sie im Vault vorhandene Sicherungsjobs auf einen anderen Computer übertragen / kopieren. <br>
This enables you to copy the desired files and folders directly from the backup without having to restore the entire virtual machine.<br>
Da es sich bei einem Image Job um einen Plugin Job handelt, muss das Image Plugin auf dem Zielagenten vorhanden sein. <br>
<br>
'''Note:'''<br>
Restoring individual files and folders is supported exclusively for '''Windows VMs'''.<br>
This feature is not available for '''Linux VMs'''.<br>
For Linux VMs, only the complete virtual machine can be restored.<br>
<br>
<br>
''Beispiel: Computer A ist ausgefallen / nicht mehr in Benutzung, nun müssen Sie aber Daten von Computer A wiederherstellen. Hierfür kopieren Sie den Job von Computer A auf Computer B, um eine Wiederherstellung durchzuführen.'' <br>
First, navigate to '''Computers''' in the Backup Portal and select your Hyper-V server.<br>
[[Datei:Backup-DE-Hyper-V Agent-Restore (1).png|ohne|1500px]]<br>
Next, switch to the '''Virtual Machines''' tab and click '''Select action → Restore''' for the desired VM.<br>
[[Datei:Backup-DE-Hyper-V Agent-Restore (2).png|ohne|1500px]]<br>
Various restore options are available in the subsequent dialog.<br>
[[Datei:Backup-DE-Hyper-V Agent-Restore (3).png|ohne|900px]]
<br>
<br>
Wählen Sie Computer B im Backupportal aus. <br>
<span id="Wiederherstellung_von_VMs"></span>
Klicken Sie im Menü „Jobaufgabe wählen" auf „Von einem anderen Computer wiederherstellen". <br>
=== VM Recovery ===
Das Dialogfeld „Von einem anderen Computer wiederherstellen" wird geöffnet. <br>
 
[[Datei:5 von einem anderen Computer wiederherstellen.png|border|von einem anderen Computer wiederherstellen]]<br>
To restore a complete virtual machine, please select '''Virtual Machines'''.<br>
[[Datei:Backup-DE-Hyper-V Agent-VM wiederherstellen (4).png|none|900px]]<br>
The following information is required for the subsequent steps:
* '''New VM Name'''
** Specify the name for the virtual machine to be restored.<br>If the original VM still exists on the host, please provide a new name that differs from the existing VM's name.<br>If it no longer exists, please leave the field blank; in this case, the virtual machine's original name will be used automatically.
* '''Backup Set'''
** Select the desired backup set and then enter the encryption password you assigned.
* '''Destination'''
** Select the destination drive where the virtual machine is to be restored.<br>We recommend using the root directory of a disk (without a subpath) initially and moving the VM to the desired directory via Hyper-V Manager after the restore is complete.
* '''VM Identity'''
** Specify how the VM ID of the virtual machine to be restored should be handled.<br>You can retain the original VM ID, generate a new VM ID, or have a new VM ID generated automatically if the original VM ID already exists on the target system.<br>We recommend retaining the original VM ID. This allows the existing backup chain to continue seamlessly after the restore.
* '''Host'''
** Select the Hyper-V host or cluster node where the virtual machine is to be restored.<br>If no Hyper-V cluster is used, only the local host is available for selection. Additionally, you can specify whether the restored virtual machine should start automatically after the restore is complete and whether the VM should be connected directly to the network.<br>
[[Datei:Backup-DE-Hyper-V Agent-VM wiederherstellen (12).png|none|900px]]<br>
The restore process then begins.<br>
[[Datei:Backup-DE-Hyper-V Agent-VM wiederherstellen (13).png|none|900px]]<br><br>
Upon successful completion, you will find the restored VM both on the selected target drive and in the Hyper-V Manager of the target Hyper-V server.
[[Datei:Backup-DE-Hyper-V Agent-VM wiederherstellen (16).png|none|900px]]<br>
[[Datei:Backup-DE-Hyper-V Agent-VM wiederherstellen (17).png|none|900px]]
<br>
<br>
Wählen Sie in der Liste „Vaults" den Vault aus, in dem die Sicherung von Computer A gespeichert wurde. Sofern die Wiederherstellung vaultübergreifend erfolgen soll, muss der Agent zuvor am Quellvault registriert werden. <br>
<span id="Wiederherstellung_von_Dateien_und_Ordner"></span>
Sobald der richtige Vault ausgewählt wurde, finden Sie den Computer A im Reiter Computer. <br>
=== Recovery of files and folders ===
Nachdem der Computer A ausgewählt wurde, finden Sie dessen Job im Reiter Jobs. <br>
 
Bestätigen Sie mit OK, sobald eine Auswahl getätigt wurde. <br>
To restore files and folders, please select '''Files and folders'''.<br>
Das Portal versucht, benötigte Jobinformationen auf Computer B herunterzuladen. Nachdem diese heruntergeladen wurden, wird der Job in der Registerkarte „Jobs“ von Computer B angezeigt. <br>
[[Datei:Backup-DE-Hyper-V Agent-Dateien und Ordner wiederherstellen (4).png|none|900px]]<br>
Ein Wiederherstellungsprozess wird automatisch gestartet. Sobald Sie hier die Auswahl der gewünschten Wiederherstellung getätigt haben und das Verschlüsselungskennwort zur Entschlüsselung von benötigten Informationen eingegeben haben, können Sie mit einer ganz normalen imagebasierten Wiederherstellung fortfahren. <br>
You will then need to provide the following information:
[[Datei:12 Verschluesselungskennwort.png|border|Kennwort ist erforderlich]]<br>
* '''Backup set'''
** Select the desired backup set and then enter the encryption password you assigned.
* '''Inactivity duration'''
** Use this value (in minutes) to specify how long the file share should remain active during periods of inactivity.<br>We recommend setting this value to 90 minutes.
<br>
<br>
[[Datei:Image Auswahl.PNG|border| Auswahl der Wiederherstellungsart]] <br>
[[Datei:Backup-DE-Hyper-V Agent-Dateien und Ordner wiederherstellen (7).png|none|500px]]<br>
The next window displays the status of the file share.<br>
As soon as the status changes to **Processing...**, the release becomes available.<br>
[[Datei:Backup-DE-Hyper-V Agent-Dateien und Ordner wiederherstellen (9).png|none|900px]]<br>
By default, the file share is mounted at '''C:\RestoreMount'''.<br>
[[Datei:Backup-DE-Hyper-V Agent-Dateien und Ordner wiederherstellen (10).png|none|900px]]<br>
[[Datei:Backup-DE-Hyper-V Agent-Dateien und Ordner wiederherstellen (11).png|none|900px]]<br>
If you wish to change this default path, you can find further information in the following wiki article:<br>
[https://wiki.terracloud.de/index.php/Backup/en#Changing_the_mount_point_for_data_recovery Link]
<br>
<br>
Falls beim Download der Jobinformationen ein Fehler auftritt, kann die Wiederherstellung nicht fortgesetzt werden. <br>
<span id="Rapid_VM_Recovery_(schnelle_VM-Wiederherstellung)"></span>
Dies kann passieren, wenn die Jobinformationen nicht abrufbar sind oder ein benötigtes Plugin nicht auf dem Zielcomputer installiert ist. <br>
== Rapid VM Recovery ==
Vergewissern Sie sich, dass das benötigte Plugin auf dem Zielcomputer installiert ist, bevor Sie den Vorgang wiederholen. (Änderungsinstallation per Agent Setup oder über Aktion "Jobaufgabe wählen") <br>
</div>
<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
==== Von einem anderen Computer wiederherstellen ====
</div>


<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
The '''Instant VM Recovery''' option allows you to start a VM directly from the backup.<br>
Über die Option „Von einem anderen Computer wiederherstellen“ (Restore from another computer) können Benutzer einen Job zwecks Wiederherstellung auf einen anderen Agenten übertragen / kopieren. Hierfür werden die Jobinformationen (Jobname, Art, Anzahl an vorhandenen Sicherungen) aus dem Vault abgerufen und anschließend im Agentenverzeichnis des Zielagenten abgelegt. Anschließend wird ein temporärer Eintrag im Jobs Reiter erstellt. <br>
Downtime can be drastically reduced thanks to this rapid access; additionally, the feature is suitable for performing a recovery test in just a few minutes.
Dieser Assistent enthält die folgenden Schritte: <br>
<span id="Voraussetzungen"></span>
*Auswählen eines vorhandenen Vault-Profils <br>
=== Requirements ===
*Auswählen des Computers, der den zu importierenden Job gesichert hat <br>
*Auswählen des wiederherzustellenden Jobs <br>
*Der Assistent kopiert nun den Job in das Agentenverzeichnis des betroffenen Agenten <br>
*Darstellung des Jobs im Jobs Reiter des betroffenen Agenten <br>
</div>
<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
=== Linux ===
</div>


<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
# Hybrid TERRA CLOUD backup with a TERRA CLOUD Backup satellite or TERRA CLOUD Backup Enterprise
Das Wiederherstellen einer Sicherung ist die häufigste Nutzung, mit der Sie alles von einer einzelnen Datei über eine Verzeichnisstruktur bis hin zu einem vollständigen System wiederherstellen können.  <br>
# Hyper-V Checkpoints must be enabled for the secured VMs (for more information, see: [https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows-server/virtualization/hyper-v/manage/enable-or-disable-checkpoints-in-hyper-v Hyper-V Checkpoints])
Zum Starten einer Wiederherstellung wählen Sie einen Job aus (d. h. Sie markieren ihn) und führen eine der folgenden Aktionen durch: <br>
<span id="Durchführung"></span>
*Wählen Sie „Aktionen“ (Actions) und „Wiederherstellen“ (Restore) aus. <br>
=== Implementation ===
*Klicken Sie auf das Wiederherstellungssymbol (oder verwenden Sie STRG+R). <br>
*Klicken Sie im linken Bereich mit der rechten Maustaste auf einen Job. <br>
Der Wiederherstellungsassistent wird gestartet. Er bietet folgende Möglichkeiten:
*Wählen Sie einen Quellgerät-, Vault- oder Verzeichnistyp aus. Je nachdem, welche Option Sie hier wählen, können Sie außerdem einen Vault und eine Sicherung auswählen. Sie können auch eine Wiederherstellung von einem bestimmten Sicherungssatz oder einer Reihe von Sicherungssätzen auswählen.  <br>
*Geben Sie das Kennwort ein, wenn die Sicherung verschlüsselt ist. Wenn die Sicherung nicht verschlüsselt ist, wird dieses Fenster möglicherweise nicht angezeigt. Wenn Sie das Kennwort vergessen haben, haben Sie keinen Zugriff auf die Sicherungsdaten.  <br>
*Wählen Sie die Wiederherstellungsobjekte aus (Dateien oder Verzeichnisse). Sie können die Verzeichnisse (sofern vorhanden) erweitern und Dateien für die Wiederherstellung auswählen bzw. die Auswahl bestimmter Dateien aufheben.  <br>
*Geben Sie die Optionen für das Wiederherstellungsziel ein. Sie können wählen, ob Dateien am ursprünglichen oder an einem anderen Speicherort wiederhergestellt werden sollen, Sie können Unterverzeichnisse erstellen und bereits vorhandene Dateien überschreiben. <br>
*Wählen Sie die anderen Wiederherstellungsoptionen aus. Sie können gesperrte Dateien überschreiben und alle Streams oder nur Datenstreams auswählen. Sie können eine Protokolldatei mit unterschiedlicher Detailtiefe wählen.<br>
*Klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche „Fertigstellen" (Finish), um den Wiederherstellungsprozess zu starten. Die Wiederherstellung wird durchgeführt und die Prozessinformationen werden angezeigt. <br>
Möglicherweise sollten Sie nach Abschluss des Prozesses die Protokolldateien ansehen. Die Wiederherstellungsprotokolle sind in der Protokollliste durch das Präfix „RST“ gekennzeichnet. <br>
<br />
</div>
<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
==== Alternative statische IP bei einer BMR-Rücksicherung vergeben ====
</div>


<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
First, navigate to '''Computers''' in the Backup Portal and select your Hyper-V server.<br>
Bei einer BMR-Rücksicherung wird standardmäßig die ursprüngliche Netzwerkkonfiguration wiederhergestellt. <br>
[[Datei:Backup-DE-Hyper-V Agent-Restore (1).png|none|1500px]]<br>
Wenn Sie eine alternative Konfiguration vergeben möchte, um z.B. eine Testrücksicherung durchzuführen empfehlen wir das System zunächst ohne Netzwerkzugriff zu starten. <br>
Next, switch to the '''Virtual Machines''' tab and click '''Select Action → Restore''' for the desired VM.<br>
Bei einer Hyper-V könnten Sie z.B. zunächst ohnen einen verbundenen externen vSwitch in das Wiederherstellungs ISO booten, nach der Anpassung der Netzwekkonfiguration können Sie die VM mit dem vSwitch verbinden. Damit sorgen Sie dafür, dass das System zu keinem Zeitpunkt mit der alten IP-Adresse online geht.
[[Datei:Backup-DE-Hyper-V Agent-Restore (2).png|none|1500px]]<br>
Bitte führen Sie diese Schritte durch um die Netzwerkkonfiguration vor der Wiederherstellung anzupassen:
Various restore options are available in the subsequent dialog.<br>
#Booten Sie in das Restore ISO und Leiten Sie die Wiederherstellung ein bis zu dem Schritt, in dem Sie aufgefordert werden ''./bmragent'' auszuführen.
For a quick restore of the virtual machine, please select '''Virtual machine using rapid VM restore'''.<br>
#Ermitteln Sie den Namen und die Konfiguration des Netzwerkinterfaces mit Hilfe von ''ip address show''
[[Datei:Backup-DE-Hyper-V Agent-VM wiederherstellen-Rapid (5).png|none|900px]]<br>
#Nehmen Sie das Interface offline durch z.B. ''ip link set Name des Netzwerkinterfaces down''
The following information is required for the subsequent steps:<br>
#Löschen Sie die alte IP-Adresse, die Sie im ersten Schritt ermittelt haben durch z.B. ''ip address del 172.29.4.24/22 dev Name des Netzwerkinterfaces''
* '''Backup set and encryption password'''
#Konfigurieren Sie eine neue IP-Adresse durch z.B. folgenden Befehl ''ip address add 172.29.4.29/22 dev Name des Netzwerkinterfaces''
** Select the desired backup set and then enter the encryption password you assigned.<br>
#Nehmen Sie das Netzwerkinterface nach der Anpassung wieder online
* '''Restore VM name'''
#Konfigurieren Sie abschließend das Default Gateway durch z.B. ''ip route del default'' und im Anschluss ''ip route add default via 172.29.4.1 dev Name des Netzwerkinterfaces''
** Specify the name for the virtual machine to be restored here.<br>If the original VM is still on the host, please provide a new name that differs from the existing VM's name.<br>If it is no longer present, please leave the field blank. In this case, the virtual machine's original name will be used automatically.<br>
Auf diesem Screenshot sehen Sie beispielhaft die Schritt 1 aus der Anleitung:
* '''Volume'''
[[Datei:Linux BMR.jpg|gerahmt|ohne]]<br>
** Here you can select the target drive where the virtual machine is to be temporarily mounted.<br>
</div>
* '''Target host'''
<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
** Select the Hyper-V host or cluster node where the virtual machine is to be restored.<br>If no Hyper-V cluster is used, only the local host is available for selection.<br> <br>
== '''Bare Metal Restore''' ==
Additionally, you can specify whether the restored virtual machine should automatically start and connect directly to the network once the restoration is complete.<br>
</div>
[[File:Backup-DE-Hyper-V Agent-VM wiederherstellen-Rapid (7).png|none|500px]]<br>
The virtual machine restoration process then begins.<br>
[[File:Backup-DE-Hyper-V Agent-VM wiederherstellen-Rapid (9).png|none|900px]]<br>
Once the restoration status changes to '''Rapid VM recovery in progress''', the new virtual machine becomes visible on the target host in Hyper-V Manager and is ready for immediate use.<br>
[[File:Backup-DE-Hyper-V Agent-VM wiederherstellen-Rapid (11).png|none|900px]]<br>
In our example, the new VM appears as '''VM01-rvmr-2026-Aug-05-09-35-34'''.<br>
[[File:Backup-DE-Hyper-V Agent-VM wiederherstellen-Rapid (10).png|none|900px]]<br>
If you no longer need the provisioned VM, you can cancel the rapid VM recovery by clicking '''Cancel rapid VM recovery''' in the process details window within the Backup Portal.
[[File:Backup-DE-Hyper-V Agent-VM wiederherstellen-Rapid (11).png|none|900px]]
<br>
<span id="Migration_der_VM"></span>
=== VM Migration ===


<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
Optionally, you can migrate the virtual machine to the target storage—and thus permanently to the target host—during the recovery process.<br>
Beim Bare Metal Restore handelt es sich um einen komplette Wiederherstellung eines gesicherten Systems, inkl. aller benötigten Komponenten für den Bootvorgang (z. B. der Bootloader). <br>
To do this, select the '''Migrate VM''' option within the process details in the Backup Portal.<br>
</div>
The migration settings will then open; select the '''Permanent Volume''' there.<br>
<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
We recommend initially using the root directory of a storage drive (without a sub-path) and moving the VM to the desired directory via Hyper-V Manager after the migration is complete.
=== Disaster Recovery Möglichkeiten ===
<br>Then, start the migration by clicking '''Start migration'''.<br>
</div>
[[File:Backup-DE-Hyper-V Agent-VM wiederherstellen-Rapid (14).png|none|300px]]<br>
[[File:Backup-DE-Hyper-V Agent-VM wiederherstellen-Rapid (15).png|none|900px]]<br>
During the migration, the status of the virtual machine in Hyper-V Manager indicates that it is being moved to local storage.<br>
[[File:Backup-DE-Hyper-V Agent-VM wiederherstellen-Rapid (17).png|none|900px]]<br>
Once the status '''Restored VM has been migrated''' appears in the Backup Portal process details, the migration is complete.<br>
[[File:Backup-DE-Hyper-V Agent-VM wiederherstellen-Rapid (18).png|none|900px]]<br>
This is also visible in Hyper-V Manager, as the virtual machine's migration status is no longer displayed.<br>
[[File:Backup-DE-Hyper-V Agent-VM wiederherstellen-Rapid (19).png|none|900px]]
<br>
<span id="Anzahl_der_VMs_pro_Sicherungsdurchlauf_reduzieren"></span>
== Reduce number of VMs per backup run ==  


<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
The TERRA CLOUD Backup Hyper-V Agent backs up up to 16 virtual machines per Hyper-V host simultaneously within a single job.<br>
Das folgende Ablaufschaubild zeigt Ihnen mögliche Workflows und Handlungsempfehlungen für verschiedene '''[[DRaaS|Disaster Recovery]]''' Szenarios auf. <br>
</div>
<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
=== Treiber eines gesicherten Systems exportieren ===
</div>
 
<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
Mit der folgenden Anleitung können Sie alle Treiber eines Systems exportieren:
# Erstellen Sie ein Verzeichnis, in dem die Treiber abgelegt werden sollen z.B. (C:\Treiber)
# Führen Sie diesen Befehl mit administrativer Berechtigung in der CMD aus:
    <code> dism /online /export-driver /destination:"C:\Treiber" </code>
Sie können die exportierten Treiber bei der Erstellung eines neuen Restore Iso hinzufügen.
Sollte es zum Komplikationen bei einer BMR-Testrücksicherung kommen, empfehlen wir die Treiber des geschützten Systems wie oben beschrieben zu exportieren und dem Restore Iso hinzuzufügen.
Bitte bewahren Sie dieses Iso bzw. die Treiber gesondert auf.
</div>
<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
=== Restore ISO erzeugen ===
</div>
 
<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
Um einen Bare Metal Restore durchführen zu können, benötigen Sie ein Restore Iso (.iso Datei).
Das Restore Iso basiert auf Windows PE und enthält zusätzlich die Wiederherstellungssoftware der TERRA CLOUD Backup Lösung, diese wird automatisch gestartet, sobald das System in das Iso booted.
Sie können dieses Iso selbst erstellen und für die BMR-Rücksicherung aller Ihrer Systeme verwenden.<br>
<br>
<br>
'''Download:''' <br>
'''Preparation:'''<br>
Bitte laden Sie sich den Bootable Media Creator aus dem Backup Portal herunter. <br>
# Stop the "TERRA CLOUD Backup Hyper-V Agent Management Service"
# Stop the "TERRA CLOUD Backup Hyper-V Agent Host Service" on all hosts managed by the management component
# Navigate to the following directory of the management component ''(default path: C:\Program Files\TERRA CLOUD Backup\Hyper-V Agent Management\Data\Configuration)''
# Create a backup copy of the file "''AgentCoordinator.cfg''" and save it outside the agent directory
# Navigate to the following directory of the host component (default path: ''C:\Program Files\TERRA CLOUD Backup\Hyper-V Agent Host\Data\Configuration'')
# Create a backup copy of the file "''AgentWorker.cfg''" and save it outside the agent directory
# Repeat step 6 for all host agents connected to the management agent
'''Editing the configuration:'''<br>
# Open the management agent's configuration file "''AgentCoordinator.cfg''" ''(default path: C:\Program Files\TERRA CLOUD Backup\Hyper-V Agent Management)''
# Add the [Advanced] section with the parameter MaximumConcurrency and the desired value, e.g. ...5 in JSON format (see screenshot below) and save the file.
# Open the host agent configuration file "AgentWorker.cfg" (default path: "C:\Program Files\TERRA CLOUD Backup\Hyper-V Agent Host\Data\Configuration").
# Change the value of the setting "MaximumConcurrency": 16, to the value specified in step 1 within AgentCoordinator.cfg.
# Repeat steps 3–4 for all host agents connected to the management agent.
# Start the "TERRA CLOUD Backup Hyper-V Agent Management Service".
# Start the "TERRA CLOUD Backup Hyper-V Agent Host Service" on all connected hosts.
'''Screenshot for editing step 2:'''
[[File:AgentCoordinator.cfg.png|framed|none]]
<br>
<br>
'''Installation:''' <br>
'''Note:'''<br>
Installieren Sie nun den Bootable Media Creator, dieser benötigt zusätzlich das Windows Assessment and Deployment Kit. Standardgemäß werden Sie über das Bootable Media Creator Setup durch die Installation der ADK Komponenten geführt, alternativ können Sie folgende Setups für die Installation verwenden: <br>
Please note that the value must not be configured higher than the default value of 16. <br>
https://backup.terracloud.de/Download/adksetup.exe <br>
If the services fail to start after these adjustments, please perform a rollback using the backups you created. <br>
https://backup.terracloud.de/Download/adkwinpesetup.exe <br>
<span id="Ändern_des_Mountpoints_für_Dateiwiederherstellungen"></span>
Bitte beachten Sie, dass sowohl das ADK Setup, als auch das WINPE Setup ausgeführt werden muss.
== Changing the mount point for data recovery ==
Nach der Installation kann das Image sehr einfach erzeugt werden. <br>
 
Starten Sie zunächst den Bootable Media Creator und wählen unten einfach ein Zielverzeichnis aus. <br>
The Hyper-V agent allows you to restore not only entire virtual machines but also individual files and folders.<br>
[[Datei:Build Image.png|border|Create new Image]]<br>
For file-level recovery, the selected virtual machine is mounted as a network share.<br>
This enables you to conveniently browse its file system using Windows File Explorer and restore the desired files or folders.<br>
By default, the network share is mounted at '''C:\RestoreMount'''.<br>
You can change this path to a different folder or drive via the Windows Registry.<br>
<br>
<br>
Sie können exportierte Treiber aus [[Backup#Treiber_eines_gesicherten_Systems_exportieren|Treiber exportieren]] in diesem Schritt hinzufügen, in dem Sie über "add" das Treiberverzeichnis auswählen.  
'''Procedure:'''
Klicken Sie nun auf „Continue“ um das Image zu erstellen. <br>
* Open the Registry Editor with administrative privileges.
[[Datei:Add Drivers.PNG|border|Treiber hinzufügen]]<br>
* Navigate to the following registry path: '''HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\EVault\InfoStage\Agent'''
<br>
* Create a new String Value named '''MountAlternatePath'''.
Das Image kann nun z.B. auf eine CD gebrannt werden oder an eine virtuelle Maschine angehängt werden. <br>
* Enter the desired target path as the value, for example:<br>'''E:\RestoreMount'''
<br />
* Restart both TERRA CLOUD services.
</div>
'''Note:'''<br>
<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
If the specified folder does not yet exist, it will be created automatically during the recovery process.
=== Restore durchführen ===
<span id="Konfigurationsübertragung_auf_einen_anderen_Hyper-V_Host"></span>
</div>
== Transferring configuration to another Hyper-V host ==
 
Use this guide if a Hyper-V host has been replaced and existing backup jobs need to be transferred to the new host.
<span id="Voraussetzungen"></span>
=== Prerequisites ===
 
* The original Hyper-V host appears as '''Offline''' in the backup portal.
** This is the case, for example, if the Hyper-V agent components have been uninstalled.
* The Hyper-V management component is installed on the new Hyper-V host.
* The new Hyper-V host has already been registered with the TERRA CLOUD backup portal.
[[Datei:Backup-DE-Hyper-V-Crossrestore-1.png|1500px]]
<span id="Falls_der_ursprüngliche_Hyper-V-Host_bereits_gelöscht_wurde"></span>
==== If the original Hyper-V host has already been deleted ====


<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
If you have already deleted the original Hyper-V host '''visually''' from the backup portal, it must first be restored.<br>
Die folgende Anleitung zeigt einen typischen Restore-Vorgang in einer virtuellen Maschine. An die virtuelle Maschine wurde das ISO-File angehängt.
To do this, open the '''Computers''' section, right-click on '''Online & Offline''', and then select '''Deleted'''.<br>
Als Netzwerkadapter müssen sowohl unter VMware als auch unter Hyper-V die Legacyadapter verwendet werden. <br>
Nach dem Neustart der Maschine muss eine Verbindung per Console auf die Maschine hergestellt werden. Anschließend erscheint folgendes Bild:<br>
[[Datei:Press_any_key_to_boot_from_CD_or_DVD.PNG|border|800px|boot from CD or DVD]]<br>
<br>
<br>
Konfigurieren Sie im ersten Schritt die Zeitzone und die gewünschte Sprache, klicken Sie anschließend auf Next. <br>
[[Datei:Backup-DE-Hyper-V-wiederherstellen-1.png|1500px]]<br>
[[Datei:Restore sprache.jpg|border|Sprache auswählen]]<br>
<br>
<br>
Akzeptieren Sie im folgendem Fenster die Lizenzbestimmungen und klicken Sie anschließend auf "Next". <br>
The deleted Hyper-V host should now be visible.<br>
Das „System Restore“ holt sich standardmäßig die IP-Adresse von einem DHCP-Server. Sofern kein DHCP Server vorhanden ist oder Sie die IP-Adresse manuell vergeben möchten, klicken Sie im Hauptmenü auf „Settings“. <br>
Select it and restore it using '''Actions → Restore selected Hyper-V computer'''.<br>
Wählen Sie das Netzwerkinterface aus und klicken Sie anschließend auf „Properties“. Vergeben Sie eine IP-Adresse und bestätigen Sie mit "Apply". <br>
[[Datei:restore IP.png|border|IP-Einstellungen]]<br>
<br>
<br>
Um einen Restorevorgang auszuführen klicken Sie im Hauptmenü auf „Restore My System“. Klicken Sie im Wizard auf "Next". <br>
[[Datei:Backup-DE-Hyper-V-wiederherstellen-2.png|1500px]]<br>
[[Datei:restore wizard.png|border|Wizard]]<br>
<br>
<br>
Geben Sie auf der folgenden Seite Ihre Daten zum Vault (Datenspeicher) ein und bestätigen Sie mit Next. Das System Restore versucht nun eine Verbindung zum Vault aufzubauen. <br>
[[Datei:Backup-DE-Hyper-V-wiederherstellen-3.png|1500px]]<br>
[[Datei:restore vault.png|border|Vault Konfiguration]]<br>
<span id="Durchführung"></span>
=== Implementation ===
 
* If you have not already done so, install the Hyper-V management component on the new Hyper-V host and register it with the TERRA CLOUD Backup Portal.
* In the Backup Portal, go to '''Computers''' and open the settings for the new Hyper-V host.
[[Datei:Backup-DE-Hyper-V-Crossrestore-2.png|1500px]]
<br>
<br>
Auf der folgenden Seite sehen Sie alle Computer, die zu Ihrem Account gehören. Wählen Sie den Computer aus, den Sie zurücksichern möchten. Klicken Sie anschließend auf "Next". <br>
* Select the option '''Restore a previous Hyper-V agent'''.
[[Datei:Restore computer.png|border|Computer auswählen]]<br>
[[Datei:Backup-DE-Hyper-V-Crossrestore-3.png|1500px]]
<br>
<br>
Auf der folgenden Seite sehen Sie alle Backup-Jobs, die zu diesem Computer gehören. Wählen Sie den Job aus, den Sie zurücksichern möchten. Klicken Sie anschließend auf "Next". <br>
* Under '''Select an offline agent for restoration''', choose the original Hyper-V host.
[[Datei:Restore job.png|border|Job auswählen]]<br>
[[Datei:Backup-DE-Hyper-V-Crossrestore-4.png|1500px]]
<br>
<br>
Im nächsten Schritt können Sie auswählen welches Safeset zurückgesichert werden soll. Wählen Sie das gewünschte Safeset aus und klicken Sie anschließend auf "Next". <br>
[[Datei:Backup-DE-Hyper-V-Crossrestore-5.png|1500px]]
Sofern Sie beim Backup-Job ein Passwort eingerichtet haben erscheint eine Passwortabfrage. Geben Sie das Passwort ein und bestätigen Sie mit OK. <br>
[[Datei:Restore point pw.png|border|Passwort eingeben]]<br>
<br>
<br>
Im folgenden Schritt können die Volumes ausgewählt werden, die zurückgesichert werden sollen. Ziehen Sie dazu einfach die Partitionen nach unten in das „Destination“ Feld. <br>
* Enter or correct the login credentials for the new Hyper-V host and save the settings.
Klicken Sie anschließend auf "Next". <br>
** Make sure to enter '''localhost''' in the '''Address''' field. This ensures the host remains accessible even if its IP address changes.
[[Datei:Restore volume.png|border|Volume auswähle per Drag and Drop]]<br>
[[Datei:Backup-DE-Hyper-V-Crossrestore-6.png|1500px]]
<span id="Wichtige_Nacharbeiten"></span>
=== Important Rework ===
 
{{Hinweis|type=terra|
'''After restoration, some settings must be re-entered or verified for security reasons.'''<br>
If these steps are not performed, backup jobs will not execute correctly.
* Re-enter the password for each vault registration.
* Re-enter the encryption password for each backup job.
* Reactivate scheduled jobs via the agent's action menu if necessary.
}}
<br>
<br>
Im letzten Schritt können die Einstellungen nochmal überprüft werden. Setzen Sie anschließend das Häkchen bei „Click here to confirm the restore plan“. Klicken Sie anschließend auf "Next". <br>
Once all passwords have been entered and communication has been successfully verified, please install the '''Hyper-V host component''' on the new Hyper-V host.
[[Datei:Restore confirm.png|border|bestätigen]]<br>
<span id="Abschluss"></span>
<br>
=== Conclusion ===
Der Restorevorgang startet. <br>
[[Datei:Restore start.png|border|Restore startet]]<br>
<br>
[[Datei:Restore2.png|border|Restorevorgang]]<br>
<br>
Ist der Restorevorgang erfolgreich abgeschlossen, bestätigen bitte Sie anschließend per Klick auf OK um das Fenster zu schließen. Beenden Sie den Wizard und starten Sie den Server neu. <br>
<br />
</div>


<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
Finally, verify the following points:
== '''Backup Satelliten''' ==
* The Hyper-V agent appears as Online in the backup portal.
</div>
* The Hyper-V host appears as Online on the Hosts tab.
* All backup jobs have been successfully imported.
* All required passwords have been re-entered.
* Communication between the Agent Host Service and the Agent Management Service is working.
* Scheduled backup jobs are enabled (if desired).
<span id="Backup_Satelliten"></span>
= '''Backup satellites''' =


<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
<span id="Beschreibung_und_Vorteile"></span>
=== Beschreibung und Vorteile ===
== Description and Benefits ==
</div>


<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
The backup satellite is a hardware appliance or a virtual machine that is used in your end customer's network and can receive backups via the local network.<br>
Der Backup Satellit ist eine Hardware Appliance oder eine virtuelle Maschine die im Netzwerk Ihres Endkunden zum Einsatz kommt und über das lokale Netzwerk Backups entgegennehmen kann.
The satellite provides you with all vault functions, e.g. providing volumes from an image backup.<br>
Dabei stellt Ihnen der Satellit alle Vaultfunktionen zur Verfügung, z.B. das Bereitstellen von Volumes aus einem Image Backup. Die Mietgeräte bzw. die virtuellen Maschinen werden Ihnen von der TERRA Cloud zur Verfügung gestellt und je nach Größe und Leistung monatlich, zusätzlich zu den benötigten Backup Paketen, in Rechnung gestellt.  
The rental devices or virtual machines are made available to you by the TERRA Cloud and are billed monthly, depending on their size and performance, in addition to the required backup packages.<br>
Durch den Einsatz eines Satelliten können Sie eine hybride Cloud Backup Lösung umsetzen, da Backups lokal auf einem Satelliten abgelegt werden und im Nachgang in ein Rechenzentrum repliziert werden.<br>
By using a satellite, you can implement a hybrid cloud backup solution, as backups are stored locally on a satellite and subsequently replicated to a data center.<br>
Dieses Backup Konzept ermöglicht folgende Vorteile:
This backup concept offers the following advantages:
* Schnelle Sicherung und Rücksicherung, dank lokal angebundenem Vaultsystem (Satellit)
* Fast backup and restore, thanks to a locally connected vault system (satellite)
* Keine Anschaffungskosten, da Ihnen die Hardware gestellt wird
* No acquisition costs, as the hardware is provided to you
* Zeitliche Entkopplung zwischen der Sicherung und der Replikation möglich
* Time decoupling between backup and replication is possible
* Rücksicherung autark vom Rechenzentrum möglich
* Restoration is possible independently of the data center
* Initalbackup kann direkt gegen den Satelliten durchgeführt werden
* Initial backup can be carried out directly against the satellite
* Bandbreite Ihres Kunden kann optimal ausgenutzt werden
* Your customer's bandwidth can be used optimally
</div>
* Fast VM restore of the Hyper-V agent or vSphere recovery agent
<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
<span id="Inbetriebnahme"></span>
=== Inbetriebnahme ===
== Commissioning ==
</div>


<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
After ordering your backup package including satellites, you will receive an email with the access data as soon as the vault account has been provided on the Basevault. <br>
Nach der Bestellung Ihres Backup Paketes inklusive Satelliten, erhalten Sie eine E-Mail mit den Zugangsdaten sobald der Vaultaccount auf dem Basevault bereitgestellt wurde. <br>
You will receive a separate notification after the satellite has been deployed and shipped to you.<br>
Sie erhalten eine gesonderte Benachrichtigung nachdem der Satellit bereitgestellt und an Sie versendet wurde.<br>
After receiving the satellite, the following steps must be carried out (hardware satellites):<br>
Nach Erhalt des Satelliten müssen noch folgende Schritte durchgeführt werden (Hardware Satelliten):<br>
* Set up and launch satellite in your end customer's network
* Satellit im Netzwerk Ihres Endkunden aufbauen und starten
* You can reach the satellite interface via the local address of the satellite (either static IP or DHCP)
* Sie erreichen das Satelliteninterface über die lokale Adresse des Satelliten (Wahlweise statische IP oder DHCP)
* Please note that the satellite interface can be accessed via HTTPS and may need to be enabled in the browser first
* Bitte beachten Sie, dass das Satelliteninterface über HTTPS erreichbar ist und ggf. im Browser erst zugelassen werden muss
* You can use the interface to change the access data in the user administration and, if necessary, adjust the network configuration
* Über das Interface können Sie die Zugangsdaten in der Benutzerverwaltung abändern und ggf. die Netzwerkkonfiguration anpassen
* Please deactivate the bypass mode using the Deactivate bypass mode function [https://wiki.terracloud.de/index.php/Backup/en#Features 10.3.1.3]
* Bitte deaktivieren Sie den Bypass Modus über die Funktion Bypass Modus deaktivieren [https://wiki.terracloud.de/index.php/Backup#Funktionen 10.3.1.3]
* The satellite is now prepared for productive use and must be saved as a backup target in the agents' vault settings (local IP of the satellite)
* Der Satellit ist jetzt für den produktiven Einsatz vorbereitet und muss als Sicherungsziel in den Vault-Einstellungen der Agenten hinterlegt werden (lokale IP des Satelliten)
* Initial backups can optionally be carried out directly against the satellite
* Initialbackups können optional direkt gegen den Satelliten durchgeführt werden
Commissioning a satellite VM:<br>
Inbetriebnahme einer Satelliten VM:<br>  
* You will receive a Hyper-V VM container from TERRA Cloud Support, which you can import and virtualize under Hyper-V
* Sie erhalten von TERRA Cloud Support einen Hyper-V VM Container, diesen können Sie unter Hyper-V importieren und virtualisieren
** '''''Please note that only Hyper Hosts are compatible with the Windows Server 2022 operating system or higher!'''''
** '''''Bitte beachten Sie, dass ausschließlich Hyper Hosts mit dem Betriebssystem Windows Server 2019 oder höher kompatibel sind!'''''
* Disk/network allocation must be done via Hyper-V Manager / VM Connect
* Die Datenträger-/Netzwerkzuweisung muss über den Hyper-V Manager / VM Connect erfolgen
* The remaining steps of commissioning a satellite VM are similar to commissioning a normal satellite
* Die restlichen Schritte der Inbetriebnahme einer Satelliten VM ähneln der Inbetriebnahme eines normalen Satelliten
<span id="Satelliteninterface"></span>
</div>
== Satellite interface ==
<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
=== Satelliteninterface ===
</div>


<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
=== System ===
==== System ====
</div>


<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
<span id="Anmeldung"></span>
===== Anmeldung =====
==== Registration ====
</div>


<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
You can access the following interface in your browser using the satellite's IP address.<br>
Das folgende Interface erreichen Sie in Ihrem Browser unter der IP-Adresse des Satelliten. Es stehen zwei verschiedene Benutzer zur Verfügung, in der Abbildung ist der administrative Benutzer zu sehen, der über <br> uneingeschränkten Zugriff verfügt. Zusätzlich gibt es einen Benutzer, der nur über Lese-Rechte verfügt, die Zugangsdaten können Sie zu einem späteren Zeitpunkt festlegen.<br>
There are two different users available, the image shows the administrative user who has <br> unrestricted access.<br>
Die Standardzugangsdaten für den Admin Benutzer lauten:<br>
In addition, there is a user who only has read rights; you can set the access data at a later date.<br>
The default login details for the admin user are:<br>
<br>
<br>
''Benutzer  = admin''<br>
''User = admin''<br>
''Kennwort = terra''<br>
''Password = terra''<br>
<br>
<br>
[[Datei:AnmeldungSat.png|border|800px|Anmeldung im Satelliten-Interface]]<br>
[[File:AnmeldungSat.png|border|800px|Registration in the satellite interface]]<br>
<br />
<br />
</div>
<span id="Informationen"></span>
<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
==== Informations ====
===== Informationen =====
</div>


<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
The Information item shows you the dashboard with all the important vital indicators of the hardware, e.g. CPU, RAM or hard drive utilization.<br>
Der Punkt Information zeigt Ihnen das Dashboard mit allen wichtigen Vitalindikatoren der Hardware, z.B. CPU, RAM oder die Festplattenauslastung.<br>
The satellite mode is also visible. A distinction is made between two modes, the active and inactive bypass mode.<br>
Zusätzlich ist der Modus des Satelliten ersichtlich. Dabei wird zwischen zwei Modi unterschieden, dem aktiven und inaktiven Bypass Modus.<br>
With active bypass, the satellite rejects all agent requests, so communication for backups, restores, synchronizations or job creation takes place via the basevault. Accordingly, the Basevault address must be stored in the portal under the Vault Settings tab.<br>
Bei dem aktiven Bypass lehnt der Satellit sämtliche Agentenanfragen ab, sodass hierbei die Kommunikation für Sicherungen, Wiederherstellungen, Synchronisierungen oder Joberstellungen über den Basevault erfolgt. Dementsprechend muss im Portal unter dem Reiter Vault-Einstellungen die Basevault Adresse hinterlegt sein.<br>
With the inactive bypass, the satellite is activated and accepts all agent requests, thereby enabling communication for backups, restores, synchronizations
Bei dem inaktiven Bypass ist der Satellit aktiviert und nimmt sämtliche Agentenanfragen entgegen, sodass hierbei die Kommunikation für Sicherungen, Wiederherstellungen, Synchronisierungen
or job creation takes place via the satellite. Accordingly, the IP address of the satellite must be stored in the portal under the Vault Settings tab.<br>
oder Joberstellungen über den Satelliten erfolgt. Dementsprechend muss im Portal unter dem Reiter Vault-Einstellungen die IP Adresse des Satelliten hinterlegt sein.<br>
<br>
<br>
'''Festplattenkapazität:'''<br>
'''Hard disk capacity:'''<br>
Grün = Zwischen 0% und 85% <br>
Green = Between 0% and 85% <br>
Orange = Ab 85% bis 95% <br>
Orange = From 85% to 95% <br>
Rot  = Ab 95% bis 99,99% <br>
Red = From 95% to 99.99% <br>
<br>
<br>
[[Datei:Warnung Speicher.png|border|800px|Speicher Warnung in der Übersicht]]<br>
[[File:Warnung Speicher.png|border|800px|Storage warning in the overview]]<br>
<br>
<br>
[[Datei:Warnung.png|border|Meldung Speicher Warnung]]<br>
[[File:Warnung.png|border|Message Storage Warning]]<br>
<br>
<br>
[[Datei:Speicher Alarm de.png|border|800px|Speicher Alarm in der Übersicht]]<br>
[[File:Speicher Alarm de.png|border|800px|Storage Alarm in the overview]]<br>
<br>
<br>
[[Datei:95%-DE.png|border|Speicher Alarm]]<br>
[[File:95%-DE.png|border|Storage Alert]]<br>
<br>
<br>
</div>
<span id="Funktionen"></span>
<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
==== Features ====
===== Funktionen =====
</div>


<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
'''System functions:'''<br>
'''System Funktionen:'''<br>
Under Functions you will find a list of the relevant services stored on the satellite. Please check whether all services are running.<br>
Unter dem Punkt Funktionen finden Sie eine Auflistung der relevanten hinterlegten Dienste auf dem Satelliten. Bitte prüfen Sie ob alle Dienste ausgeführt werden.<br>
If a service is stopped, you can start it using the Play symbol. Please do not restart any services while the satellite is running.<br>
Sollte ein Dienst gestoppt sein, können Sie diesen über das Play Symbol starten. Bitte starten Sie im laufenden Betrieb des Satelliten keine Dienste neu.<br>
<br>
'''Satellite functions:'''<br>
You can use this interface to shut down the satellite, restart it, or manually start a replication process.<br>
<br>
<br>
'''Satellitenfunktionen:'''<br>
'''Disable bypass:'''<br>
Sie können über diese Oberfläche den Satelliten herunterfahren, neustarten oder einen Replikationsprozess manuell starten.<br>
A satellite with bypass mode activated cannot accept backups and delegates them to the base vault. Please deactivate bypass mode so that the satellite can accept backups.<br>
<br>
<br>
'''Bypass deaktivieren:'''<br>
[[File:Bypass deaktivieren2.png|border|800px|Disable Bypass]]<br>
Ein Satellit mit aktiviertem Bypass Modus kann keine Backups entgegennehmen und deligiert diese an den Basevault. Bitte deaktivieren Sie den Bypass Modus, damit der Satellit Backups entgegennehmen kann.<br>
<br>
<br>
'''Support Connect aktivieren:'''<br>
'''Activate Support Connect:'''<br>
Mit diesem Schalter erlauben Sie dem TERRA CLOUD Support via Fernwartung auf den Satelliten zuzugreifen.<br>
With this switch you allow TERRA CLOUD support to access the satellite via remote maintenance.<br>
[[Datei:Bypass deaktivieren2.png|border|800px|Bypass deaktivieren]]<br>
==== Branding ====
</div>
<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
===== Branding =====
</div>


<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
This function allows you to adapt the satellite interface to your company's CI.<br>
Diese Funktion ermöglich Ihnen die Oberfläche des Satelliten auf die CI Ihres Unternehmens anzupassen. Die Konfiguration muss dabei nur auf einem Satelliten durchgeführt werden, da Sie diese exportieren und auf anderen Satelliten importieren können.<br>
The configuration only needs to be carried out on one satellite, as you can export it and import it on other satellites.<br>
Zusätzlich besteht die Option ein eignes Logo zu hinterlegen.<br>
There is also the option to add your own logo.<br>
[[Datei:Branding.png|800px|border|Branding]] <br>
[[File:Branding.png|800px|border|Branding]] <br>
</div>
<span id="Wartung"></span>
<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
==== Maintenance ====
===== Wartung =====
</div>


<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
Vault maintenance checks the satellite's data stock every day at 9:23 a.m. for safesets that have exceeded their retention period; the number of retention days and copies must be exceeded. Expired safesets are deleted from the satellite.
Die Vault Wartung überprüft täglich um 9:23 den Datenbestand des Satelliten auf Safesets die ihre Aufbewahrungsfrist überschritten haben, die Anzahl der Aufbewahrungstage und Kopien muss dafür überschritten sein. Abgelaufene Safesets werden von dem Satelliten gelöscht.
You can adjust the start time of this maintenance if necessary.<br>
Sie können die Startzeit dieser Wartung bei Bedarf anpassen.<br>
[[File:Wartung.png|800px|border]]<br>
[[Datei:Wartung.png|800px|border]]<br>
==== Updates ====
</div>
<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
===== Updates =====
</div>


<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
You can search the satellite interface directly for current updates and import them.<br>
Sie können das Satelliteninterface direkt nach aktuellen Updates suchen und diese einspielen.<br>
[[File:Updates.png|800px|border]]<br>
[[Datei:Updates.png|800px|border]]<br>
<span id="XML-Ansicht"></span>
</div>
==== XML View ====
<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
===== XML-Ansicht =====
</div>


<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
This menu item will take you to the XML output of the satellite in a new tab. This output lists all relevant information of the satellite and can be monitored.<br>
Über diesen Menü Punkt werden Sie in einem neuen Tab zu der XML-Ausgabe des Satelliten geleitet. Diese Ausgabe listet alle relevanten Informationen des Satelliten auf und kann überwacht werden.<br>
You can incorporate this link into your own monitoring solution or use ready-made sensors. You can find ready-made sensors for Server-Eye and PRTG Network Monitor, the sensors can be found under the search term “Terra Cloud Backup”. <br>
Sie können diesen Link in eine eigene Monitoring Lösung einbauen oder bereits fertige Sensoren nutzen. Vorgefertigte Sensoren finden Sie für Server-Eye und PRTG Network Monitor, die Sensoren finden Sie <br>
unter dem Suchbegriff "Terra Cloud Backup". <br>
[https://www.server-eye.de/ Homepage Server-Eye] <br>
[https://www.server-eye.de/ Homepage Server-Eye] <br>
[[Datei:XML-Ansicht.png|border|500px]]<br>
[[File:XML-Ansicht.png|border|500px]]<br>
<br />
<br />
</div>
<span id="Replikation"></span>
<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
=== Replication ===
==== Replikation ====
</div>


<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
<span id="Konnektivität"></span>
===== Konnektivität =====
==== Connectivity ====
</div>


<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
This overview shows you the status of the connection to the Basevault. The satellite transmits a "heartbeat" to the basevault at regular intervals.<br>
Diese Übersicht zeigt Ihnen den Status der Verbindung zum Basevault. Der Satellit überträgt in regelmäßigen Abständen einen "Heartbeat" an den Basevault .<br>
In addition, the connection to the backup portal and the base vault is checked via ping and Telnet. This ensures that all necessary [https://wiki.terracloud.de/index.php/Backup/en#Network_configuration ports] are activated for the satellite.< br>
Zusätzlich wird die Verbindung zum Backup Portal und zum Basevault via Ping und Telnet geprüft, dies stellt sicher, dass alle notwendigen [https://wiki.terracloud.de/index.php/Backup#Netzwerkkonfiguration Ports] für den Satelliten freigeschaltet sind.<br>
During replication, for example, the outgoing network traffic rate can also be monitored.<br>
Während der Replikation kann der beispielsweise auch der ausgehende Netzwerkdruchsatz überwacht werden.<br>
[[File:Satellit Konnektivität.jpg|framed|ohne|100px|]]<br>
[[Datei:Satellit Konnektivität.jpg|gerahmt|ohne|100px|]]<br>
<span id="Replikationsstatus"></span>
</div>
==== Replication Status ====
<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
===== Replikationsstatus =====
</div>


<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
This overview shows you which safesets are still outstanding for replication to the data center; these are processed as if in a queue. <br>
Diese Übersicht zeigt Ihnen, welche Safesets noch zur Replikation in das Rechenzentrum ausstehen, diese werden wie in einer Warteschlange abgearbeitet. <br>
On the right side you can click through the satellite's current inventory and view more detailed information about individual safe sets, such as the compressed <br>
Auf der rechten Seite können Sie sich durch den aktuellen Bestand des Satelliten klicken und genauere Informationen über einzelne Safesets einsehen, wie z.B. die komprimierte <br>
Size or whether this safeset has already been replicated.<br>
Größe oder ob dieses Safeset bereits repliziert wurde.<br>
<br>
<br>
[[Datei:Replikation.png|border|900px|Replikationsstatus]]<br>
[[File:Replikation.png|border|900px|ReplicationStatus]]<br>
</div>
<span id="Bandbreitenlimitierung"></span>
<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
==== Bandwidth limitation ====
===== Bandbreitenlimitierung =====
</div>


<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
You can configure a bandwidth limit for satellite replication.
Sie können für die Replikation des Satelliten eine Bandbreitenlimitierung konfigurieren.
Please note that after an adjustment, the replication service restarts and ongoing replications are aborted. <br>
Bitte beachten Sie, dass nach einer Anpassung der Replikationsdienst neustartet und somit laufende Replikationen abgebrochen werden. <br>
If the connection is weaker, we recommend configuring the "Quality of Service" on the firewall for the satellite and assigning it a low priority.<br>
Wir empfehlen bei einer schwächeren Anbindung die "Quality of Service" auf der Firewall für den Satelliten zu konfigurieren und diesem eine geringe Priorität zuzuweisen.<br>
This setting on the firewall ensures that, for example, on a holiday, the <br>. can be replicated with full bandwidth
Diese Einstellung auf der Firewall sorgt dafür, dass z.B. an einem Feiertag mit voller Bandbreite repliziert werden kann, die <br>
Bandwidth allocation is therefore more flexible than a fixed bandwidth limit. <br>
Einteilung der Bandbreite ist somit flexibler, als eine feste Bandbreitenlimitierung. <br>
[[File:Bandbreitenlimitierung.png|border|800px]]<br>
[[Datei:Bandbreitenlimitierung.png|border|800px]]<br>
<span id="Replikationszeitplan"></span>
</div>
==== Replication Schedule ====
<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
===== Replikationszeitplan =====
</div>


<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
The replication schedule allows you to control whether to replicate immediately after a newly created backup and after <br>
Über den Replikationszeitplan können Sie steuern, ob sofort nach einem neu erstellten Backup repliziert werden soll und nach <br>
defined schedule or exclusively according to a configured replication schedule. This option is particularly recommended if <br>
definiertem Zeitplan oder ausschließlich nach einem konfigurierten Replikationszeitplan. Diese Option ist besonders zu empfehlen, wenn <br>
should be backed up during your customer's working hours, but replication should only start after working hours. <br>
während des Arbeitszeit Ihres Kunden gesichert werden soll, aber erst nach der Arbeitszeit die Replikation starten soll. <br>  
In this image you can see the configuration for a replication schedule that initiates a replication operation every day around 8 p.m.:<br>
Auf diesem Bild sehen Sie die Konfiguration für einen Replikationszeitplan, der jeden Tag gegen 20 Uhr einen Replikationsvorgang einleitet:<br>
[[File:Replikationszeitplan.png|border|800px]]<br>
[[Datei:Replikationszeitplan.png|border|800px]]<br>
==== Safeset Management ====
</div>
<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
===== Safeset Management =====
</div>


<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
Special configurations can be made on the satellite via Safeset Management; if configured incorrectly, these can affect the function of the satellite.<br>
Über das Safeset Management können spezielle Konfigurationen am Satelliten vorgenommen werden, diese können bei falscher Konfiguration die Funktion des Satelliten beeinträchtigen.<br>
Changes can only be made after activation via the slider and '''may only be made after consultation with support'''.<br>
Änderungen können erst nach der Aktivierung über den Schieberegler erfolgen und '''dürfen nur nach Absprache mit dem Support''' durchgeführt werden.<br>  
[[File:Safeset-management.png|border|800px]]<br>
[[Datei:Safeset-management.png|border|800px]]<br>
<span id="Backup_Daten"></span>
</div>
=== Backup data ===
<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
==== Backup Daten ====
</div>


<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
You can use the satellite interface to delete entire systems, jobs or individual backup sets (safesets). <br>
Über das Satelliteninterface haben Sie die Möglichkeit ganze Systeme, Jobs oder einzelne Sicherungssätze (Safesets) zu löschen. <br>
The deletion only applies to satellites; the data in the data center on the respective base vault remains unaffected. <br>
Die Löschung bezieht sich dabei nur auf Satelliten, der Datenbestand im Rechenzentrum auf dem jeweiligen Basevault bleibt unberührt. <br>
Safe sets are displayed online; they are highlighted in black and can be selected by clicking in the checkbox. <br>
Angezeigt werden Ihnen online Safesets, diese sind in schwarz hinterlegt und können mit einem Klick in die Checkbox ausgewählt werden. <br>
Online safesets are characterized by the fact that they are stored locally on the satellite and are directly available there.<br>
Online Safesets zeichnen sich dadurch aus, dass Sie auf dem Satelliten lokal gespeichert sind und dort direkt zur Verfügung stehen.<br>
Safesets that are grayed out and cannot be selected are offline safesets. <br>
Safesets die in grau hinterlegt sind und nicht ausgewählt werden können, sind offline Safesets. <br>
An offline safeset represents a backup that does not exist on the Satellite, but still exists on the Basevault. <br>
Ein offline-Safeset stellt eine Sicherung dar, die nicht auf dem Vault vorhanden ist, jedoch noch auf dem Basevault vorhanden ist. <br>
Only meta information about these safesets is stored on the satellite. <br>
Auf dem Satelliten werden nur Metainformationen zu diesen Safesets gespeichert. <br>
<br>
<br>
'''Vorgehensweise bei einer Löschung:'''<br>
'''Procedure for deletion:'''<br>
<br>
<br>
'''Löschung auf Systemebene:'''<br>
'''System level deletion:'''<br>
a) Im Job Monitor des Interfaces überprüfen, dass kein Prozess für das betroffene System läuft. (Falls der Reiter Job Monitor nicht vorhanden ist, Update auf die aktuellste Interface Version durchführen)<br>
a) Check in the interface's job monitor that no process is running for the affected system. (If the Job Monitor tab is not available, update to the latest interface version)<br>
b) Zu löschende Systeme per Auswahl markieren und Aktion "Lösche markierte Einträge" durchführen <br>
b) Select the systems to be deleted and carry out the “Delete marked entries” action
c) Abwarten, bis das betroffene System aus der Übersicht ausgegraut ist. (Kann unter Umständen einige Zeit in Anspruch nehmen) <br>
c) Wait until the affected system is grayed out from the overview. (It may take some time) <br>
d) Kapazität des Satelliten überprüfen und eine schnelle Speicheroptimierung starten <br>
d) Check the capacity of the satellite and start a quick storage optimization <br>
<br>
<br>
'''Löschung auf Jobebene:'''<br>
'''Job level deletion:'''<br>
a) Im Job Monitor des Interfaces überprüfen, dass kein Prozess für den betroffenen Job läuft. (Falls der Reiter Job Monitor nicht vorhanden ist, Update auf die aktuellste Interface Version durchführen)<br>
a) Check in the interface's job monitor that no process is running for the affected job. (If the Job Monitor tab is not available, update to the latest interface version)<br>
b) Zu löschenden Job per Auswahl markieren und Aktion "Lösche markierte Einträge" durchführen  <br>
b) Mark the job to be deleted by selecting it and carry out the “Delete marked entries” action <br>
c) Abwarten, bis der betroffene Job aus der Übersicht verschwunden/ausgegraut ist. (Kann unter Umständen einige Zeit in Anspruch nehmen)<br>
c) Wait until the affected job has disappeared from the overview/grayed out. (It may take some time)<br>
d) Kapazität des Satelliten überprüfen. Falls unverändert, schnelle Speicheroptimierung starten <br>
d) Check satellite capacity. If unchanged, start quick memory optimization <br>
<br>
<br>
'''Löschung auf Safesetebene:'''<br>
'''Safeset level deletion:'''<br>
a) Im Job Monitor des Interfaces überprüfen, dass kein Prozess für den betroffenen Job läuft. (Falls der Reiter Job Monitor nicht vorhanden ist, Update auf die aktuellste Interface Version durchführen)<br>
a) Check in the interface's job monitor that no process is running for the affected job. (If the Job Monitor tab is not available, update to the latest interface version)<br>
b) Zu löschende Safesets per Auswahl markieren und Aktion "Lösche markierte Einträge" durchführen <br>
b) Select the safe sets to be deleted and carry out the “Delete marked entries” action
c) Abwarten, bis alle betroffenen Safesets aus der Übersicht verschwunden/ausgegraut sind. (Je nach Größe, kann der Vorgang sehr viel Zeit in Anspruch nehmen) <br>
c) Wait until all affected safe sets have disappeared from the overview/grayed out. (Depending on the size, the process can take a lot of time) <br>
d) Sobald alle Safesets verschwunden/ausgegraut sind, schnelle Speicheroptimierung starten <br>
d) As soon as all safesets have disappeared/grayed out, start quick storage optimization <br>
<br>
<br>
<br>
<br>
[[Datei:Backupdaten.png|border|800px|Backup Daten auf dem Satelliten]]<br>
[[File:Backupdaten.png|border|800px|Backup data on the satellite]]<br>
</div>
=== Job Monitor ===
<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
==== Job Monitor ====
</div>


<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
You can view open or already completed processes in the Job Monitor.<br>
Sie können offene oder bereits abgeschlossene Prozesse im Job Monitor einsehen.<br>
Backups or restores can be monitored, as can replication processes.<br>
Sicherungen oder Wiederherstellungen können damit überwacht werden, genauso wie Replikationsprozesse.<br>
The following screenshot shows a satellite that currently has no open jobs:<br>
Folgender Screenshot zeigt einen Satelliten der aktuell keine offenen Jobs hat:
[[File:Jobmonitor.png|800px|border]]<br>
[[Datei:Jobmonitor.png|800px|border]]<br>
<br>
<br>
'''Jobs auf dem Screenshot:'''<br>
'''Jobs on the screenshot:'''<br>
Maintenance Host = Dieser Prozess steht für die Wartung auf dem Satelliten, dieser Prozess sollte immer angezeigt sein <br>
Maintenance Host = This process represents maintenance on the satellite, this process should always be displayed <br>
Satellite Replication Service = Hinter diesem Prozess steht der aktive Replikationsdienst, dieser Prozess sollte immer angezeigt sein <br>
Satellite Replication Service = Behind this process is the active replication service, this process should always be displayed <br>
Satellite Replication - Upload Satellite Statistics = Im Screenshot steht dieser Prozess auf "Inactive", da er erfolgreich abgeschlossen wurde. Der Satellit hat in diesem Job Informationen an den Basevault weitergegeben.
Satellite Replication - Upload Satellite Statistics = In the screenshot, this process is set to "Inactive" because it was completed successfully. In this job, the satellite passed information to the basevault.
</div>
<span id="Benutzerverwaltung"></span>
<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
=== User management ===
==== Benutzerverwaltung ====
</div>


<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
Within the user management you can define passwords for a total of two users.<br>
Innerhalb der Benutzerverwaltung können Sie Kennwörter für die insgesamt zwei Benutzer definieren. Welche Benutzer sind insgesamt hinterlegt?<br>
Which users are stored in total?<br>
#Admin: Dieser Benutzer hat uneingeschränkten Zugriff und ist für die Administration des Satelliten vorgesehen.
#Admin: This user has full access and is intended for administration of the satellite.
#User: Dieser Benutzer verfügt nur über eine Lese-Berechtigung und kann nach Bedarf an den Endkunden ausgegeben werden.
#User: This user only has read permission and can be issued to the end customer as required.
<br>
<br>
[[Datei:Benutzerverwaltung.png|border|800px|Benutzerverwaltung]]<br>
[[File:Benutzerverwaltung.png|border|800px|User Management]]<br>
<br />
<br />
</div>
<span id="Netzwerkkonfiguration"></span>
<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
=== Network configuration ===
==== Netzwerkkonfiguration ====
</div>


<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
You can use the network configuration to pass on your desired settings directly to the satellite or use the “Activate DHCP” function. <br>
Über die Netzwerkkonfigration können Sie Ihre gewünschten Einstellungen direkt an den Satelliten weitergeben oder die Funktion „DHCP aktivieren“ nutzen. <br>
As soon as DHCP has been activated, the network configuration assigned by the DHCP server will be displayed. <br>
Sobald DHCP aktiviert wurde, wird Ihnen die vom DHCP Server vergebene Netzwerkkonfiguration angezeigt. <br>
<br>
<br>
[[Datei:Netzwerkverwaltung.png|border|800px|Netzwerkverwaltung des Satelliten]]<br>
[[File:Netzwerkverwaltung.png|border|800px|Satellite Network Management]]<br>
<br/>
<br/>
</div>
<span id="Initialsicherung_FTP_Upload_/_Datenträger_einsenden"></span>
<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
= '''Initial backup FTP upload / send data carrier''' =
== '''Initialsicherung FTP Upload / Datenträger einsenden''' ==
</div>


<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
<span id="Buchung"></span>
=== Buchung ===
== Booking ==
</div>


<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
The two processes can be added when initially booking a backup package or later in the order.
Die beiden Vorgänge können jeweils bei der initialen Buchung eines Backup Paketes, als auch nachträglich in der Bestellung hinzugefügt werden.
<span id="Durchführung"></span>
</div>
== Implementation ==
<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
=== Empfohlener Weg ===
</div>


<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
'''Prerequisites:'''
Der [https://backup.terracloud.de/Download/TERRA%20CLOUD%20Backup%20Assistant.exe Backup Assistant] wurde mit dem TERRA CLOUD Initialbackup Tool ausgestattet. Die Funktionsweise des Initialbackup Tools wird in folgendem kurzen Video erklärt: [https://www.wortmann.de/content/files/content/Externe_Dokumente_Ablage/Video/cloud/TERRA-CLOUD-Backup_Initialbackup.mp4 TERRA Cloud Initialbackup Tool] <br>
*The backup agent is installed on the target system and registered in the portal.
*The backup job and schedule are configured as desired.
*To prevent the external storage medium from being included in the backup, the "Entire Server" option has been temporarily removed from the job configuration.<br>Instead, the backup is performed by manually selecting the individual drives. The external storage medium must not be selected.
*The backup job schedule is disabled to prevent the agent from automatically attempting to back up to the vault.<br>
<br>
<br>
Bitte wählen Sie als Ziel für das Initialbackup ein lokal angebundenes Volume aus, welches nicht im Sicherungssatz inkludiert wurde. Achten Sie ebenfalls darauf, dass das betroffene Volume nicht über die "Gesamter Server" Option im Sicherungssatz landet. <br>
'''Procedure:'''<br>
1.) '''Start the backup to the vault to transfer metadata.'''<br>
This transmits information required by the vault for the import process.<br>
The process can be stopped as soon as the status "Processing" appears. <br>
<br>
<br>
Netzwerkfreigaben werden nicht als Zielpfad unterstützt. <br>
2.) '''Create the folder structure in the target directory.''' <br>
To ensure smooth identification, please create the following folder structure: <br>
'''\$ACCOUNTNAME$\$COMPUTERNAME$\$JOBNAME$''' <br>
<br>
<br>
Nachdem das Initialbackup erstellt wurde, empfiehlt es sich, das Logfile der Sicherung zu überprüfen. Sofern hier keine Warnungen / Fehler ersichtlich sind, kann dieses entweder über einen externen Datenträger oder per Upload auf unseren FTP Server bereitgestellt werden. <br>
Example path:<br>
</div>
'''E:\45814-ENDKUNDE\WIN-VKEE7ONL8FG\BMR''' <br>
<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
<p style="color: #FF0000;"> As the data involved is always encrypted, an incorrect folder structure would result in a written inquiry and, consequently, a delay in the process. </p>
=== Manueller Weg ===
3.) '''Start the backup to the previously created path.'''<br>
</div>
The procedure in the portal is as follows:<br>
 
<br>
<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
[[File:Verzeichnis_auf_Datentraeger.png|350px|border|Target: Directory on storage medium]] <br>
Alternativ zum Backup Assistant, kann das Initialbackup auch manuell erstellt werden. Folgende Punkte sollten vorab erledigt sein:
*Backup Agent auf dem gewünschten System installiert und dieses am Portal registriert.
*Backup Job und Zeitplan wie gewünscht konfiguriert.
*Zeitplan deaktiviert, damit der Agent nicht automatisch versucht, auf den Vault zu sichern.<br>
<br>
<br>
'''Vorgehensweise'''
[[File:Ordner_auswaehlen.png|350px|border|Select the previously created folder structure]] <br>
1.) '''Backup zwecks Metadatenübertragung gegen den Vault starten.''' Hierbei werden vom Vault benötigte Informationen übermittelt, welche für den Importvorgang notwendig sind. Sobald der Status "Verarbeitung läuft" ersichtlich ist, kann der Prozess gestoppt werden. <br>
<br>
<br>
2.) '''Ordnerstruktur im Zielverzeichnis anlegen.''' Um eine reibungslose Identifikation zu gewährleisten, bitten wir Sie, folgende Ordnerstruktur anzulegen: <br>
[[File:Initialbackup_auf_Datentraeger.png|350px|border|Start backup]] <br>
== FTP Upload ==
 
'''Please ensure that the dataset is complete.'''<br>
'''Each job is divided into backup fragments that are numbered sequentially; all fragments except the last one are 1,048,576 KB in size.'''<br>
'''Only the first fragment (SafesetNumber.SSI or 00000001.SSI) differs in its filename from the remaining files.''' <br>
<br>
<br>
''\$KONTONAME$\$COMPUTERNAME$\$JOBNAME$'' <br>
[[Datei:Backup-DE-Initialsicherung-Fragmente.PNG|350px|border]]<br>
<br>
<br>
Beispiel-Pfad:
Before uploading, check the initial backup log for any anomalies.<br>
''D:\00000-BEISPIEL\srv-terracloud\bmrjob'' <br>
If you encounter irregularities or have questions, please contact our support team before sending or uploading the dataset.<br>
<br>
<br>
<p style="color: #FF0000;"> Da es sich hierbei stets um verschlüsselte Daten handelt, würde eine nicht ausreichende Ordnerstruktur in einer schriftlichen Rückfrage und somit in einer Verzögerung im Prozess enden. </p>
The created initial backup can then be uploaded to the TERRA Cloud FTP server.<br>
<br>
<br>
3.) '''Sicherung auf den zuvor angelegten Pfad starten.''' Die Vorgehensweise im Portal sieht wie folgt aus:
For example, the [https://filezilla-project.org/download.php?type=client FileZilla Client] can be used for the upload. <br>
The necessary access credentials will be provided by us after the booking has been received in the Center. <br>
<br>
<br>
[[Datei:Verzeichnis_auf_Datentraeger.png|border|Ziel: Verzeichnis auf Datenträger]] <br>
Once the upload is complete and has been verified, please send us a brief confirmation regarding the previously transmitted information. <br>
<br>
<br>
[[Datei:Ordner_auswaehlen.png|border|Zuvor erstellte Ordnerstruktur auswählen]] <br>
Following successful verification, we will notify you as soon as there are updates regarding the import.
<br>
<br>
[[Datei:Initialbackup_auf_Datentraeger.png|border|Sicherung starten]] <br>
<span id="Datenträger_einsenden"></span>
</div>
== Send in data carrier ==
<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
=== FTP Upload ===
</div>


<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
'''Please ensure that the dataset is complete.'''<br>
'''Bitte achten Sie darauf, dass der Datenbestand vollständig ist. Jeder Job ist in Sicherungsfragmente aufgeteilt, welche numerisch hochgezählt werden und bis auf das letzte Fragment 1.048.576 KB groß sind. Lediglich das erste Fragment (Safesetnummer.SSI bzw. 00000001.SSI) weicht namentlich von den restlichen Dateien ab.''' <br>
'''Each job is divided into backup fragments that are numbered sequentially; all fragments except the last one are 1,048,576 KB in size.'''<br>
'''Only the first fragment (SafesetNumber.SSI or 00000001.SSI) differs in its filename from the remaining files.''' <br>
<br>
<br>
Das erstellte Initialbackup, egal ob manuell oder über den Assistant, kann auf den TERRA Cloud FTP Server hochgeladen werden. <br>
[[Datei:Backup-DE-Initialsicherung-Fragmente.PNG|350px|border]]<br>
<br>
<br>
Für den Upload kann z. B. der [https://filezilla-project.org/download.php?type=client FileZilla Client] verwendet werden. <br>
Before shipping, check the initial backup log for any anomalies.<br>
If you encounter irregularities or have questions, please contact our support team before sending in the storage medium.<br>
<br>
<br>
Die hierzu nötigen Zugangsdaten werden nach Erhalt der Buchung im Center von uns bereitgestellt. <br>
If the initial backup completed successfully but an error message appears in the log file after the successful completion notice, we recommend consulting the following Wiki article:<br>
<br>
[[Backup_Fehlerdiagnose#SSET-E-04104 Die Anforderung ist fehlgeschlagen. Der Remote-Server meldete folgenden Fehler: RPC-E-FAILED, allgemeiner RPC-Fehler / UTIL-W-05229 Konfigurationsdateien konnten nicht hochgeladen werden: Datei konnte nicht hochgeladen werden. C:\Program Files\TERRA CLOUD Backup\Agent\Jobname.status.cfg|SSET-E-04104 The request failed. The remote server reported the following error: RPC-E-FAILED, general RPC error / UTIL-W-05229 Configuration files could not be uploaded: File could not be uploaded. C:\Program Files\TERRA CLOUD Backup\Agent\Jobname.status.cfg]]<br>
Sobald der Upload abgeschlossen und kontrolliert wurde, können Sie uns eine kurze Bestätigung auf die zuvor übermittelten Informationen zukommen lassen. <br>
<br>
Anschließend werden Sie eine Rückmeldung von uns erhalten, sobald es Neuigkeiten zum Import gibt.
<br>
</div>
<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
=== Datenträger einsenden ===
</div>
 
<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
'''Bitte achten Sie darauf, dass der Datenbestand vollständig ist. Jeder Job ist in Sicherungsfragmente aufgeteilt, welche numerisch hochgezählt werden und bis auf das letzte Fragment 1.048.576 KB groß sind. Lediglich das erste Fragment (Safesetnummer.SSI bzw. 00000001.SSI) weicht namentlich von den restlichen Dateien ab.''' <br>
<br>
<br>
Der Datenträger kann zusammen mit dem ausgefüllten [https://downloads.terracloud.de/files/Formulare%20&%20Zertifikate/terra%20CLOUD_Einsendeformular.pdf Einsendeformular] an folgende Adresse versendet werden: <br>
Once all outstanding questions and issues have been resolved, the storage medium can be sent to the following address, together with the completed [https://downloads.terracloud.de/files/Formulare%20&%20Zertifikate/terra%20CLOUD_Einsendeformular.pdf submission form]: <br>
<br>
<br>
'''TERRA CLOUD GmbH''' <br>
'''TERRA CLOUD GmbH''' <br>
Zeile 1.901: Zeile 2.976:
'''32609 Hüllhorst''' <br>
'''32609 Hüllhorst''' <br>
<br>
<br>
Benachrichtigungen zum Importstatus / Versandstatus des Datenträgers erfolgen über automatisierte Geschäftsprozesse. <br>
Notifications regarding the import or shipping status of the storage medium are handled via automated business processes. <br>
<br>
<br>
<p style="color: #FF0000;"> Bitte senden Sie uns in keinem Fall unverschlüsselte Rohdaten Ihres Endkunden ein! </p>
<p style="color: #FF0000;"> Under no circumstances should you send us unencrypted raw data belonging to your end customer! </p>
<p style="color: #FF0000;"> Diese werden unbearbeitet wieder an den Absender zurückgesendet. </p>
<p style="color: #FF0000;"> Such data will be returned to the sender unprocessed. </p>
</div>
= '''Backup Export''' =
<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
== '''Backup Export''' ==
</div>


<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
In order to save data on a local medium, for example for long-term backup, we can export your backups.
Um Daten z. B. für eine Langzeitsicherung auf einem lokalen Medium zu speichern, können wir Ihre durchgeführten Sicherungen exportieren.
The export is encrypted and in the so-called vault format, so that the exported data must be read in with additional software before an agent can process and restore it.<br>
Der Export erfolgt verschlüsselt und im sog. Vaultformat, sodass die exportierten Daten mit einer zusätzlichen Software eingelesen werden müssen, bevor ein Agent diese verarbeiten und wiederherstellen kann.<br>
<br>
<br>
Bitte beachten Sie, dass es sich hierbei um einen kostenpflichtigen Vorgang handelt. Weitere Informationen zum Vorgang (Angebot, Ablauf, etc.) erhalten Sie über unseren Cloud Vertrieb: cloud@wortmann.de <br>
Please note that this is a paid process. Further information about the process (offer, procedure, etc.) is available from our cloud sales department: [mailto:cloud@wortmann.de cloud@wortmann.de] <br>
Sobald Sie den gewünschten Datenbestand erhalten haben, können Sie mit den u. g. Schritten fortfahren. <br>
As soon as you have received the desired data set, you can continue with the steps below. <br>
It should also be noted that it is '''not''' possible to export backups via the Hyper-V agent. <br>
<br>
<br>
Die benötigte Software finden Sie unter:<br>
The required software can be found at:<br>
[https://backup.terracloud.de/Download/SecondaryRestoreServer-8-70-0266.exe Secondary Restore Server]<br>
[https://backup.terracloud.de/Download/SecondaryRestoreServer-8-70-0266.exe Secondary Restore Server]<br>
</div>
== Secondary Restore Server ==
<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
=== Secondary Restore Server ===
</div>


<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
The Secondary Restore Server reads the exported data and presents it as a virtual vault in the existing network.<br>
Der Secondary Restore Server liest den exportierten Datenbestand ein und präsentiert diesen als virtuellen Vault im vorhandenen Netzwerk.<br>
*Please navigate to the folder structure of the exported data in the Secondary Restore Server
*Bitte navigieren Sie im Secondary Restore Server zur Ordnerstruktur der exportierten Daten
*Store the data of the exported vault account, e.g. B. (45814-END CUSTOMER), as well as the vault account password
*Hinterlegen Sie die Daten des exportierten Vaultaccounts z. B. (45814-ENDKUNDE), sowie das Vaultaccountkennwort
*Start sharing via the Secondary Restore Server (Start)
*Starten Sie die Freigabe über den Secondary Restore Server (Start)
*Agents can then access the share as if it were a normal vault.
*Anschließend können Agenten auf die Freigabe zugreifen, als würde es sich hierbei um einen normalen Vault handeln.
[[File:Secondaryrestoreserver.png|border|Secondary Restore Server]]<br>
[[Datei:Secondaryrestoreserver.png|border|Secondary Restore Server]]<br>
<br>
<br>
</div>
<span id="Wiederherstellung_von_einzelnen_Dateien(Secondary_Restore_Server)"></span>
<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
== Restore individual files (Secondary Restore Server) ==
=== Wiederherstellung von einzelnen Dateien(Secondary Restore Server) ===
</div>


<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
Once the data has been presented on the network, you can proceed as follows:<br>
Sobald der Datenbestand im Netzwerk präsentiert wurde, können Sie wie folgt vorgehen:<br>
[[File:CrossRestore-1.PNG|border|1500px|CrossRestore Step 1]]<br>
[[Datei:CrossRestore-1.PNG|border|1500px|CrossRestore Schritt 1]]<br>
<br>
<br>
[[Datei:CrossRestore-2.PNG|border|CrossRestore Schritt 2]]<br>
[[File:CrossRestore-2.PNG|border|CrossRestore Step 2]]<br>
<br>
<br>
[[Datei:CrossRestore-3.PNG|border|CrossRestore Schritt 3]]<br>
[[File:CrossRestore-3.PNG|border|1500px|CrossRestore Step 3]]<br>
<br>
<br>
[[Datei:CrossRestore-4.PNG|border|1500px|CrossRestore Schritt 4]]<br>
[[File:CrossRestore-4.PNG|border|1500px|CrossRestore Step 4]]<br>
<br>
<br>
[[Datei:CrossRestore-5.PNG|border|CrossRestore Schritt 5]]<br>
[[File:CrossRestore-5.PNG|border|CrossRestore Step 5]]<br>
<br>
<br>
[[Datei:CrossRestore-6.PNG|border|1500px|CrossRestore Schritt 6]]<br>
[[File:CrossRestore-6.PNG|border|1500px|CrossRestore Step 6]]<br>
<br>
<br>
[[Datei:CrossRestore-7.PNG|border|CrossRestore Schritt 7]]<br>
[[File:CrossRestore-7.PNG|border|CrossRestore Step 7]]<br>
<br>
<br>
</div>
<span id="BMR_Wiederherstellung(Secondary_Restore_Server)"></span>
<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
== BMR Restore(Secondary Restore Server) ==
=== BMR Wiederherstellung(Secondary Restore Server) ===
</div>


<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
For instructions on how to initiate a BMR, see: [[Backup/en#Bare_Metal_Restore| Bare Metal Restore]]
Eine Anleitung, wie man einen BMR einleitet, finden Sie unter: [[Backup#Bare_Metal_Restore| Bare Metal Restore]]
Once the data has been presented on the network, you can proceed as follows:<br>
Sobald der Datenbestand im Netzwerk präsentiert wurde, können Sie wie folgt vorgehen:<br>
[[File:BMR-1.PNG|border|BMR Step 1]]<br>
[[Datei:BMR-1.PNG|border|BMR Schritt 1]]<br>
<br>
<br>
[[Datei:BMR-2.PNG|border|BMR Schritt 2]]<br>
[[File:BMR-2.PNG|border|BMR Step 2]]<br>
<br>
<br>
[[Datei:BMR-3.PNG|border|BMR Schritt 3]]<br>
[[File:BMR-3.PNG|border|BMR Step 3]]<br>
<br>
<br>
[[Datei:BMR-4.PNG|border|BMR Schritt 4]]<br>
[[File:BMR-4.PNG|border|BMR Step 4]]<br>
<br>
<br>
[[Datei:BMR-5.PNG|border|BMR Schritt 5]]<br>
[[File:BMR-5.PNG|border|BMR Step 5]]<br>
<br>
<br>
</div>
<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
= '''Agent Skripting''' =
= '''Agent Skripting''' =
</div>


<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
== Windows Agent ==
== Windows Agent ==
</div>


<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
=== Installation ===
Der Windows Agent kann zusätzlich zum Portal auch per Kommandozeile oder Skript gestartet werden.<br>
 
Das Agent Skripting ist empfehlenswert um z.B. nicht VSS-fähige Datenbanken vor dem Backup zu stoppen (MySQL, MariaDB uvm.)<br>
<span id="Windows_Agent_per_Kommandozeile_ansprechen"></span>
<br />
=== Address Windows Agent via command line ===
</div>
<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
=== Windows Agent per Kommandozeile ansprechen ===
</div>


<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
Please first change to the agent's installation directory in CMD or PowerShell, by default this is 'C:\Program Files\TERRA Cloud Backup\Agent\'<br>
Bitte wechseln Sie zunächst in der CMD oder PowerShell in das Installationsverzeichnis des Agenten, dies ist standardmäßig 'C:\Program Files\TERRA Cloud Backup\Agent\'<br>
To start a backup, the following parameters must be passed to VV.exe:
Um ein Backup zu starten müssen folgende Parameter an die VV.exe übergeben werden:
*VV.exe backup JOBNAME /retention=RetentionName (CMD) <br>
*VV.exe backup JOBNAME /retention=RetentionName (CMD) <br>
*.\VV.exe backup JOBNAME /retention=RetentionName (PowerShell)<br>
*.\VV.exe backup JOBNAME /retention=RetentionName (PowerShell)<br>
You can use the /retention=RetentionName parameter to determine which retention type should be used.<br>
Please replace "RetentionName" with the name of the retention period, which you can view in the [[Backup/en#Advanced_Agent_Configuration|Advanced Agent Settings]].
<span id="Windows_Agent_per_Skript_ansprechen"></span>
=== Address Windows Agent via script ===
The desired commands can be stored in a script.<br>
Recommended formats are '''.bat''' and '''.cmd'''<br>
<br>
<br>
Mit dem Parameter /retention=RetentionName können Sie bestimmen welcher Aufbewahrungstyp verwendet werden soll.<br>
Scripts can be extended as desired, e.g. to store pre- and post-commands, i.e. commands before or after the backup.<br>
Bitte ersetzen Sie "RetentionName" mit dem Namen der Aufbewahrungsfrist, diese können Sie in den [[Backup#Erweiterte_Agentenkonfiguration|erweiterten Agenteneinstellungen]] einsehen.<br>
<br />
</div>
<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
=== Windows Agent per Skript ansprechen ===
</div>
 
<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
Die gewünschten Befehle können in einem Skript hinterlegt werden.<br>
Empfohlene Formate sind '''.bat''' und '''.cmd'''<br>
<br>
<br>
Skripte können beliebig nach eigenen Wünschen erweitert werden, z.B. um Pre- und Post-Commands zu hinterlegen, also Befehle vor oder nach dem Backup.
Example script: <br>
Beispielskript:
@echo off<br>
@echo off<br>
cd "C:\Program Files\TERRA Cloud Backup\Agent"<br>
cd "C:\Program Files\TERRA Cloud Backup\Agent"<br>
echo "Starte Backup" >> backuplog.txt<br>
echo "Start backup" >> backuplog.txt<br>
VV.exe backup BMR /retention=Daily <br>
VV.exe backup BMR /retention=Daily <br>
echo "Backup durchgeführt" >> backuplog.txt<br>
echo "Backup performed" >> backuplog.txt<br>
[[Datei:Backupskript.png|none]]<br>
[[File:Backupskript.png|none]]
</div>
<span id="Skript_vor_dem_Herunterfahren_ausführen"></span>
<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
=== Run script before shutdown ===
=== Skript vor dem Herunterfahren ausführen ===
</div>


<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
You can integrate your created script into the system's pre-shutdown event with the following configuration. This is particularly recommended for client systems that are not consistently in use.<br>
Sie können Ihr erstelltes Skript mit folgender Konfiguration in das Pre-Shutdown Event des Systems einbinden. Dies empfiehlt sich besonders bei Client Systemen, die nicht durchgängig im Einsatz sind.<br>
Please carry out the following steps to store a script: <br>
Bitte führen Sie folgende Schritte durch um ein Skript zu hinterlegen: <br>
# Open Local Group Policy Editor (WIN + R "gpedit.msc")<br>
# Öffnen Sie den Editor für lokale Gruppenrichtlinien (WIN + R "gpedit.msc")<br>
# Store your created script under "Computer Configuration -> Windows Settings -> Scripts (Startup/Shutdown)<br>
# Hinterlegen Sie Ihr erstelltes Skript unter "Computerkonfiguration -> Windows-Einstellungen -> Skripts (Start/Herunterfahren)<br>
# Click "Shutdown" and add your script via "Add". <br>
# Klicken Sie auf "Herunterfahren" und fügen Sie Ihr Skript über "Hinzufügen" hinzu. <br>
# Please adjust the following registry key: ''HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\gpsvc\PreshutdownTimeout''<br>
# Bitte passen Sie folgenden Registry Key an: ''HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\gpsvc\PreshutdownTimeout''<br>
# This key defines the length of the pre-shutdown event, which is set to 15 minutes by default. Please increase this value so that a backup can be created during this time.
# Dieser Key definiert die Länge des Pre-Shutdown Events, diese ist standardmäßig auf 15 Minuten festgesetzt. Bitte erhöhen Sie diesen Wert soweit, dass ein Backup in dieser Zeit erstellt werden kann.
# In the Local Group Policy Editor, please navigate to "Computer Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> System -> Scripts <br>
# Bitte navigieren Sie im Editor für lokale Gruppenrichtlinien in "Computerkonfiguration -> Administrative Vorlagen -> System -> Skripts <br>
# Adjust the "Specify maximum wait time for Group Policy scripts" setting. You can enter a value of up to 32,000 seconds or 0 for an infinite waiting time.
# Passen Sie die Einstellung "Maximale Wartezeit für Gruppenrichtlinienskripts angeben" an. Sie können einen Wert bis 32.000 Sekunden eintragen oder eine 0 für eine unendliche Wartezeit.
# Please note that you have adjusted the rights accordingly. <br>
# Bitte beachten Sie bitte das Sie die Rechte dementsprechend angepasst haben. <br>
::We have described further information about this in the following Wiki article: [https://wiki.terracloud.de/index.php/Backup_Fehlerdiagnose/en#PreshutdownTimeout_Value PreshutdownTimeout Value Authorization]
::Weitere Informationen dazu haben wir in dem folgendem Wiki Artikel beschrieben: [https://wiki.terracloud.de/index.php/Backup_Fehlerdiagnose#PreshutdownTimeout_Wert PreshutdownTimeout Wert Berechtigung]
[[File:Preshutdown.png|gerahmt|left]] [[File:Maximale Wartezeit für Gruppenrichtlinienskripts angeben.png|boxed|ohne]]<br>
[[Datei:Preshutdown.png|gerahmt|links]] [[Datei:Maximale Wartezeit für Gruppenrichtlinienskripts angeben.png|gerahmt|ohne]]<br>
<span id="Neuen_benutzerdefinierten_Befehl_erstellen"></span>
</div>
=== Create new custom command ===
<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
=== Neuen benutzerdefinierten Befehl erstellen ===
</div>


<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
This option gives you the opportunity to add a schedule to scripts that have already been created via the backup portal.
Diese Option bietet Ihnen die Möglichkeit bereits erstelle Skripte mit einem Zeitplan über das Backup Portal zu versehen.
[[File:Neuer benutzerdefinierter Befehl.png|framed|ohne]]
[[Datei:Neuer benutzerdefinierter Befehl.png|gerahmt|ohne]]<br>
When you create a new custom command, the agent checks whether there are scripts stored in the agent directory in the "ScheduleScripts" batch files subfolder.<br>
<br>
The standard path to this directory in which a script for this function can be stored:<br>
Wenn Sie einen neuen benutzerdefinierten Befehl erstellen, prüft der Agent ob Skripte im Agentenverzeichnis im Unterordner "ScheduleScripts" Batch Dateien hinterlegt sind.
''C:\Program Files\TERRA Cloud Backup\Agent\ScheduleScripts''<br>
Der Standardpfad zu diesem Verzeichnis in dem ein Skript für diese Funktion abgelegt werden kann:  
In the following screenshot you can see a selected script with a configured schedule:
''C:\Program Files\TERRA Cloud Backup\Agent\ScheduleScripts''
[[File:Benutzerdefinierter Befehlt.jpg|framed|ohne]]
In folgendem Screenshot sehen Sie ein ausgewähltes Skript, mit einem konfigurierten Zeitplan:
'''Recommendation:'''
[[Datei:Benutzerdefinierter Befehlt.jpg|gerahmt|ohne]]<br>
A custom command's schedule can only be created as a single-line schedule.
<br>
Please check our [[Backup/en#Agent_Skripting_Best_Practice|Best Practice]] for agent scripting to avoid this disadvantage.
'''Empfehlung:'''
Der Zeitplan eines benutzerdefinierten Befehls kann nur '''einzeilig''' erstellt werden.
Bitte prüfen Sie dazu unsere [[Backup#Agent_Skripting_Best_Practice|Best Practice]] für das Agent Skripting um diesen Nachteil zu umgehen.
</div>
<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
=== Agent Skripting Best Practice ===
=== Agent Skripting Best Practice ===
</div>


<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
The backup agent can be tailored to specific application scenarios through the use of scripts.
Der Backup Agent kann durch den Einsatz von Skripten auf individuelle Anwendungsszenarien abgestimmt werden.
We recommend using the following guide as a basis for your scenario.<br>
Wir empfehlen Ihnen die folgende Anleitung als Basis für Ihr Szenario zu verwenden.<br>
<br>
'''Vorbereitung:''' <br>
Was sollte vor dem Einsatz der folgenden Skripte vorbereitet sein?
#Installation des Agenten auf dem zu schützenden System
#System im Backup Portal mit dem Vault verknüpfen
#Backup Job(s) anlegen, ohne Zeitplan<br>
<br>
'''Schritt 1: Batch Datei erstellen''' <br>
Erzeugen Sie eine Batch Datei (.bat) mit folgendem Aufbau
''powershell.exe -ExecutionPolicy Bypass -File "Pfad zum PowerShell-Skript\agentscripting_retention.ps1"''
Bitte passen Sie diese Batchdatei später an den von Ihnen festgelegten Pfad und Namen des PowerShell Skripts an.
Kopieren Sie das erstelle Batch Skript in folgenden Ordner im Installationsverzeichnis des Agenten: <br>
''C:\Program Files\TERRA Cloud Backup\Agent\ScheduleScripts (Standard)''
Klicken Sie im Backup Portal bei dem betreffenden System unter "Jobaufgabe auswählen" auf [[Backup#Neuen_benutzerdefinierten_Befehlt_erstellen|"Neuen benutzerdefinierten Befehl"]]. <br>
Über diese Funktion können Sie ein hinterlegtes Batch Skript auswählen und mit einem Zeitplan versehen, bitte konfigurieren Sie die gewünschte Zeit. (z.B. 22 Uhr)<br>
<br>
<br>
'''Funktion:''' <br>
'''Preparation:''' <br>
Diese Batch Datei wird später über Zeitplan durch den Backup Agenten selbst gestartet. Durch die Batch Datei wird die PowerShell gestartet und das zweite Skript.
What needs to be prepared before using the following scripts?
Da PowerShell deutlich umfangreicher und flexbile ist, dient das ersten Skript nur dazu um die PowerShell aufzurufen.<br>
#Install the agent on the system to be protected
#Link the system to the vault in the Backup Portal
#Create backup job(s) without a schedule
'''Step 1: Create a batch file''' <br>
Create a batch file (.bat) with the following structure:<br>
''powershell.exe -ExecutionPolicy Bypass -File "Path to PowerShell script\agentscripting_retention.ps1"''<br>
Please adjust this batch file later to match the path and name you have assigned to the PowerShell script.<br>
Copy the created batch script into the following folder within the agent's installation directory: <br>
''C:\Program Files\TERRA Cloud Backup\Agent\ScheduleScripts (default)''<br>
In the Backup Portal, for the relevant system, click on [https://wiki.terracloud.de/index.php/Backup/en#Create_new_custom_command "New custom command"] under "Select job task".<br> <br>
Using this function, you can select a stored batch script and assign a schedule to it; please configure the desired time (e.g., 10 PM).<br>
<br>
<br>
'''Schritt 2: PowerShell Skript erstellen''' <br>
'''Function:''' <br>
In diesem Schritt erstellen Sie das PowerShell Skript welches von dem Batch Skript aus '''Schritt 1''' angesteuert wird.
This batch file will subsequently be launched by the backup agent itself according to the schedule. <br>
Über dieses Skript wird der Backup Agent angesprochen um ein Backup durchzuführen.
The batch file launches PowerShell and the second script.<br>
Zusätzlich besteht die Möglichkeit verschiedene Aufbewahrungsfristen zu verwenden und Pre- und Postcommands einzubauen.<br>
Since PowerShell is significantly more extensive and flexible, the first script serves solely to invoke PowerShell.<br>
<br>
<br>
'''Inhalt:''' <br>
'''Step 2: Create PowerShell script''' <br>
Bitte erstellen Sie ein PowerShell Skript (.ps1) mit z.B. folgendem Inhalt:
In this step, you create the PowerShell script that is triggered by the batch script from '''Step 1'''.<br>
''Set-Location "C:\Program Files\TERRA Cloud Backup\Agent"''
This script calls the backup agent to perform a backup.<br>
  ''$date = Get-Date
Additionally, it allows for the use of different retention periods and the inclusion of pre- and post-commands.<br>
  $currentday = $date.Day
  $lastday = [DateTime]::DaysInMonth($date.Year, $date.Month)
  if ($lastday -eq $currentday){
    '''Platzhalter für Pre-Commands'''
    .\VV.exe backup '''NamedesBackupJobs''' /quickscan=true /retention=Monthly
    '''Platzhalter für Post-Commands'''
  }
  else{
    '''Platzhalter für Pre-Commands'''
    .\VV.exe backup '''NamedesBackupJobs''' /quickscan=true /retention=Daily 
    '''Platzhalter für Post-Commands'''
  }''<br>
<br>
<br>
'''Funktion:'''
'''Content:''' <br>
Dieses PowerShell Skript wechselt in das Installationsverzeichnis des Agenten und prüft das aktuelle Datum.
Please create a PowerShell script (.ps1) with, for example, the following content:
Sollte das Datum der Gesamtanzahl der Tage des Monats entsprechen (der dynamisch letzte Tag des Monats) wird ein Backup mit dem Aufbewahrungstyp "Monthly" ausgeführt.
''Set-Location "C:\Program Files\TERRA Cloud Backup\Agent"''
An alle anderen Tagen wird der Aufbewahrungstyp "Daily" verwendet.<br>
''$date = Get-Date
$currentday = $date.Day
$lastday = [DateTime]::DaysInMonth($date.Year, $date.Month)
if ($lastday -eq $currentday){
'''Placeholder for pre-commands'''
.\VV.exe backup '''NameOfBackupJob''' /quickscan=true /retention=Monthly
'''Placeholder for post-commands'''
}
else{
'''Placeholder for pre-commands'''
.\VV.exe backup '''NameOfBackupJob''' /quickscan=true /retention=Daily
'''Placeholder for post-commands'''
}''
'''Function:'''<br>
This PowerShell script switches to the agent's installation directory and checks the current date.<br>
If the date matches the total number of days in the month (the dynamic last day of the month), a backup with the retention type "Monthly" is performed.<br>
On all other days, the retention type "Daily" is used.<br>
<br>
<br>
'''Vorteile dieser Umsetzung:'''
'''Advantages of this implementation:'''
# Sie können den vollen Funktionsumfang der PowerShell verwenden und dieses Basisskript beliebig für Ihre Kunden anpassen
# You can utilize the full range of PowerShell functions and customize this base script as desired customize for your customers
# Der Zeitplan kann über das Backup Portal erstellt werden und muss nicht über das Skript umgesetzt werden
# The schedule can be created via the Backup Portal and does not need to be implemented via the script
# Über Pre- und Post-Commands können Sie Datenbanken vor dem Backup stoppen, die nicht über die VSS-Technik in einen konsistenten Zustand gebracht werden können
# You can use pre- and post-commands to stop databases prior to the backup if they cannot be brought into a consistent state using VSS technology
</div>
<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
== Linux Agent  ==
== Linux Agent  ==
</div>


<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
In addition to the portal, the Linux agent can also be accessed via created scripts. <br>
Der Linux Agent kann zusätzlich zum Portal auch über erstellte Skripte angesprochen werden. <br>
You can contact the agents directly via a created script. As in the following example script (CustomScript.sh):<br>
Sie können die Agenten direkt über ein erstelltes Skript ansprechen. Wie in folgendem Beispielskript (CustomScript.sh):<br>
''nano CustomScript.sh''<br>
''nano CustomScript.sh''
''cd /opt/BUAgent''<br>
''cd /opt/BUagent''<br>
''./VV backup RootDir''<br>
''./VV backup RootDir''<br>
RootDir ist in dem Beispiel der Backup Jobname.<br>
In the example, RootDir is the backup job name.<br>
Das Skript (z.B.: CustomScript.sh) muss danach mit den entsprechenden Rechten ausgestattet werden. Bitte führen Sie dafür folgenden Befehl aus: <br>
The script (e.g.: CustomScript.sh) must then be given the appropriate rights. To do this, please execute the following command: <br>
''chmod +x CustomScript.sh''<br>
''chmod +x CustomScript.sh''<br>
<br>
<br>
Optional können Sie Skripte über das Backup Portal mit einem Zeitplan versehen, dazu müssen Sie folgende Schritte durchführen:<br>
Optionally, you can schedule scripts via the Backup Portal by completing the following steps:<br>
*Unter Linux wird standardmäßig kein Ordner namens "ScheduleScripts in dem Installationsverzeichnis angelegt. Bitte erstellen Sie diese mit z.B. ''mkdir ScheduleScripts''<br>
*Under Linux, by default, no folder called "ScheduleScripts" is created in the installation directory. Please create this with e.g. ''mkdir ScheduleScripts''<br>
*Erstelltes Skript (.bat oder .cmd) im Agentenverzeichnis im neu erstellten Ordner ScheduledScripts ablegen
*Place the created script (.bat or .cmd) in the agent directory in the newly created ScheduledScripts folder
*Im Backup Portal über "Jobaufgabe auswählen" einen "Neuen benutzerdefinierten Befehl erstellen" und Ihr Skript auswählen
*In the Backup Portal, select "Create a new custom command" via "Select job task" and select your script
*Einen Zeitplan für das Skript erstellen
*Create a schedule for the script
[[Datei:Neuen-benutzerdefinierten-Befehl.png|none]]<br>
[[File:Neuen-benutzerdefinierten-Befehl.png|none]]<br>
<br />
<br />
</div>
= '''A'''utomatic '''B'''are Metal '''S'''ystem '''R'''estore '''T'''est (ABSRT-Tool) =
<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
= '''vSphere Recovery Agent''' =
</div>


<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
<span id="Allgemeines"></span>
== Dokumentation vSphere Recovery Agent==
== General ==
</div>


<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
Regular BMR test restores are essential for the quality management of a backup strategy. <br>
Eine umfangreiche Dokumentation und weitere Informationen finden Sie im [https://drive.terracloud.de/dl/fiLpZboTGRPeqzW1cqwS6yin/Documentation%20and%20Release%20Notes/Documentation/DE/vSphere%20Recovery%20Agent%20v9.1%20-%20User%20Guide.pdf?inline vSphere Recovery Agent User Guide].
However, manual tests are time-consuming and therefore costly; automation offers a solution here, reducing the required effort to configuration and monitoring.<br>
</div>
<br>
<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
The ABSRT tool creates virtual machines using Microsoft Hyper-V, equipped with a prepared restore ISO. <br>
== Installation ==
Data that would normally need to be entered during a manual restore—such as the system name or the vault system address—is read from a CSV file and applied during the recovery process. <br>
</div>
<br>
 
The most recent safeset is dynamically selected for the recovery test. <br>
<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
Once the automated configuration is complete, a full restore is performed, including booting up the system after successful completion.<br>
Bitte führen Sie das Setup des vSphere Recovery Agenten auf einem Windows Server System mit Zugriff zu der VMware Umgebung (vCenter oder standalone ESXi Host) aus. Beachten Sie dabei die Empfehlungen aus dem Abschnitt [[Backup#Best_Practice|Best Practice]]. Bitte befolgen Sie die Anweisungen aus dem InstallShield des vSphere Recovery Agenten. Im letzten Schritt der Installation registrieren Sie das System über den eingegeben Benutzer und Kennwort in der erstellen Site Ihres Endkunden. Eine genaue Beschreibung des Installationsprozesses finden Sie im oben verlinkten User Guide.
</div>
<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
== Konfiguration des Agenten ==
</div>
 
<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
Nach der erfolgreichen Installation und Registrierung am TERRA CLOUD Backup Portal können Sie nun das System am Vault hinzufügen, wie in [[Backup#Agent_mit_Vault_verkn.C3.BCpfen|System am Vault hinzufügen]] beschrieben.
</div>
<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
=== Verbindung zu der vSphere-Umgebung ===
</div>
 
<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
Bitte hinterlegen und speichern Sie die Zugangsdaten zur vSphere-Umgebung (vCenter oder standalone ESXi Host) in den Feldern der "Anmeldeinformationen". Sie erhalten unmittelbar eine Rückmeldung, ob die hinterlegten Zugangsdaten korrekt sind, bzw. die Umgebung erreicht werden kann.
[[Datei:VRA-1.png|gerahmt|ohne]]<br>
</div>
<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
=== Changed Block Tracking ===
</div>
 
<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
Diese Funktion des Agenten ist nach der Installation bereits aktiviert und erlaubt eine schnelle und effiziente Deltasicherung der virtuellen Maschinen. <br>
Weitere Informationen zu dieser Technologie finden Sie in der [https://kb.vmware.com/s/article/1020128 Wissensdatenbank] von VMware. <br>
[[Datei:VRA-CBT.png|gerahmt|ohne]]<br>
</div>
<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
=== Automatisierte Wiederherstellungstests ===
</div>
 
<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
Durch die Aktivierung der Option "Sicherung bei Fertigstellung überprüfen" wird nach dem Abschluss jeder Sicherung eine Wiederherstellungstests über eine schnelle VM-Wiederherstellung durchgeführt.
Nach dem Bootvorgang der virtuellen Maschine wird ein Screenshot des Anmeldemaske erstellt und im TERRA CLOUD Backup Portal gespeichert.
Um diese Funktion nutzen zu können, müssen die Voraussetzungen für die [[Backup#Rapid_VM_Recovery_.28schnelle_VM-Wiederherstellung.29|schnelle VM-Wiederherstellung]] erfüllt sein.
Bitte hinterlegen Sie den temporären Datenspeicher (Datastore) auf dem die VM für die Testwiederherstellung gestartet werden kann und den gewünschen ESXi Host. <br>
<br>
<br>
'''Beispielkonfiguration:''' <br>
To further increase efficiency, you can parallelize the recovery process by including data for multiple BMR backup jobs in the CSV file.<br>
[[Datei:VRA-2.png|gerahmt|ohne]]<br>
</div>
<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
== vSphere Backup Job erstellen ==
</div>
 
<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
Sobald Sie die Installation und Konfiguration des Agenten abgeschlossen haben, können Sie einen neuen "Job für VMware vSphere" erstellen.
Auf dem folgenden Screenshot sehen Sie exemplarisch einen neuen Job für eine vSphere Umgebung. Bitte vergeben Sie einen Jobnamen und optional eine Beschreibung sowie das Verschlüsselungskennwort.
Sie können entweder alle virtuellen Maschinen in die Sicherung aufnehmen, indem Sie die Ebene "Virtuelle Maschinen" selektieren, alle virtuellen Maschinen sind damit rekursiv eingeschlossen. Diese Option bietet den Vorteil, dass neue virtuelle Maschinen automatisch in den Backup Job hinzugefügt werden.
Alternativ können Sie einzelne VMs auswählen und in den Sicherungssatz übernehmen.<br>
<br>
<br>
'''Optional:Erweiterte Einstellungen:''' <br>
'''Due to compatibility issues, the current version of ABSRT is supported only on Windows Server operating systems.'''
</div>
<span id="Voraussetzungen"></span>
<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
== Requirements ==
=== Anwendungskonsistente Sicherung aktivieren ===
</div>


<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
# Participation in the [https://b2b.wortmann.de/de-de/productlist/2996422/schulungen/nav-campus.aspx TERRA CLOUD Backup Certified Specialist Training]
Sobald Sie die "anwendungskonsistente Sicherung aktivieren" kann ein anwendungskonsistenter Snapshot auf Basis eines Microsoft VSS Snapshots erstellt werden.
# At least one Microsoft Hyper-V host with corresponding free capacity for the test VMs
Wir empfehlen diese Option zu aktivieren für alle virtuellen Maschinen mit Windows Gastbetriebssystem.
# The test VMs require access to a DHCP server
</div>
# An external vSwitch must be available
<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
# Certified Specialist ABSRT license (available upon request from [mailto:support@terracloud.de Support])
=== Protokolle der Datenbanktransaktionen kürzen ===
<span id="Einrichtung"></span>
</div>
== Setup ==


<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
When you start the ABSRT tool for the first time, the tool will ask you for a Certified Specialist ABSRT license:<br>
Zusätzlich zur anwendungskonsistenten Sicherung können Transaktionsprotokolle von Micorsoft Exchange oder SQL Server Instanzen gekürzt werden.
[[File:Lizenz.PNG|gerahmt|ohne]]
</div>
After you have entered a valid license, the installation path selection appears:<br>
<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
[[File:Install Path.PNG|gerahmt|ohne]]
=== Bedrohungserkennung aktivieren ===
The following required components are then checked/installed:<br>
</div>
# Hyper-V Installation
# If configured, VeraCrypt
If software components are missing, they are installed automatically by the tool.<br>
If the Hyper-V component is installed, a restart must be performed.<br>
[[File:Preparation.PNG|gerahmt|ohne]]
<span id="Vorbereitung_der_CSV_Datei"></span>
=== Preparation of the CSV file ===


<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
You can create the CSV file via our [https://manage.terracloud.de/login TERRA CLOUD Technical Center].<br>
Bei der Sicherung aktiver virtueller Maschinen mit Windows Gastbetriebssystem kann der vSphere Recovery Agent das System auf aktive Ransomeware prüfen.
Please feel free to consult the following wiki article for details: [https://wiki.terracloud.de/index.php/Technical_Center/en#Automatic_Restore Link]<br>
Wir empfehlen diese Option zu aktivieren für alle virtuellen Maschinen mit Windows Gastbetriebssystem.
<br>
Die Option "Bedrohungserkennung aktivieren" erfordert Zugangsdaten zum Gastbetriebssystem.
If you do not currently have access to the Technical Center, you can also create the CSV file manually.<br>
</div>
To do this, locate the "Backups.csv" file in the "CSV" folder (e.g., at C:\ABSRT\CSV); you can use this file as the basis for your configuration.<br>
<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
=== Diesen Sicherungsjob bei Fertigstellung überprüfen ===
</div>
 
<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
Im Anschluss an die Sicherung wird ein Wiederherstellungstest der virtuellen Maschinen über eine schnelle VM-Wiederherstellung durchgeführt.
Bitte beachten Sie, dass diese Funktion in der [[https://wiki.terracloud.de/index.php/Backup#Automatisierte_Wiederherstellungstests|Agenten Konfiguration]] eingerichtet werden muss.
</div>
<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
=== Globale VM-Anmeldeinformationen ===
</div>
 
<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
Die eingetragen Zugangsdaten werden für alle virtuellen Maschinen im Sicherungssatz verwendet.
</div>
<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
=== Gast-BS-Anmeldeinformationen ===
</div>
 
<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
Sofern Sie Zugangsdaten individuell je virtueller Maschine vergeben möchten, können Sie diese unterhalb der virtuellen Maschine im Sicherungssatz eintragen, in dem Sie das Eingabefeld über den blauen Pfeil anzeigen lassen.
[[Datei:VRA-3.png|gerahmt|ohne]]<br>
</div>
<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
== Rapid VM Recovery (schnelle VM-Wiederherstellung) ==
</div>
 
<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
Die Wiederherstellungsoption schnelle VM-Wiederherstellung bietet Ihnen die Möglichkeit eine VM aus dem Backup zu starten.<br>
Ausfallzeiten können durch den schnelle Zugriff drastisch reduziert werden, zusätzlich eignet sich die Funktion um in wenigen Minuten einen Wiederherstellungstest durchzuführen.<br>
<br>
<br>
'''Vorraussetzung:'''
'''Important! The first line serves as a legend and must not be modified!'''<br>
* Ausschließlich in Verbindung mit einem TERRA CLOUD Backup Satelliten oder TERRA CLOUD Backup Enterprise Vault verfügbar
* Jeder ESXi Host muss über einen Software ISCSI Adapter verfügen
* Der Datastore auf dem die VM gestartet wird kann entweder auf lokalem, ISCSI oder vSAN Storage liegen
* Ein Datastore auf den eine VM migriert werden soll kann zusätzlich zu den oben genannten Storagetypen auch auf einem NFS Share liegen
* Insgesamt müssen mindestens zwei Datastores vorhanden sein
* vSphere Recovery Agent 8.82 oder höher
* Der Windows Server, auf dem der VRA installiert ist, verfügt über das Windows Feature "iSCSI Target Server"<br>
<br>
<br>
'''Exemplarische Konfigration eines ESXi Hosts für Rapid VM Recovery:''' <br>
'''Example:'''<br>
Auf folgendem Screenshot wurde über das vCenter ein iSCSI Software Adapter über "Add Software Adapter" hinzugefügt.
<code>Vaultaddress,Vaultaccount,Vaultaccountpassword,Computername,Jobname,EncryptionPassword,VHDXCapacity,VMGeneration,OSVersion,VHDXStorage,VSwitchName,AmountOfPhysicalDisks,SendEmail</code><br>
[[Datei:ISCSI Software Adapter.png|ohne|1500px]]<br>
==> vault-wmh1-wp01.terracloud.de,00000-RESELLER,RtHKha451!HjioplÖ03,DC,BMR,hdakzeogsz1,300,2,2019,D,extern,3,n<br>
<br>
<br>
Zusätzlich wurde ein VMkernel-Adapter ohne aktivierte Service Rolle hinzugefügt, wie auf folgendem Screenshot zu sehen:
'''Note:'''<br>
[[Datei:VMkerneladapter.png|ohne|1500px]]<br>
If the encryption password contains a comma, the entire password must be enclosed in double quotation marks.<br>
<br>
<br>
'''Vorgehensweise:'''
'''Example of an encryption password containing a comma:''' <br>
Sobald alle Vorraussetzungen erfüllt sind erhalten Sie unter "Wiederherstellen" eine zusätzliche "Option Virtuelle Maschine, die schnelle VM-Wiederherstellung nutzt": <br>
"Ghgui385as,"
[[Datei:RVMR.png|gerahmt|ohne]]<br>
<br>
<br>
Im Anschluss kommen Sie in die Konfiguration der Wiederherstellung, in dieser können Sie neben Entscheidung welche VM wiederhergestellt werden soll auch definierten welcher Datastore verwendet werden soll.
<span id="Erklärung_der_Parameter"></span>
Auf folgedem Screenshot sehen Sie den Datastore "Rapid VM Recovery Datastore", dieser wurde eigens für z.B. Wiederherstellungs und Funktionstest konfiguriert, während der Wiederherstellung können Sie die VM auf einen anderen Datastore migrieren, auf dem z.B. Ihre Produktivsysteme liegen.
=== Explanation of parameters ===
[[Datei:RVMR1.png|gerahmt|ohne]]<br>
</div>
<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
== Best Practice ==
</div>
 
<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
* Installieren Sie den vSphere Recovery Agent in eine eigene Windows Server VM, diese wird nach Möglichkeit nur für das Management bzw. Backup verwendet
* Halten Sie die vSphere Recovery Agent VM hochverfügbar über vSphere HA
* Nutzen Sie für das TERRA CLOUD Backup einen Satelliten um Rapid VM Recovery nutzen zu können
* Platzieren Sie die vSphere Recovery Agent VM im selben Subnetz wie die vCenter Server Appliance
* Aktivieren Sie die Option "Anwendungsbewusste Sicherung" im Backup Job
* Nutzen Sie Change Block Tracking für die Sicherung der virtuellen Maschinen, diese Einstellung finden Sie unter dem Reiter "vCenter-Einstellungen"
</div>
<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
= '''Hyper-V Agent''' =
</div>
 
<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
== Dokumentation Hyper-V Agent ==
</div>


<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
'''Vaultaddress'''<br>
Die folgenden Abschnitte beinhalten unter anderem Informationen zur Einrichtung und Konfiguration des TERRA CLOUD Backup Hyper-V Agenten. <br>
FQDN of the vault system <br>
Eine umfangreiche Dokumentation und weitere Informationen finden Sie im [https://drive.terracloud.de/dl/fi6M3VBEW7DmdZmCXYazF9L2/Hyper-V%20Agent%20v9.1%20-%20User%20Guide.pdf?inline Hyper-V Agent User Guide]
</div>
<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
== Installation ==
</div>
 
<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
Die folgende kompakte Anleitung beschreibt die wesentlichen Schritte der Einrichtung des TERRA CLOUD Backup Hyper-V Agenten. <br>
Eine detailliertere Installationsanleitung entnehmen Sie bitte der [[Backup#Dokumentation_Hyper-V_Agent|Dokumentation Hyper-V Agent]].<br>
<br>
<br>
'''Reihenfolge der Einrichtung:'''<br>
'''Vaultaccount'''<br>
1. Installation TERRA CLOUD Backup Hyper-V Agent Management <br>
Vault account; you can find this in your vault profile, for example <br>
2. Einrichtung des Management Agenten im Backup Portal (Verbindung zur Hyper-V Umgebung aufbauen, Computer am Vault hinzufügen) <br>
3. Installation TERRA CLOUD Backup Hyper-V Agent Host <br>
<br>
<br>
'''Single Host Hyper-V Systeme: <br>'''
'''Vaultaccountpassword'''<br>
In diesem Szenario können Sie sowohl die den TERRA CLOUD Backup Hyper-V Management Agent als auch den Host Agent direkt auf dem Hyper-V Host ("Root"/"Parent" Partition) installieren. <br>
You received this password in the provisioning confirmation <br>
Bitte beachten Sie trotzdem die oben aufgelistete Reihenfolge der Einrichtung.<br>
<br>
<br>
'''Hyper-V Cluster:''' <br>
'''Computername'''<br>
Der TERRA CLOUD Backup Hyper-V Agent ist auf Grund seiner Aufspaltung in zwei Softwarekomponenten (Management und Host) optimal für einen Einsatz im Cluster geeigent.
Computer name on the vault system; this does not necessarily have to match the name displayed in the Backup Portal—please check your reseller report if in doubt <br>
Wir empfehlen den Management Agenten in eine administrative VM innerhalb des Hyper-V Clusters zu installieren, somit kann Sie auf verschiedenen Hosts betrieben werden und über den Failover Cluster hochverfügbar gehalten werden.
Nach der Durchführung von Einrichtungsschritt 1 und 2 können Sie im dritten Schritt den TERRA CLOUD Backup Hyper-V Agent Host auf allen Knoten des Hyper-V Clusters installieren.<br>
<br>
<br>
'''TERRA CLOUD Backup Hyper-V Agent Management:''' <br>
'''Jobname'''<br>
Name of the backup job <br>
<br>
<br>
'''Schritt 1 der Einrichtung''' <br>
'''EncryptionPassword'''<br>
Bitte installieren Sie das Setup auf dem gewünschten System und folgen Sie den Anweisungen innerhalb des Setups.
The encryption password for the selected backup job <br>
Im letzten Schritt wird analog zu allen anderen Agenten des TERRA CLOUD Backups die Registrierung am TERRA CLOUD Backup Portal konfiguriert. Sie können entweder direkt einen Benutzer innerhalb der Site mit ausreichender Berechtigung auswählen oder das System in Ihre Parent-Site registrieren und im Anschluss verschieben.<br>
<br>
<br>
'''Schritt 2 der Einrichtung''' <br>
'''VHDXCapacity'''<br>
Nach dem erfolgreichen Abschluss der Installation sollte das System in der gewählten Site im Portal erscheinen. Bitte folgen Sie den Anweisungen im Backup Portal, um eine Verbindung zu Hyper-V Umgebung aufzubauen und im Anschluss den Computer am Vault hinzuzufügen.<br>
Enter the size of the restored volume here; if the system has multiple volumes, please enter the size of the largest one in GB. <br>
<br>
<br>
'''Installation TERRA CLOUD Backup Hyper-V Agent Host:''' <br>
'''VMGeneration'''<br>
Please ensure that the VM generation matches that of the source system.<br>
The generation specified in the CSV determines the algorithm used to assign volumes during the recovery process. <br>
<br>
<br>
'''Schritt 3 der Einrichtung''' <br>
'''OSVersion'''<br>
Nach der erfolgreichen Konfiguration des Hyper-V Agenten in Schritt 2 können Sie den Host Agent auf allen Knoten des Hyper-V Clusters oder auf dem Single Host installieren.
As of agent version 9.40, there are two recovery media options, selected via the OSVersion entry.<br>
Bei einer Cluster Installation sollte der FQDN des Systems angegeben werden, auf dem der Management Agent aktiv ist, um eine Verbindung zu dieser aufzubauen.
This refers to the operating system version of the source system. The following values ​​are permitted: 7|10|11|2008|2012|2016|2019|2022|2025 <br>
Nach der erfolgreichen Installation sollte der jeweilige Knoten unter dem Reiter "Hosts" im Backup Portal als online angezeigt werden.
</div>
<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
== Rapid VM Recovery (schnelle VM-Wiederherstellung) ==
</div>
 
<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
Die Wiederherstellungsoption schnelle VM-Wiederherstellung bietet Ihnen die Möglichkeit eine VM aus dem Backup zu starten.<br>
Ausfallzeiten können durch den schnellen Zugriff drastisch reduziert werden, zusätzlich eignet sich die Funktion um in wenigen Minuten einen Wiederherstellungstest durchzuführen.
</div>
<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
=== Voraussetzungen ===
</div>
 
<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
# Hybrides TERRA CLOUD Backup mit einem TERRA CLOUD Backup Satelliten oder TERRA CLOUD Backup Enterprise
# Hyper-V Checkpoints müssen für die gesicherten VMs aktiviert sein (weitere Informationen finden Sie unter: [https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows-server/virtualization/hyper-v/manage/enable-or-disable-checkpoints-in-hyper-v Hyper-V Checkpoints])
</div>
<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
= '''A'''utomatic '''B'''are Metal '''S'''ystem '''R'''estore '''T'''est (ABSRT-Tool) =
</div>
 
<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
== Allgemeines ==
</div>
 
<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
Regelmäßige BMR-Testrücksicherungen sind eine Notwendigkeit für das Qualitätsmanagement eines Backup-Konzeptes. <br>
Manuelle Tests sind jedoch zeit- und somit kostenintensiv, eine Automatisierung kann hier Abhilfe schaffen und den Zeitaufwand auf die Konfiguration und Kontrolle reduzieren.<br>
<br>
<br>
Das ABSRT-Tool erstellt auf Basis von Microsoft Hyper-V virtuelle Maschinen, diese verfügen über ein präpariertes Restore ISO. <br>
'''VHDXStorage'''<br>
Alle Daten, die bei einer manuellen Rücksicherung eingegeben werden müssten wie z.B. der Systemname oder die Adresse des Vaultsystems werden aus einer CSV Datei ausgelesen und im Wiederherstellungsprozess eingetragen. <br>
Please specify the drive letter for the VHDX storage location. <br>
Für den Wiederherstellungstest wird dynamisch das aktuellste Safeset verwendet. <br>
Nach dem Abschluss der automatisierten Konfiguration erfolgt eine vollständige Rücksicherung, inklusive dem Systemstart nach dem erfolgreichen Abschluss.<br>
<br>
<br>
Um die Effizienz weiter zu steigern, können Sie die Wiederherstellung auch paralellisieren, indem Sie die Daten mehrerer BMR Backup Jobs in der CSV Datei hinterlegen.<br>
'''VSwitchName'''<br>
<br>
Name of the external vSwitch; you can find this in the Virtual Switch Manager. <br>
'''Die aktuelle Version von ABSRT wird aufgrund von Kompatibilitätsproblemen lediglich auf Windows Server Betriebssystemen unterstützt.'''
If only one external vSwitch exists, you can also use the value <default>. <br>
</div>
<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
== Voraussetzungen ==
</div>
 
<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
# Teilnahme an der [https://b2b.wortmann.de/de-de/productlist/2996422/schulungen/nav-campus.aspx TERRA CLOUD Backup Certified Specialist Schulung]
# Mindestens einen Microsoft Hyper-V Host mit entsprechenden freien Kapazitäten für die Test-VMs
# Die Test-VMs benötigen Zugriff zu einem DHCP-Server
# Ein externe vSwitch muss zur Verfügung stehen
# Aktivierte Windows Server Lizenz
# Certified Specialist ABSRT Lizenz (per Anfrage im [mailto:support@terracloud.de Support]erhältlich)
</div>
<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
== Einrichtung ==
</div>
 
<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
Wenn Sie das ABSRT-Tool erstmalig starten, fragt Sie das Tool nach einer Certified Specialist ABSRT Lizenz:<br>
[[Datei:Lizenz.PNG|gerahmt|ohne]]<br>
<br>
<br>
Nachdem Sie eine gültige Lizenz eingegeben haben, erscheint die Auswahl des Installationspfades:<br>
'''AmountOfPhysicalDisks'''<br>
[[Datei:Install Path.PNG|gerahmt|ohne]]<br>
Please specify the number of physical or virtual disks the source system has. <br>
Note: ABSRT currently supports systems with a maximum of four disks. <br>
<br>
<br>
Anschließend werden folgende benötigte Komponenten überprüft/installiert:<br>
'''SendEmail'''<br>
# Hyper-V Installation
An optional switch used to configure email notifications (n ​​= no, y = yes). <br> <br>
# Bootable Media Creator
If you wish to restore multiple systems simultaneously, simply add further lines starting from line 3. The legend line does not need to be copied. <br>
# Windows Assessment and Deployment Kit
<span id="Durchführung"></span>
# Falls konfiguriert, VeraCrypt
== Implementation ==
Sollten Softwarekomponenten fehlen bzw. nicht auf dem aktuellen Stand sein, werden diese automatisch durch das Tool installiert.<br>
Sofern die Hyper-V Komponente installiert wird, muss ein Neustart erfolgen.<br>
[[Datei:Preparation.PNG|gerahmt|ohne]] <br>
</div>
<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
=== Vorbereitung der CSV Datei ===
</div>


<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
After launching ABSRT and preparing the environment, you can choose between a "standard" execution on the Hyper-V host<br>
Bitte navigieren Sie in das Installationsverzeichnis des Tool und öffnen Sie den Ordner "CSV" (z.B. unter C:\ABSRT\CSV). <br>
or preparing configuration ISOs to automate recovery at a different location (e.g., in our IaaS environment):<br>
In diesem Order befindet sich die "Backups.csv" Datei, welche Sie als Basis Ihrer Konfiguration verwenden können. <br>
<br>
'''Wichtig! Die erste Zeile dient als Legende und darf nicht angepasst werden!'''<br>
<br>
Beispiel:<br>
<code>Vaultaddress,Vaultaccount,Vaultaccountpassword,Computername,Jobname,EncryptionPassword,VHDXCapacity,VMGeneration,VHDXStorage,VSwitchName,AmountOfPhysicalDisks,SendEmail</code><br>
==> vault-wmh1-wp01.terracloud.de,00000-RESELLER,RtHKha451!HjioplÖ03,DC,BMR,hdakzeogsz1,300,2,D,extern,3,n<br>
<br>
'''Hinweis:'''<br>
Sofern ein Komma im Verschlüsselungskennwort vorhanden ist, muss das gesamte Verschlüsslungskennwort mit doppelte Anführungszeichen umschlossen werden.<br>
<br>
'''Beispiel zum Verschlüsslungskennwort mit dem Sonderzeichen Komma:''' <br>
"Ghgui385as,"
<br>
<br>
Sie können die CSV Datei unter einem beliebigen Namen abspeichern. Wir empfehlen für jeden Endkunden eine eigene CSV Datei anzulegen.<br>
[[Datei:Backup-DE-ABSRT.png|gerahmt|ohne]]
</div>
=== Convert ===
<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
=== Erklärung der Parameter ===
</div>


<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
First, you are prompted to specify the storage location for the ISO files.<br>
''Vaultaddress'' = FQDN des Vaultsystems
Since the ISOs are very small, C:\temp\ is set as the default destination path:<br>
''Vaultaccount'' = Vaultaccount, diesen können Sie z.B. aus Ihrem Vault-Profil entnehmen
[[File:Backup-DE-ABSRT-C-1.png|framed|none]]
''Vaultaccountpassword'' =  Dieses Kennwort haben Sie in der Bestätigung der Bereitstellung erhalten
Next, you must select the desired CSV file:<br>
''Computername'' = Computername auf dem Vaultsystem, dieser muss nicht zwangsläufig dem im Backup Portal angezeigten Namen entsprechen, bitte prüfen Sie im Zweifel Ihren Reseller Report
[[File:Backup-DE-ABSRT-C-2.png|framed|none]]
''Jobname'' = Name des Backup Jobs
Once the conversion is complete, you will find the ISO files at the selected location:<br>
''EncryptionPassword'' = Das Verschlüsselungskennwort des ausgewählten Backup Jobs
[[File:Backup-DE-ABSRT-C-3.png|framed|none]]
''VHDXCapacity'' = Bitte tragen Sie hier die Größe des wiederhergestellten Volumes an, sollte das System über mehrere Volumes verfügen tragen Sie bitten den Wert der größten in GB ein.
[[File:Backup-DE-ABSRT-C-4.png|framed|none]]
''VMGeneration'' = Bitte beachten Sie, dass die Genaration der VM mit dem Quellsystem übereinstimmt. Die Angabe der Genaration in der CSV bestimmt den Algorithmus für die Zuweisung der Volumes im Wiederherstellungsvorgang.
=== Recovery Test ===
''VHDXStorage'' = Bitte geben Sie den Laufwerksbuchstaben für den Speicherort der VHDX an
''VSwitchName'' = Name des externen vSwitch, dies können Sie aus dem Manager für virtuelle Switche entnehmen
''AmountOfPhysicalDisks'' = Bitte geben Sie die Anzahl der Festplatten an über die das System verfügt
''SendEmail'' = Ein optionaler Schalten, über den Sie eine E-Mail Benachrichtung konfigurieren können (n = nein, y = ja)
Wenn Sie mehrere Systeme gleichzeitig wiederherstellen wollen, fügen Sie einfach weiteren Zeilen ab Zeile 3 hinzu. Die Legendenzeile muss nicht kopiert werden.<br>
</div>
<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
== Durchführung ==
</div>


<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
The standard recovery test begins directly with the selection of a CSV file:
Nachdem Sie eine oder mehrere CSV Dateien vorbereitet haben, können Sie das Tool erneut starten. Hier müssen Sie dann nur noch die CSV Datei auswählen, um eine Wiederherstellung anzustarten.<br>
[[Datei:Backup-DE-ABSRT-R-1.png|framed|none]]
[[Datei:Selection of the CSV.PNG|gerahmt|ohne]]<br>
<br>
<br>
Eine kurze Demonstration finden Sie unter: [https://drive.terracloud.de/getlink/fi7SiA69jnYZAeuhtkkkuSXV/ABSRT.mp4 Demovideo] <br>
Subsequently, the VMs are created and started based on the CSV parameters so that the automatic recovery takes place:<br>
</div>
[[Datei:Backup-DE-ABSRT-R-2.png|framed|none]]
<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
=== Restoration outside the ABSRT environment ===
 
Once you have created the config ISOs using the Convert function, you can create a new VM shell at your chosen destination.<br>
Importantly, a DHCP server is also required in the network of the target VM shell for the restoration to proceed.<br>
The VM shell must have two DVD drives; the standard restore ISO is required in one drive, and the config ISO in the other:<br>
[[Datei:Backup-DE-ABSRT-R-3.png|framed|none]]
Booting from the restore ISO initiates the automatic restoration process.<br>
Once the restoration is complete, the process pauses at the driver overview screen.<br>
Before restarting, ensure that both ISO files are removed from the DVD drives.<br>
== Monitoring ==
== Monitoring ==
</div>


<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
During the recovery, another process is started which checks the status of the recovery based on the heartbeat of the virtual machine. <br>
Bei der Wiederherstellung wird ein weitere Prozess gestartet, welcher den Status der Wiederherstellung basierend auf dem Heartbeat der virtuellen Maschine überprüft. <br>
As soon as a heartbeat is present, a screenshot of the connection window is created and stored in the ABSRT directory under "Screenshots". <br>
Sobald ein Heartbeat vorhanden ist, wird ein Screenshot des Verbindungsfensters erstellt und im ABSRT Verzeichnis unter "Screenshots" abgelegt. <br>
If the ''SendEmail'' option has been selected, the screenshot is also sent to the specified email address.<br>
Sofern die ''SendEmail'' Option ausgewählt wurde, wird der Screenshot zusätzlich an die angegebene E-Mail Adresse versendet.<br>
[[Datei:Monitoring neu.png|gerahmt|ohne]]
[[Datei:Monitoring neu.png|gerahmt|ohne]] <br>
[[Datei:ABSRT-Monitoring.jpg|gerahmt|ohne]]
<br>
<span id="E-Mail_Benachrichtigung_ABSRT"></span>
[[Datei:ABSRT-Monitoring.jpg|gerahmt|ohne]] <br>
=== Email notification ABSRT ===
</div>
<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
=== E-Mail Benachrichtigung ABSRT ===
</div>


<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
To use the email notification, you must edit and fill out the file C:\ABSRT\smtp.xml:<br>
Um die E-Mail Benachrichtigung verwenden zu können, müssen Sie die Datei C:\ABSRT\smtp.xml bearbeiten und ausfüllen:<br>
[[Datei:Mailabsrt.png|border|C:\ABSRT\smtp.xml]]<br>
[[Datei:Mailabsrt.png|border|C:\ABSRT\smtp.xml]]<br>
<br>
The script checks in advance whether the required fields have been filled in. If an entry has not been filled in, the notification is skipped.<br>
Das Skript überprüft vorab, ob die benötigten Felder ausgefüllt worden. Sofern ein Eintrag nicht ausgefüllt wurde, wird die Benachrichtigung übersprungen.<br>
</div>
<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
== VeraCrypt ==
== VeraCrypt ==
</div>


<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
'''Activate function later:''' <br>
'''Funktion nachträglich aktivieren:''' <br>
Remove VeraCrypt REG key under HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\ABSRT\
VeraCrypt REG-Key unter HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\ABSRT\ entfernen
Start ABSRT.exe again and activate VeraCrypt<br>
ABSRT.exe erneut starten und VeraCrypt aktivieren<br>
<br>
<br>
'''Funktion nachträglich deaktivieren:''' <br>
'''Deactivate the function later:''' <br>
Container bei Bedarf unter C:\ABSRT\VeraCrypt entfernen
If necessary, remove containers under C:\ABSRT\VeraCrypt
VeraCrypt REG-Key unter HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\ABSRT\ entfernen
Remove VeraCrypt REG key under HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\ABSRT\
ABSRT.exe erneut starten und VeraCrypt verneinen<br>
Start ABSRT.exe again and say no to VeraCrypt<br>
<br>
<br>
'''CSV Container neu erstellen:''' <br>
'''Rebuild CSV Container:''' <br>
Container unter C:\ABSRT\VeraCrypt entfernen
Remove container under C:\ABSRT\VeraCrypt
ABSRT.exe erneut starten und Passwort für neuen Container eingeben
Start ABSRT.exe again and enter the password for the new container
</div>
<span id="Skriptbasierter_Umgang_ABSRT"></span>
<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
== Script-based handling ABSRT ==
== Skriptbasierter Umgang ABSRT ==
</div>


<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
The following parameters can '''only be used via PowerShell''':<br>
Folgende Parameter können '''ausschließlich per PowerShell''' verwendet werden:<br>
<br>
<br>
'''''-Install [Switch]''' - "C:\Users\Administrator\Desktop\ABSRT.exe -Install -DebitorNumber 12345 -License D133763385BAEFBFF9673C63Ab [-Vera Terra001!]"''<br>
'''''-Install [Switch]''' - "C:\Users\Administrator\Desktop\ABSRT.exe -Install -DebitorNumber 12345 -License D133763385BAEFBFF9673C63Ab [-Vera Terra001!]"''<br>
-> Führt eine automatisierte Installation des ABSRT Tools durch. Der -Vera Parameter ist optional. <br>
-> Performs an automated installation of the ABSRT tool. The -Vera parameter is optional. <br>
<br>
<br>
'''WICHTIG:''' Sofern die Hyper-V Rolle noch nicht installiert wurde, erfolgt ein automatischer Neustart nach Vollendung der Installation! <br>
'''IMPORTANT:''' If the Hyper-V role has not yet been installed, an automatic restart will occur after the installation is complete! <br>
<br>
<br>
'''''-Password [String]''' - "C:\Users\Administrator\Desktop\ABSRT.exe -Password Terra001!"<br>''
'''''-Password [String]''' - "C:\Users\Administrator\Desktop\ABSRT.exe -Password Terra001!"<br>''
-> Sorgt dafür, dass der VeraCrypt Container automatisch gemounted wird. Sofern das Passwort falsch ist, erfolgt eine manuelle Abfrage.<br>  
-> Ensures that the VeraCrypt container is mounted automatically. If the password is incorrect, a manual query is made.<br>
<br>
<br>
'''''-CSV [String]''' - "C:\Users\Administrator\Desktop\ABSRT.exe -Password Terra001! -CSV V:\CSV\TestCSV.csv [-NoPause]"''<br>
''''-CSV [String]''' - "C:\Users\Administrator\Desktop\ABSRT.exe -Password Terra001! -CSV V:\CSV\TestCSV.csv [-NoPause]"''<br>
-> Sorgt dafür, dass die CSV Datei automatisch ausgewählt wird. Bitte immer den kompletten Pfad der CSV + Dateiendung angeben. (Shift + Rechtsklick -> "Als Pfad kopieren" kann hierfür verwendet werden)<br>
-> Ensures that the CSV file is selected automatically. Please always specify the complete path of the CSV + file extension. (Shift + right click -> "Copy as path" can be used for this)<br>
<br>
<br>
'''''-Uninstall [Switch]''' - "C:\Users\Administrator\Desktop\ABSRT.exe -Uninstall"''<br>
'''''-Uninstall [Switch]''' - "C:\Users\Administrator\Desktop\ABSRT.exe -Uninstall"''<br>
-> Führt eine vollständige Deinstallation des ABSRT Tools durch. Die Hyper-V Rolle wird hierbei allerdings nicht deinstalliert. Bitte stellen Sie sicher, dass Sie die Deinstallation erst durchführen, sobald keine von ABSRT erstellte VM im Hyper-V Manager existiert. <br>
-> Performs a complete uninstallation of the ABSRT tool. However, the Hyper-V role is not uninstalled. Please make sure that you only perform the uninstallation once no VM created by ABSRT exists in the Hyper-V Manager. <br>
<br>
<br>
'''''-Manual [Switch]''' - "C:\Users\Administrator\Desktop\ABSRT.exe -Manual -Vaultaddress vault-wmh1-0002.terracloud.de -Vaultaccount 00000-RESTORE -Vaultaccountpassword wD5c9mP7-3bL1337l1th8W7xaB0T0m -Computername RESTORE -Jobname RESTORE -EncryptionPassword Terra001! -VHDXCapacity 1000 -VMGeneration 2 -VHDXStorage D -VSwitchName vSwitch -AmountOfPhysicalDisks 4 -SendEmail n"'' <br>
'''''-Manual [Switch]''' - "C:\Users\Administrator\Desktop\ABSRT.exe -Manual -Vaultaddress vault-wmh1-0002.terracloud.de -Vaultaccount 00000-RESTORE -Vaultaccountpassword wD5c9mP7-3bL1337l1th8W7xaB0T0m -Computername RESTORE -Jobname RESTORE -EncryptionPassword Terra001! -VHDXCapacity 1000 -VMGeneration 2 -OSVersion 2019 -VHDXStorage D -VSwitchName <default> -AmountOfPhysicalDisks 4 -SendEmail n"'' <br>
-> Kann alternativ zur CSV Auswahl genutzt werden. Alle Parameter werden benötigt.
-> Can be used as an alternative to the CSV selection. All parameters are required.<br>
</div>
<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
== ABSRT Upgrade auf Version 9.30 ==
</div>
 
<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
1. Sicherstellen, dass keine VM mehr auf folgende ISOs zugreift: <br>
[[Datei:NP 9.20.png|800px]] <br>
<br>
<br>
[[Datei:OS 9.20.png|800px]] <br>
'''''-ConvertCsvToIso [Switch]''''' - "C:\Users\Administrator\Desktop\ABSRT.exe -ConvertCsvToIso -ISODestination C:\temp\ -CSV C:\Users\Administrator\Desktop\RESTORETEST.csv [-NoPause]"<br>
<br>
-> Performs the conversion of CSV files to configuration ISOs.
2. ISOs aus den betroffenen Ordnern entfernen. <br>
3. Das vorliegende Bootable Media Creator Setup aus dem Install-Verzeichnis entfernen und die neue Version hinterlegen. <br>
Vorher: <br>
[[Datei:Install vorher.png|800px]] <br> <br>
Nachher: <br>
[[Datei:Install nachher.png|800px]] <br>
<br>
'''Wichtig: Es darf nur ein Setup im Install-Verzeichnis vorhanden sein.''' <br>
4. Anschließend können Sie die ABSRT Anwendung starten. Hier müsste zunächst die Neuerstellung
des Restore ISOs und die anschließende Bearbeitung des Restore ISOs ersichtlich sein.
</div>
<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
='''Backup Assistant'''=
='''Backup Assistant'''=
</div>


<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
The TERRA CLOUD Backup Assistant is a proprietary development by TERRA CLOUD.<br>
Der TERRA CLOUD Backup Assistant ist eine Eigenentwicklung der TERRA CLOUD. Dieses Tool soll Sie im Umgang der TERRA CLOUD Backup Lösung unterstützen.
<br>
</div>
'''Note:'''<br>
<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
Please note that the tool is no longer being maintained as of the end of 2025.
== Status ==
== Status ==
</div>


<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
On the right side of the tool you will find information about the "Connections" and "Software" versions.<br>
Auf der rechten Seite des Tools finden Sie Informationen der "Verbindungen" und "Software"-Versionen.<br>
If a connection to the portal servers is not possible, please check the corresponding [https://wiki.terracloud.de/index.php/Backup/en#Network_configuration Ports].<br>
Sollte eine Verbindung zu den Portalservern nicht möglich sein, prüfen Sie bitte die entsprechenden [https://wiki.terracloud.de/index.php/Backup#Netzwerkkonfiguration Ports].<br>
You can also install or update the TERRA CLOUD Backup Windows Agent using the Backup Assistant.<br>
Des Weiteren können Sie über den Backup Assistant den TERRA CLOUD Backup Windows Agenten installieren bzw. aktualisieren.<br>
<br>
<br>
</div>
<span id="Agenten_Installation"></span>
<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
== Agent Installation ==
== Agenten Installation ==
</div>


<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
If the Backup Agent is not yet installed on the affected system, it can be downloaded and installed using the tool.<br>
Sollte der Backup Agent noch nicht auf dem betroffenen System installiert sein, kann dieser mithilfe des Tools herunterladen und installieren.<br>
Please first enter the login credentials of a Backup Portal user located on the corresponding customer site.<br>
Bitte hinterlegen Sie zunächst die Zugangsdaten eines Backup Portal Benutzers, der sich in der entsprechenden Kunden-Site befindet.<br>
If you would like automatic job setup, you can check this box directly there. All you need to do is enter an encryption password.<br>
Sofern Sie eine automatische Jobeinrichtung wünschen, können Sie dies direkt dort anhaken. Dafür wird lediglich ein Verschlüsselungskennwort von Ihnen benötigt, welches vergeben werden soll.<br>
Further information on automatic agent configuration can be found [https://wiki.terracloud.de/index.php/Backup/en#Automatic_agent_configuration here]. <br>
Weitere Informationen zur automatischen Agentenkonfiguration finden Sie [https://wiki.terracloud.de/index.php/Backup#Automatische_Agentenkonfiguration hier]. <br>
<br>
<br>
[[Datei:Agenten Installation BackupAssistant.png|border]]<br>
[[Datei:Agenten Installation BackupAssistant.png|border]]<br>
<br>
<br>
Nach dem Sie die benötigten Plugins ausgewählt haben und die Lizenzvereinbarung aktzeptiert haben wird der aktuellste Backup Agent im Hintergrund heruntergeladen und installiert.<br>
After you have selected the required plugins and accepted the license agreement, the latest Backup Agent will be downloaded and installed in the background.<br>
<br>
<br>
[[Datei:Agent wird installiert Backup Assistant.png|border]]<br>
<span id="Initiale_Sicherung"></span>
</div>
== Initial backup ==
<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
== Initiale Sicherung ==
</div>


<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
This feature represents the same options that are available for the initial backup tool. This tool is presented in the following [https://www.wortmann.de/content/files/content/Externe_Dokumente_Ablage/Video/cloud/TERRA-CLOUD-Backup_Initialbackup.mp4 Video]<br>
Dieses Feature stellt die gleichen Optionen dar, welches auch für das Initialbackup Tool zur Verfügung stehen. Vorgestellt wird dieses Tool im folgendem [https://www.wortmann.de/content/files/content/Externe_Dokumente_Ablage/Video/cloud/TERRA-CLOUD-Backup_Initialbackup.mp4 Video]<br>
<br>
<br>
</div>
<span id="Agenten_Funktionen"></span>
<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
== Agent functions ==
== Agenten Funktionen ==
</div>


<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
The "Backup Jobs" function allows you to execute previously created backup jobs of the installed Windows Agent and to view the log files of the performed backups.. <br>
Die Funktion "Agent Funktionen" bietet Ihnen die Möglichkeit bereits erstelle Backup Jobs des installierten Windows Agenten auszuführen und Informationen zu bereits erstellten Sicherungen wie die Größe oder dem Sicherungstatus einzusehen. <br>
[[File:Agenten Funktionen Backup Assistant.png|border]]<br>
[[Datei:Agenten Funktionen Backup Assistant.png|border]]<br>
</div>
<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
=== Backup Reset ===
=== Backup Reset ===
</div>


<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
This function removes metadata (e.g. the delta information) from the job directory of the selected backup job. <br>
Mithilfe dieser Funktion werden Metadaten (z.B. die Deltainformationen) aus dem Job-Verzeichnis des ausgewählten Backup Jobs entfernt. <br>
After deletion, the tool performs a synchronization to recreate the removed metadata.
Nach der Löschung führt das Tool eine Synchronisation durch, um die entfernten Metadaten neu erstellen zu lassen.
This process may take some time.<br>
Dieser Vorgang kann einige Zeit in Anspruch nehmen.<br>
This process may be necessary to resolve various error patterns. <br>
Für die Entstörung von verschiedene Fehlerbilder kann dieser Vorgang notwendig sein. <br>
<br>
<br>
'''Beispiel:'''<br>
'''Example:'''<br>
[https://wiki.terracloud.de/index.php/Backup_Fehlerdiagnose#Ung.C3.BCltiges_Dateiformat_oder_Deltazuordnungsdatei_ist_besch.C3.A4digt Deltazuordnungsdatei ist beschädigt]<br>
[https://wiki.terracloud.de/index.php/Backup_Fehlerdiagnose/en#Invalid_file_format_or_delta_map_file_is_corrupted delta assignment file is damaged]<br>
<br>
<br>
</div>
<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
== Support Bundle ==
== Support Bundle ==
</div>


<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
With the support bundle, all necessary information and logs such as VSS logs, system event logs and backup job logs are brought together and packed into a .zip file. <br>
Bei dem Support Bundle werden alle notwendigen Informationen und Logs wie zum Beispiel VSS-Logs, Event-Logs des Systems sowie Backup Job Logs zusammengeführt und in eine .zip Datei gepackt. <br>
This can help us find the cause in various support cases.<br>
Diese kann uns bei diversen Supportfällen unterstützen die Ursache herauszufinden.<br>
<br />
<br />
</div>
<span id="Überwachung"></span>
<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
='''Monitoring'''=
='''Überwachung'''=
</div>


<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
<span id="Reiter_&quot;Überwachung&quot;_im_TERRA_CLOUD_Backup_Portal"></span>
== Reiter "Überwachung" im TERRA CLOUD Backup Portal ==
== “Monitoring” tab in the TERRA CLOUD Backup Portal ==
</div>


<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
This feature of the TERRA CLOUD Backup Portal provides a comprehensive overview of the status of all backup jobs. <br>
Diese Funktion des TERRA CLOUD Backup Portals bietet Ihnen eine umfangreiche Übersicht über den Status aller Backup Jobs. <br>
Additionally, active agent processes (ongoing backups, restores, etc.) are displayed. <br>
Zusätzlich werden Ihnen offene Prozesse der Agenten angezeigt (laufende Sicherungen, Wiederherstellungen usw.). <br>
This overview can be accessed across all customers via the parent site or within a specific site, thereby focusing on a particular end customer.<br>
Diese Übersicht kann kundenübergreifend über die Parentsite abgerufen werden oder innerhalb einer erstellten Site und damit für einen spezifischen Endkunden abgerufen werden.
In addition to the backup status, the '''Last completed backup''' column is particularly useful for sorting backup jobs based on the time of the last successful backup.<br>
Neben dem Sicherungsstatus ist der Wert der '''letzten abgeschlossenen Sicherung''' besonders wichtig, da sie dieses Datum mit dem Datum der '''letzten Sicherung''' abgleichen können.
This makes it easy to quickly identify jobs for which no backup has been successfully completed for an extended period.<br>
Aus der Kombination dieser Informationen können Sie abschätzen, ob eine fehlgeschlagene Sicherung kritisch ist, da das Datum der letzten abgeschlossenen Sicherung z.B. zu weit in der Vergangenheit liegt.<br>
<br>
A new addition is the '''Backup History Graph''', a visual representation of the backup history over the past 28 days.<br>
This view displays 28 colored status bars visualizing the backup status for each day, providing a quick overview of the backup history.<br>
Hovering your mouse cursor over a bar allows you to view further details regarding the backups performed on that specific day.<br>
<br>
'''Note:'''<br>
Please note that only '''past days''' are displayed; i.e., the first bar on the far right shows the status from yesterday.<br>
<br>
<br>
'''Offene Prozesse''':<br>
The colors indicate the following:
Offene Prozesse erkennen Sie an dem Kreis, bestehend aus zwei Pfeilen und der Zahl daneben, wenn Sie auf das Symbol klicken werden Sie direkt zu der Übersicht über den Prozess weitergeleitet.  
* <span style="color:#D3DE85">'''Green'''</span><br>At least one backup started on that day completed successfully without any warnings or errors.
[[Datei:Überwachung.png|1300 px|ohne]]<br>
* <span style="color:#F9E073">'''Yellow'''</span><br>At least one backup started on that day completed with warnings or was deferred.<br>However, no backup completed successfully without warnings or errors.
</div>
* <span style="color:#C84C28">'''Red'''</span><br>At least one backup started on this day finished with errors, failed, was aborted, or could not back up any data.<br>No backup was successfully completed on this day.
<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
* <span style="color:#C7C7C7">'''Gray'''</span><br>No backup was performed for the relevant backup job on this day; scheduled backups were skipped, are still in progress, or no backup activity took place.<br>In some cases, this status may also appear briefly if a backup has just successfully completed but the status information in the portal has not yet fully updated.
=== Export der Überwachungsübersicht per Mail ===
<br>
</div>
'''Active processes''':<br>
You can identify active processes by the circle consisting of two arrows and the adjacent number; clicking the icon takes you directly to the process overview.
[[Datei:Überwachung.png|1300 px|none]]<br>
<span id="Export_der_Überwachungsübersicht_per_Mail"></span>
=== Export of the monitoring overview by email ===


<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
You can schedule regular export in various file formats for the monitoring view using the 'Email/Schedule' drop-down menu. <br>
Sie können für die Überwachungsansicht über das Dropdown Menü 'E-Mail/Zeitplan' einen regelmäßigen Export in verschiedenen Dateiformaten einplanen. <br>
For an automatic evaluation of a monitoring or ticket system, you can e.g. B. select the file format 'CSV'. <br>
Für eine automatische Auswertung eines Monitoring oder Ticketsystems können Sie z. B. das Dateiformat 'CSV' wählen. <br>
If you want an export for a single end customer, you can configure this via a site user with the "Administrator" role.<br>
Wenn Sie einen Export für einen einzelnen Endkunden wünschen, können Sie diesen über einen Site Benutzer mit der Rolle "Administrator" konfigurieren.<br>
To do this, please log in to the backup portal with the site user and configure the export within this end customer.
Bitte melden Sie sich dazu mit dem Site Benutzer im Backup Portal an und konfigurieren Sie den Export innerhalb dieses Endkunden.
The export from the following example includes the backup jobs of all sites/end customers.<br>
Der Export aus dem folgenden Beispiel beinhaltet die Backup Jobs aller Sites/Endkunden.
[[File:Export-Überwachung.png|600 px|ohne]]<br>
[[Datei:Export-Überwachung.png|600 px|ohne]]<br>
<span id="Jobstatus_in_XML-Datei_auswerten"></span>
</div>
== Evaluate job status in XML file ==
<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
== Jobstatus in XML-Datei auswerten ==
</div>


<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
The Windows, Linux and vSphere Recovery Agent store information about the last backup status and e.g. B. the backup size in an XML file.<br>
Der Windows, Linux und vSphere Recovery Agent speichern Informationen zum letzten Sicherungsstatus und z. B. der Sicherungsgröße in einer XML-Datei.
The following paths refer to the default installation directory.<br>
Die folgenden Pfade beziehen sich auf das Standard-Installationsverzeichnis.<br>
<br>
<br>
'''Linux Agent:'''<br>
'''Linux Agent:'''<br>
Zeile 2.666: Zeile 3.453:
<code>C:\Program Files\vSphere Recovery Agent\<JOBNAME>\BackupStatus.xml</code><br>
<code>C:\Program Files\vSphere Recovery Agent\<JOBNAME>\BackupStatus.xml</code><br>
<br>
<br>
Mögliche Ergebnisse für "<agentdata:result></agentdata:result>":<br>
Possible results for "<agentdata:result></agentdata:result>":<br>
*UNKNOWN: Der Jobstatus ist aktuell unbekannt.<br>
*UNKNOWN: The job status is currently unknown.<br>
*COMPLETED: Der Job ist abgeschlossen oder mit Fehlern/Warnungen abgeschlossen.<br>
*COMPLETED: The job is completed or completed with errors/warnings.<br>
*CANCELLED: Der Job wurde manuell abgebrochen.<br>
*CANCELLED: The job was canceled manually.<br>
*FAILED: Der Job ist fehlgeschlagen, bitte überprüfen Sie die Logfiles.<br>
*FAILED: The job failed, please check the log files.<br>
*NO_FILES: Es konnte keine Sicherung durchgeführt werden, da keinen Dateien durch diesen Job geschützt werden.<br>
*NO_FILES: No backup could be performed because no files are protected by this job.<br>
<br />
<br />
</div>
<span id="Verbrauchsberichte"></span>
<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
='''Consumption Reports'''=
='''Verbrauchsberichte'''=
</div>


<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
The TERRA CLOUD provides you with various reports to monitor the consumption values relevant to the license model.
Die TERRA CLOUD stellt Ihnen zur Überwachung der für das Lizenzmodell relevanten Verbrauchswerte unterschiedliche Berichte zur Verfügung.
</div>
<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
==TERRA CLOUD Backup Reseller Report==
==TERRA CLOUD Backup Reseller Report==
</div>


<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
This report shows you the consumption values of all your end customers' backup accounts. <br>
Dieser Bericht zeigt Ihnen die Verbrauchswerte aller Backup-Accounts Ihrer Endkunden. <br>
The data refers to the 15th calendar day of a month and forms the billing basis for the respective month.<br>
Der Datenbestand bezieht sich auf den 15. Kalendertag eines Monats und bildet die Abrechnungsgrundlage für den jeweiligen Monat.
The report is sent to the Backup Master Account / Cloud Master Account (TERRA CLOUD Center) from the 16th calendar day of a month.<br>
Versendet wird der Bericht ab dem 16. Kalendertag eines Monats an den Backup Master Account / Cloud Master Account (TERRA CLOUD Center).<br>
<br>
<br>
'''Beispielausschnitt aus dem Reseller Report''' <br>
'''Example excerpt from the Reseller Report''' <br>
[[Datei:Reseller-Report.png|ohne]]<br>
[[File:Reseller-Report.png|800px|ohne]]
</div>
<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
==TERRA CLOUD Backup Billing Report==
==TERRA CLOUD Backup Billing Report==
</div>


<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
In addition to the '''TERRA CLOUD Backup Reseller Report''', you will receive the '''TERRA CLOUD Backup Billing Report''' in CSV file format. <br>
Zusätzlich zum '''TERRA CLOUD Backup Reseller Report''' erhalten Sie den '''TERRA CLOUD Backup Billing Report''' im CSV-Dateiformat. <br>
The consumption values for billing the TERRA CLOUD backup are summarized for you in this report for each end customer. <br>
Die Verbrauchswerte für die Abrechnung des TERRA CLOUD Backups sind in diesem Bericht für Sie je Endkunde zusammengefasst. <br>
We recommend this report as the basis for automated billing, e.g. B. also for the TERRA CLOUD Backup Enterprise license model.<br>
Wir empfehlen diesen Bericht als Grundlage für eine automatisierte Abrechnung z. B. auch für das TERRA CLOUD Backup Enterprise Lizenzmodell.<br>
<br>
<br>
'''Inhalt des Berichtes:''' <br>
'''Content of the report:''' <br>
''Active vault Vault'': Der Name des aktiven Vaults <br>
''Active vault Vault'': The name of the active vault <br>
''account Native protected data in GB'': Die Summe der nativ geschützten Datenmenge des Endkunden <br>
''account Native protected data in GB'': The sum of the end customer's natively protected data volume <br>
''Computer amount'': Die Summe der Gerätelizenzen <br>
''Computer amount'': The sum of the device licenses <br>
''Additional safesets'': Die Summe des zusätzlichen kostenpflichtigen Safeses <br>
''Additional safesets'': The sum of the additional paid safesets <br>
</div>
<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
==TERRA CLOUD Backup Customer Report==
==TERRA CLOUD Backup Customer Report==
</div>
<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
Optional können Sie im TERRA CLOUD Center einen Endkunden Bericht zu Ihrer TERRA CLOUD Backup Bestellung hinzufügen. <br>
In diesem Bericht erhalten Sie bzw. Ihr Endkunde wöchentlich die Verbrauchsübersicht und den Status der Backups. <br>
Die Darstellung entspricht dem Reseller Report, beinhaltet jedoch nur die Datensätze für den jeweiligen Endkunden.
</div>
<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
= '''FAQ''' =
</div>
<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
== VSS ==
</div>
<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
Anbei eine kleine Erklärung zum Thema VSS: <br>
</div>
<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
=== Was ist eigentlich VSS? ===
</div>
<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
*VSS ist die Abkürzung ist eine Herleitung von "'''V'''olume '''S'''napshot '''S'''ervice"
*Übersetzt: Volumen Schattenkopie Dienst
*Seit Windows XP / Windows Server 2003 implemtiert, dient zur Erstellung von Versionsständen (Snapshots)
*Ein Snapshot ist eine Momentaufnahme eines Volumens (read-only)
*VSS arbeitet auf Blockebene
*VSS-Technik wird bei den meisten Backuplösungen eingesetzt die Windows Systeme sichern
*VSS Fehler sind bei diesen Backuplösungen die Hauptstörungsquelle
<br />
</div>
<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
=== Bestandteile der VSS-Technik ===
</div>
<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
'''VSS-Writer:'''<br>
*jede VSS-fähige Anwendung installiert ihren eigenen VSS-Writer auf dem System, dieser wird benötigt um seine Applikation in einen konsistenten Zustand zu bringen
<br />
'''VSS-Requestor:'''<br>
*jedes Programm welches konsistente Daten benötigt kann zu einen Requestor werden, in unserem Fall der Backup Agent
<br />
'''VSS-Provider:'''<br>
*Der Provider erstellt und verwaltet die Schattenkopien von Daten im System
</div>
<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
== Verschlüsselungskennwort eines Backup Jobs vergessen ==
</div>
<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
Sollten Sie das Verschlüsselungskennwort eines Backup Jobs vergessen haben gibt es keine Möglichkeit Dateien aus dem Backup Job wiederherzustellen. <br>
Eine Änderung des Kennworts ist durch uns nicht möglich.<br>
<br />
</div>
<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
== Verschlüsselungskennwort eines Backup Jobs ändern ==
</div>
<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
Sie haben die Möglichkeit das Verschlüsselungskennwort neu zu setzen. Dazu gehen Sie im Backup-Portal zu dem entsprechenden Backup Job und anschließend auf "Job bearbeiten". <br>
Links können Sie nun ein neues Kennwort setzen. Dabei zu beachten ist, dass Sicherungen, die mit dem alten Verschlüsselungskennwort erstellt wurden auch nur mit diesem wiederhergestellt werden können.<br>
Hier wäre unsere Empfehlung den Backup Job zu löschen und einen neuen Backup Job mit dem neuen Verschlüsselungskennwort zu erstellen. <br>
<br />
</div>
<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
== Granular Restore Tool - Lizenz ==
</div>
<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
Während der Installation des Granular Restore Tools werden Sie nach einer Lizenz gefragt.<br>
<br>
Bitte senden Sie uns eine E-Mail inklusive Ihrer Kundennummer mit dem Betreff "Granular Restore Lizenz" an [mailto:support@terracloud.de support@terracloud.de] <br>
Wir werden Ihnen dann eine entsprechende Lizenz zur Verfügung stellen.<br>
<br />
</div>
<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
== Löschung von Daten auf einem Vault ==
</div>
<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
Falls Sie einen Job oder Server aus dem Backupportal löschen, verbleiben die Daten aus Sicherheitsgründen weiterhin auf dem Vault.<br>
Um die Daten endgültig zu entfernen, benötigen wir einen expliziten Löschauftrag. Dieser muss die folgenden Informationen enthalten: <br>
- Accountname <br>
- Servername <br>
- Ggf. Jobname <br>
- Ggf. Safesets <br>
<br />
</div>
<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
== Erneut registrieren ==
</div>
<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
Die Funktion "Erneut registrieren" ermöglicht es die lokal gespeicherte Konfiguration des Agenten gegen eine auf dem Vault abgespeicherte Konfiguration eines Computers zu ersetzen bzw. die bestehende zu ergänzen. Dies ist zum Beispiel notwendig nach einer Neuinstallation des Agenten, da der Agent nach einer Neuinstallation nicht konfiguriert wird. <br>
Die aktuelle Konfiguration kann z. B. durch die Funktion ergänzt werden, sofern Sie einen Backup Job im Portal und somit vom Agenten entfernt haben, der Datenbestand und die Konfigration jedoch noch auf dem Vault vorhanden ist. Nach der erneuten Registrierung wird der fehlende Backup Job wieder im Portal angezeigt. <br>
<br>
'''Vorgehensweise:''' <br>
1. Bitte wählen Sie im Backupportal den betroffenen Agenten aus. Unter dem Reiter "Vault-Einstellungen" finden Sie die Aktion "Erneut registrieren". <br>
2. Laden Sie hier nun das für die Kundensite erstellte Vault-Profil, anschließend kann die Aktion "Computer laden" ausgeführt werden. <br>
3. Auf der rechten Seite werden nun alle Systeme angezeigt, welche sich auf dem betroffenen Vault befinden. <br>
4. Nachdem Sie das betroffene System ausgewählt haben und die Aktion "Speichern" ausgeführt haben, wird die Konfiguration zurückgespielt. <br>
5. Bearbeiten Sie nun die vorhandenen Jobs und tragen Sie jeweils das Verschlüsslungskennwort ein. Anschließend muss jeder betroffene Job synchronisiert werden. <br>
6. Sobald die Synchronisation erfolgreich abgeschlossen wurde, können Sie die betroffenen Jobs ausführen. <br>
<br />
</div>
<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
== Sicherung einer DATEV SQL Datenbank ==
</div>
<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
Bei der Sicherung einer DATEV SQL Datenbank gibt es im Vergleich zu einer "gewöhnlichen" SQL Datenbank Sicherung einige Besonderheiten. In der Regel hat der Administrator/in keinen Vollzugriff auf die Datenbank und somit kann das SQL Plug-in nicht eingesetzt werden. Zusätzlich kann es zu Problemen bei einer filebasierten Sicherung kommen, da der Zeitstempel der Datenbankdatei (MDF Datei) zum Teil zurückgesetzt wird.<br>
Transaktionsprotokolle müssen nicht abgeschnitten werden, da für die DATEV SQL Datenbank die Umlaufprotokollierung konfiguriert ist.<br>
<br>
'''Empfohlenes Sicherungskonzept:'''<br>
Das System sollte über eine imagebasierte BMR Sicherung geschützt werden, da bei dieser partitionsbasierten Sicherungsmethode der Zeitstempel der Datenbankdatei irrelevant ist. <br>
</div>
<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
== Wie läuft die Migration der Backups von Bestandskunden auf ein TCBE-Vaultsystem ab? ==
</div>
<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
'''Ausgangssituation''': <br>
Sie haben aktuell für Ihre Kunden Backup Standard bzw. Backup Basic Pakete gebucht und möchten die Sicherungen Ihrer Kunden auf ein neues TCBE-Vaultsystem umziehen lassen.
<p style="color: #FF0000;"><br>
<br>
'''Satelliten:'''<br>
Bitte beachten Sie, dass Backup Pakete in Verbindung mit einem Satelliten nicht auf ein TCBE-Vaultsystem umgezogen werden können.
Satelliten können nur in Verbindung mit einem dedizierten '''Basevault''' verwendet werden. Basevaults sind speziell für die Kommunikation mit Satelliten optimiert, daher ist ein Mischbetrieb auf einem Vaultsystem nicht möglich. Wir empfehlen, falls Sie Satelliten im Einsatz haben, nur Ihre Kunden ohne Satellit umzuziehen.
</p>
<br>
'''Vorbereitung:'''<br>
Bitte bereiten Sie für den Migrationsprozess die folgenden Schritte vor:
#Bestellen Sie das TCBE-Vaultsystem in der gewünschten Location auf Ihr Unternehmen (Bitte beachten Sie die Bereitstellungszeit von bis zu 10 Werktagen)
#Lösen Sie nach der Bereitstellung Ihres neuen Vaultsystems eine Bestellung für einen Vault-Account für jeden Ihrer Kunden aus (Die Vault-Accounts können Sie auf die jeweiligen Kunden schlüsseln)
#Erstellen Sie eine Gegenüberstellung in z.B. Microsoft Excel mit dem alten Vault-Account (z.B. 12345-DRMEY) und dem neu bestellten Vault-Account, auf Ihrem TCBE-Vault z.B. (12345-DRMEYER)
#Bei der Bereitstellung Ihres Vaultsystems wird automatisch ein Support Ticket für den Migrationsprozess erzeugt, bitte sprechen Sie in diesem die Zeitspanne für die Migration ab<br>
<br>
'''Ablauf während der Migration:'''<br>
Am Morgen des Migrationstages wird der Prozess durch das Team der TERRA CLOUD gestartet. Sie erhalten eine Benachrichtigung per E-Mail welche Accounts zur Migration gestartet wurden.
Sie können direkt nach dem Start der Migration die neuen Sicherungsziele für die Agenten hinterlegen, wie in [[Backup#Migration_der_Daten_in_einen_neuen_Vaultaccount|Anleitung für die Anpassungen im Backup Portal]] beschrieben.
Bitte beachten Sie, dass während der Migration keine Sicherungen durchgeführt werden können, da beide Accounts durch die Migration gesperrt sind.
In der Regel schließen die Migrationen am selben Werktag ab, sodass die Sicherungen der Backup Agenten, die per Zeitplan gestartet werden, gegen den migrierten Datenbestand auf dem dedizierten Vault erfolgen können.<br>
<br>
'''Wie läuft die Migration technisch ab?'''<br>
Der Migrationsprozess startet einen Kopiervorgang der die hinterlegten Computer / Backup Jobs / Safesets aus dem alten Account von dem Shared Vault in den Account auf dem TCBE-Vaultsystem überträgt.<br>
<br>
'''Wie viele Endkunden können pro Migrationstag umgezogen werden?'''<br>
In der Regel können ca. 5 Endkunden pro Tag umgezogen werden, dies hängt von der Größe der jeweiligen Accounts ab ca. 1,5 TB (nativ geschützte Datenmenge)<br>
<br>
'''Was passiert mit den alten Accounts nach der Migration?'''<br>
<p style="color: #FF0000;">
Nach dem Abschluss des gesamten Migrationsprozesses müssen die alten Accounts noch von Ihnen gekündigt werden, da es sonst zu Doppelberechnung kommen kann.
</p>
Selbstverständlich steht Ihnen während des Migrationsprozesses ein Teammitglied des Supports als Ansprechpartner für mögliche Rückfragen zur Verfügung.
</div>
<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
== Gibt es Kennworteinschränkungen für den Backup Agent? ==
</div>
<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
Es gibt eine Längenbeschränkung von 31 Zeichen für alle Kennwörter mit dem TERRA Cloud Backup Agent. Dies schließt ein:<br>
<br>
*Verschlüsselungskennwörter
*Kennwort-Hinweise
*SQL-Anmeldeinformationen
*VRA-Anmeldeinformationen
*Oracle-Anmeldeinformationen
*SMTP-Anmeldeinformationen
*Kennwort für Vault-Anmeldeinformationen
*etc...
Nur diese Zeichen sind für die Verwendung in den Feldern für Verschlüsselungskennwort und Hinweis zulässig: '''a-z, A-Z, Á-ÿ, 0-9, Leerzeichen, !@#$%^&*()_-+=[]{}|'":;,<.>?~`´'''
</div>
<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
= '''Backup Troubleshooting''' =
</div>


<div lang="de" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">
Optionally, you can add an end customer report to your TERRA CLOUD backup order in the TERRA CLOUD Center. <br>
* [[Backup Fehlerdiagnose | Backup Fehlerdiagnose (DE)]]
In this report, you or your end customer will receive a weekly consumption overview and the status of the backups. <br>
</div>
The presentation corresponds to the reseller report, but only includes the data records for the respective end customer.

Aktuelle Version vom 24. September 2026, 09:17 Uhr

Introduction

What characterizes the TERRA CLOUD backup solution?

TERRA CLOUD Backup is a comprehensive data backup solution. All necessary components are provided by TERRA CLOUD.
This gives you a single point of contact for any questions or issues.

Communication between all components involved is always encrypted. Only a single agent needs to be installed on the server to be backed up.
It then connects to our data center via ports 8086 and 8087.
Since the connection originates from the server being backed up, no inbound firewall rules or NAT configurations are required.

Administration is handled via the multi-tenant TERRA CLOUD Backup Portal.
In this portal, you can view all servers linked to your account through agent registration.

The backup solution essentially consists of three components: Agent, Portal, and Vault:
The Agent is the software component that performs the backup on the system being protected. The Portal is used to administer and monitor these agents and to initiate restores. The Vault is the secure storage repository that receives and safely stores the backups. All backups are stored redundantly across two different data centers, distinguishing between a primary and a secondary vault.

Function overview

TERRA CLOUD Backup - Functional Overview
Fuse Windows Agent Linux Agent vSphere Agent Hyper-V Agent
Bare-Metal Restore*
Alterable backups (WORM)
Hybrid Cloud Backup (Satellite)
Backup of virtual systems (servers, VDI)
Backup deferral (initial backup)
Renewed Backup Attempts
Initialbackup ext. HDD/FTP
Protocol truncation (MS Exchange and MS SQL)
Microsoft VSS Support
Backup of physical systems (servers, clients)
Backup of network shares
Backup/Excluding Files and Folders
Threat Detection
Windows_Backup_Event_Triggers
High Frequent Backup - Hourly Backups
Restore
Bare-Metal Restore
Restore files and folders
Restore from another computer
Recovery to IaaS Cloud (DRaaS)
Rapid VM Recovery (Satellite Vault)
Rapid VM Recovery (Enterprise Vault)
Storage
Storage of backups for up to one year
Storage of backups for up to ten years
Automation
Script-based control
Automated BMR test restores
Fully Automated Setup
Patch management of the backup software
Monitoring
Interface for ext. Backup sensors
Mail notification via the backup portal
Backup History Graph
Included in TERRA CLOUD Backup Basic/Standard
Additionally included in TERRA CLOUD Backup Enterprise
Bare-metal restore (BMR) backups using a Windows agent on a Hyper-V host are not supported.
For further information, please see here
*

Product presentation and initial setup

To make getting started with TERRA CLOUD Backup as clear as possible, the following diagram illustrates the complete setup process—ranging from the installation of the agent and its automatic configuration via the Backup Portal to the final installation of the TERRA CLOUD Backup agent.
It highlights the stages where the process can be significantly accelerated and standardized through features such as automatic agent configuration.

Following the diagram, we recommend familiarizing yourself with the fundamental concepts and functions of TERRA CLOUD Backup.
A good supplement to this is the recordings of the TERRA CASTs, which you can find here.

Requirements

Supported operating systems

Windows Agent

Windows Server:

  • Windows Server 2025: Standard, Datacenter, Server Core
  • Windows Server 2022: Essentials, Standard, Datacenter, Server Core
  • Windows Server 2019: Essentials, Standard, Datacenter, Server Core
  • Windows Server 2016: Essentials, Standard, Datacenter, Server Core

Windows Client:

  • Windows 11: Home, Pro, Enterprise (Version 25H2)
  • Windows 10: Home, Pro, Enterprise (Version 22H2)

Plug-ins:
Please refer to the supported platforms and applications of the respective plug-ins in the Agent Doku/Release Notes

Linux Agent

  • Debian 13 (up to Update 2)
  • Debian 12 (up to Update 12)
  • Debian 11 (up to Update 11)
  • Debian 10 (up to Update 13)
  • openSUSE Linux 16 (up to Service Pack 0) A) B)
  • openSUSE Linux 15 (up to Service Pack 6) A) B)
  • Oracle Linux 10 (up to Update 1)
  • Oracle Linux 9 (up to Update 7)
  • Oracle Linux 8 (up to Update 10)
  • Oracle Linux 7 (up to Update 9)
  • Red Hat Enterprise Linux Server 10 (up to Update 1)
  • Red Hat Enterprise Linux Server 9 (up to Update 7)
  • Red Hat Enterprise Linux Server 8 (up to Update 10)
  • Red Hat Enterprise Linux Server 7 (up to Update 9)
  • Rocky Linux 10 (up to Update 1)
  • Rocky Linux 9 (up to Update 7)
  • Rocky Linux 8 (up to Update 10)
  • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 16 (up to Service Pack 0) A)
  • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 15 (up to Service Pack 7) A)
  • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 (up to Service Pack 5) A)
  • Ubuntu Server 24.04
  • Ubuntu Server 22.04
  • Ubuntu Server 20.04
  • Ubuntu Server 18.04


Notes:
Since CentOS Stream is a pre-release version of RHEL and does not have long-term stable releases, the Linux agent on CentOS Stream is not supported.

A) This platform is not supported when the BTRFS file system is used.
B) The Agent is supported on this platform, but BMR backups are not supported for an openSUSE 16.0 UEFI or openSUSE 15.6 UEFI system with a FAT16 EFI boot partition.

Supported file systems on Linux:

  • ext2
  • ext3
  • ext4
  • XFS
  • GFS
  • ReiserFS
  • JFS

The BTRFS file system is not supported.

Supported Agent Versions

Windows Agent
Operating system Agent version x86 Agent version x64 A notice
Windows Server 2003 7.34.4009a 7.34.4009a EOL
Windows Server 2008 + R2 9.10.1013 9.30.1009 EOL
Windows Server 2012 + R2 - 9.30.1009 EOL
Windows Server 2016 - 9.50.6732 -
Windows Server 2019 - 9.50.6732 -
Windows Server 2022 - 9.50.6732 -
Windows Server 2025 - 9.50.6732 -
Windows 7 9.10.1013 9.30.1009 EOL
Windows 8 + 8.1 9.10.1013 9.30.1009 EOL
Windows 10 9.10.1013 9.50.6732 -
Windows 11 - 9.50.6732 -

Any operating system marked "EOL" can still be backed up using the corresponding agent version. However, neither Microsoft nor our software vendor offers support for these platforms. Please note that TERRA CLOUD can only provide "best-effort support." In the event of an error, we cannot rely on the software manufacturer for assistance.
It is strongly recommended to keep operating systems up to date. If an update is not possible, regular test restores should be performed.

Hyper-V Agent
Operating System Agent Version x86 Agent Version x64 Note
Windows Server >= 2012 R2 - 9.40.1009 -


vSphere Agent
Operating System Agent Version x86 Agent Version x64 Note
Windows Server from 2012 R2 to 2022 - 9.22.1011 -


Linux Agent
Operating system Agent version x86 Agent version x64 A notice
Supported Linux distributions 8.90.1020 9.41.1020 See Release Notes for supported Linux distributions

Network configuration

Port overview TERRA CLOUD Backup
Protocol Port Source Goal Function A notice
TCP 443 Agent Portal Automatic agent updates 185.35.13.210/32
TCP 2546 Agent Vault Connection to the Vault for data backup, synchronization and restore *
TCP 8086 Agent Portal Registering an agent on the portal 185.35.13.210/32
TCP 8087 Agent AMP Management of agents via the portal 195.4.212.128/25


Port overview TERRA CLOUD Hybrid Backup
Protocol Port Source Goal Function A notice
UDP 123 Satellite Internet NTP time synchronization -
TCP 443 Satellite Portal Interface updates and Support Connect function -
TCP 2547 Satellite Basevault Heartbeat / Management OLD Satellite-Vault version <= 8.62*
TCP 12546 Satellite Basevault Heartbeat / Management NEW Satellite-Vault version > 8.62*
TCP 12547 Satellite Basevault Data transfer for backup replication *

* Note:
Access must be enabled for both the primary and secondary Vaults using their respective FQDNs and IP addresses.
You can find the public IP address of each Vault via the Vault Finder in the backup portal:
backup.terracloud.de → Quick Links → Vault-Finder

Vault

A vault is a virtual system that is operated in the TERRA CLOUD or a partner data center.
This system communicates with the backup agents and receives backups and stores them according to the defined retention periods.
Backup packages include access to a shared backup platform in the form of a Vault account.

Vault-Account

A Vault Account is a unique organizational unit on a Vault system; it is required for authenticating a Backup Agent with the Vault.
The Vault Account name is composed of your customer number at Wortmann AG and the name of your end customer in the TERRA CLOUD Center, written in capital letters.

Example:
12345-ENDKUNDEXY

You require the Vault Account—for instance, when creating a new Vault Profile—so that the Agent can use the data from the profile to authenticate itself with the Vault system.
The Vault Account is entered into the "Account" and "Username" fields.


General

Retention periods

TERRA CLOUD Backup offers you a data backup retention period of up to 365 days in the Standard license model.
The retention period of a data backup on the Vault is determined by the selected retention type.

Retention Types

A retention type consists of two parameters that determine the retention time of a data backup.

Online storage(days):
This parameter specifies the minimum number of days the data backup must be stored on the Vault.

Online copies:
This parameter specifies the minimum number of backup copies required for this backup job.

Important: Linking the parameters
In order for a data backup to be considered expired and to be removed, BOTH parameters must be exceeded.
The safeset must therefore be at least the defined X days old AND there must be at least Y data backups for the backup job.

Preconfigured retention types

The following retention types are pre-configured and automatically created during agent installation.
Please note that 50 safesets are included free of charge per backup job; additional backup points can be added for an extra charge.

Note:
Starting April 1, 2024, 50 safesets can be configured free of charge per backup job.

24-Hour (Hourly Backup):
This retention type is automatically created by a "Sub-Day" schedule and cannot be edited.
It is required for the function High Frequent Backup.
Backups are retained for a maximum of 24 hours.
48-Hour (Hourly Backup):
This retention type is automatically created by a "Sub-Day" schedule and cannot be edited.
It is required for the function High Frequent Backup.
Backups are retained for a maximum of 48 hours.

Daily (daily backup):
This retention type is suitable for one backup per day.
Backups are retained for a total of 30 days each, and the job must contain at least 30 backups.

4xDaily (four daily backups):
This retention type is suitable for four backups per day.
Backups are retained for a total of 10 days each, and the job must contain at least 40 backups.

Monthly (monthly backups):
This retention type is suitable for one backup per month.
The backups are retained for a total of 365 days each, and there must be at least 12 backups in the job.

Yearly (annual backup):
This retention type is suitable for one backup per year and must be used for Retention of backups for 10 years.
The backups are retained for a total of 3653 days each, and there must be at least 10 backups in the job.

Former default retention types

The following standard retention types have been used in the past for TERRA CLOUD backup and may still be stored on the systems:

Daily (7/7 Version):
This retention type is suitable for one backup per day.
In total, the data backups are kept for 7 days each and there must be at least 7 data backups in the job.

Weekly(weekly backup):
This retention type is suitable for one backups per week.
In total, the data backups are kept for 31 days each and there must be at least 5 data backups in the job.

Create individual retention types

If you do not want to use or add to the standard retention types, you have the option of defining your own retention types using the agent's advanced settings:

Consumption values for licensing

The consumption values of a TERRA CLOUD backup account consist of:

  • Natively protected data set of backup jobs
  • Number of protected systems
  • Number of active safesets of the backup jobs

On the 15th calendar day of a month, the above-mentioned consumption values are determined and made available to you in the form of the consumption report on the 16th calendar day.

Consumption values of the active safe sets

50 active safe sets are included in the inclusive quota per backup job and can be distributed depending on the retention scheme and Schedule configuration.
In order for a safeset to be considered expired and to be deleted, the retention parameters “Online storage (days)” and “Online copies” must be exceeded.
This can result in more than 50 safesets being present in the vault at the time of consumption measurement because expired backups have not yet been removed from the vault.
The TERRA CLOUD backup license model therefore includes a free buffer zone of 10 safe sets.
If 61 or more safe sets are used, all safe sets above the inclusive quota will be invoiced.

Safeset consumption zones
Zone Safe set number
Inclusive quota 01 - 50 safe sets
Buffer zone 51 - 60 safe sets
Additional consumption 61 - ∞ Safe sets

Portal

The configuration is carried out as an example as documented in the following sections. The administrator account “backupadmin@terracloud.de” was used for this configuration.
This corresponds to your specialist dealer administrator account (backup master account).

Structure of TERRA CLOUD Backup Portal

Description:
This diagram shows the structure of the Backup Portal. The upper level consists of the parent site, which you can recognize by its name consisting of your Wortmann AG customer number and your company name. Through this level, you can administer (child) sites and centrally access all portal functions. You can create users for both levels; these are shown in the diagram in green for the parent site and in blue for the end customer sites. Please create a separate site for your company, as indicated in the diagram with the NFR site.
You can then move the agents for your systems to this site or register them directly via a user within the site.

Note:
Please only register agents in the parent site if they will subsequently be moved to the associated customer site for further configuration.

Site

A "Site" is an administrative area within the TERRA CLOUD Backup Portal that represents an end-customer organization.
Sites enable the separation of your tenants and simplify the management of backed-up systems.
As soon as you book a backup package for a customer, we automatically create a (child) site for you, along with a registration user.
This user can be used exclusively to register new agents with the backup portal; logging into the backup portal itself is not possible with these credentials.
You can find the access details for this registration user under the "Users" tab within the respective site.

Manually create site

Should you ever need to create a site manually, you will find a button for this under the "Sites" tab.
This launches the site creation wizard.



Site name assigned

The first step is to assign a name to the new site.
We recommend, for example, combining your customer's name with their customer number from your ERP system (12345-EndCustomer).
Then click "Next".



Create user

Optionally, you can then create an additional user with admin rights for the customer's site; this user will also be able to log in to the backup portal.

Note:
You can find further information on the various user roles in the permissions concept. The screenshot below shows the configuration for a user with the "Admin" role.
Please note that you must assign agents to users who do not have the "Admin" user role.



Vault Profile

Once a TERRA CLOUD Backup package has been provisioned, you will receive the access credentials for your tenant's vault account.
These credentials are required for authentication between the agents and the vault (storage destination).
These credentials must be saved into a vault profile within the wizard.

Vault Name:
The vault name is the display name for the vault profile.
Recommendation:
For simplicity, we recommend using the vault's FQDN (e.g., vault-wmh2-P001.terracloud.de) as the vault name.
The chosen vault name serves only as a label and has no technical function.

Address:
Enter the vault's FQDN here (e.g., vault-wmh1-P001.terracloud.de).
Account:
Enter the provided vault account (e.g., 45814-ENDKUNDE).

Username:
Enter the provided vault account here as well (e.g., 45814-ENDKUNDE).
The account and username have been set up identically to simplify the setup process.

Password:
Enter the provided password; this vault password is used to authenticate the vault account and is not used to encrypt user data.



Automatic Agent Configuration

Finally, you have the option to enable automatic agent configuration so that new agents are configured automatically.

Prerequisites:
To have a backup job created fully automatically, an encryption password must be defined.
With automatic agent configuration, the encryption password is passed as the default encryption password during the installation process itself.

Please select a vault profile and a job template.
If you are logged in as a parent site user, you can choose from all the job templates you have previously created and saved at other (child) sites.



Summary

In the final step, you will receive a summary of the information entered.



Configure notification

You can subsequently configure email notifications for the site via the "Notifications" tab.
The specified address will receive a notification as soon as the selected events occur.

Please note that portal-based email notification is currently not available for all agents. See Function Overview

"Encryption password changed" option:
This can alert you, for example, in the event of unauthorized access—such as when an attacker attempts to gain access to future backups by changing the encryption password.
The encryption password cannot be changed retroactively for existing safesets.

Note:
Changes to the encryption password are also displayed in the "Status Feed".

The basic configuration for the (child) site is now complete.
You can subsequently review all settings made in the site creation wizard within the individual tabs of the respective (child) site and adjust them separately if necessary.

Create additional users

Just as in the Site Creation Wizard, you can also create additional portal users later from within the site via the "Users" tab.
In addition to creating another administrator, you have the option here to select other user roles.

Note:
You can find further information on the various user roles in the permissions concept.
The following screenshot shows the configuration for a user with the "User" role.
Please note that you can still assign agents to users who do not have the "Administrator" role.
User anlegen

Create job template for automatic agent configuration

You can create your own job templates by opening the "Automatic Agent Configuration" tab for the respective site.
Click "View" next to the existing job template and then create an editable copy of the template.
You can customize this copy as desired and use it for automatic agent configuration after saving it.



Note:
The start time for the data backup is randomly selected within the time windows of 18:00 – 21:00 and 02:00 – 06:00.
Example of a custom job template:


Multi-Factor Authentication (MFA)

Multi-factor authentication (MFA) must be enabled to protect access to the TERRA CLOUD Backup Portal.

MFA Process

  • TOTP (Time-based One-Time Password)
    • The user employs an authenticator app, such as Microsoft Authenticator or Google Authenticator.
      The app generates time-based one-time codes that are entered during login.

Configure MFA

When creating a new user, the mandatory multi-factor authentication (MFA) requirement is enabled by default.
Consequently, the user is prompted to set up MFA upon their first login.


Since multi-factor authentication (MFA) was not previously mandatory, there may be user accounts where it has not yet been enabled.
These users must set up MFA subsequently.
To do this, the user first logs in to the TERRA CLOUD Backup Portal without having MFA set up.
Then, the Edit my profile entry is opened via the menu in the top right corner (three dots).


Multi-factor authentication can then be set up in the Two-factor configuration section.



Reset MFA

To reset two-factor authentication (MFA), please proceed as follows:

  • If you haven't already done so, create a second user with administrator rights in the Backup Portal under Users.
  • Then, log in using this second administrator account and, under Users, open the administrator account for which the MFA needs to be reset.
  • Enable the option highlighted in red in the screenshot.


The next time this user logs in, two-factor authentication will need to be set up again.
You can remove the additional administrator account if desired once MFA has been successfully set up.

Authorization concept

This table shows the four different roles that can be assigned to a user, as well as the registration user automatically created by the TERRA CLOUD.
You can create users either within a site or at the reseller level in your parent site.
For further information, please refer to the diagram showing the structure of the TERRA CLOUD Backup Portal.

User and Portal Management Read Only* Execute Only* User** Administrator Registration User***
Can assign agents to other users*
Move computers to another site
Delete backup jobs and computers from the vault
Agent Upgrade Center
Report function
Create additional users
Handling potential threats
Agent and backup management Read Only* Execute Only* User** Administrator Registration User***
Register agents on the portal
Configure agents on the portal
Create and view schedules
Create and edit backup jobs
Advanced Agent Configuration***
Backup jobs and computers from the portal interface delete
Backup operation and recovery Read Only* Execute Only* User** Administrator Registration User***
Start backup manually
Recovery carry out
Monitoring and information Read Only* Execute Only* User** Administrator Registration User***
View last backup status
View/download log files
Statusfeed view
View backup job configuration
* Assignment required to administer the agent based on the role.
** Assignment of the respective agent is not necessary
if it was registered on the portal by the user.
*** This user is automatically created when ordering a backup package.
**** Agent description, retention types, email notification,
bandwidth limitation, Agent logs.

Computer

All registered systems are displayed in a table on the Computer tab. If you open the overview while logged in to a site, only the computers of the respective site (end customers) will be displayed.
This part of the portal offers you the opportunity to fully administrate, configure and much more with the agents in a multi-client capable manner.

Skipped backups

This function shows you whether and how many data backups were skipped.

A high rate of skipped backups can result from the following circumstances:

  1. The intervals between data backups are too short and the next data backup is started during runtime.
  2. A very long data backup duration ensures that the subsequent data backup is skipped.

Data backups may be skipped if the following two conditions are met together:

  1. The backup job is executed more frequently than once per day, through multiple backups per day or the High-Frequent Backup.
  2. A data backup is already in progress or the Vault is performing important maintenance work on the backup job.

Through the use of e.g. B. High-frequency backups, with up to 24 backups per day, the vault only has a short time window for maintaining the backup job.
To ensure that outdated data backups can be removed despite the high backup frequency, the agent is allowed to skip backups.

Skipped backup rate:
You will be shown the percentage of data backups skipped in the last 48 hours.
In this example, due to a misconfiguration, backups were made almost every minute to illustrate how this display works.

If you click on the value, you will be shown an overview of the data backups with information about whether they were skipped:

Move computer to another site

You can move as many computers as you want to another site using the Move Computers action.
This function makes it possible, for example, to assign systems that were accidentally registered in the Parent-Site to the end customer's site.
Please select the desired site for the selected computers:

Assign agents to users

Users who do not have the "Administrator" role must be assigned to agents who can be managed by them.
You can do this either via the user configuration within the site or via the Sites tab within your parent site.
In this example, only SERVER01 and SERVER02 have been assigned to the user for management.

Deletion of data backups

Delete computers from the portal and vault

You can have a computer's data backups completely deleted as an administrative user via the Backup Portal.

This type of deletion includes:

  1. Deletion of the computer from the portal (online or offline computer)
  2. Delete the backup of all backup jobs of this computer on the primary and secondary vault
  3. Delete the registered computer on the Vault

Procedure for deleting a computer:

  1. Select the desired system using the checkbox on the left side of the backup portal.
  2. Under Actions, select Delete selected computer(s).
  3. Switch to the “Completely Wipe Computer” option.
  4. Enter "CONFIRM" in the input field of the dialog to confirm the deletion.

The deletion job will be executed after a quarantine period of 24 hours.

Cancel deletion job:
Within the quarantine period of 24 hours, you can select the computer as described above and cancel the deletion request using the "Cancel deletion of the selected computer(s)" action.

Delete backup jobs from the portal and vault

You can have the data backups of a backup job completely deleted as an administrative user via the Backup Portal.

This type of deletion includes:

  1. Delete the backup job from the portal
  2. Delete all data backups of the backup job on the primary and secondary vault
  3. Delete the registered backup job on the Vault

Procedure for deleting a backup job:

  1. Open the "Select Action" drop-down menu for the desired job under the "Job" tab of the respective computer.
  2. Choose the “Delete Job” option.
  3. Switch to the “Delete Job Completely” option (screenshot below).
  4. Enter "CONFIRM" in the input field of the dialog to confirm the deletion.

The deletion job will be executed after a quarantine period of 24 hours.

Cancel deletion job:
Within the quarantine period of 24 hours, you can select the backup job as described above and cancel the deletion job using the "Cancel deletion" action.

Delete individual data backups (safesets) from the vault

As an administrative user, you can completely delete selected backups from a backup job via the Backup Portal.

This type of deletion includes:

  1. Deleting the selected backup(s) from the backup job on the primary and secondary vaults, and if applicable, the satellite.

Procedure for deleting individual backups (safesets):

  1. Open the "Select Action" drop-down menu for the desired job under the "Job" tab of the respective computer.
  2. Select the "Delete Backup" option.
  3. Select the safesets to be deleted and click "Delete" (image below).
  4. Enter "CONFIRM" in the dialog box to confirm the deletion.


Note:

The deletion of individual backups (safesets) is executed immediately and cannot be stopped after confirmation. become!


Adjustment in the backup portal after a data migration

After migrating the data/backups to, for example, a dedicated vault system, the configuration must be adjusted in the backup portal.
After the migration, the backup agent should connect to another vault system and, if necessary, also use other access data for authentication.
The procedure differs slightly depending on the migration method. Please make the following adjustments after consultation in the migration process (support ticket).

Vault account migration

With this variant, the entire vault account is moved to another vault system. A vault account is an organizational unit for an end customer.
You will receive the access data and the name of the vault account when you provide the account, e.g. 12345-DEMO.
Please carry out the following steps after successfully moving the account:

  1. For each agent, access the "Vault Settings" in the Backup Portal.
  2. Edit the current vault connection and swap the FQDN of the old vault system with that of the new vault system.
  3. Also customize the vault profile for this site.

The following screenshot shows the current vault connection that needs to be edited.


Migration of data to a new vault account

The prerequisite for this method is a new vault account, e.g. B. on a TCBE vault system. With this variant, only the affected computers and their backup jobs are moved.
Since authentication will now take place via the new account, all positions in the vault connection must be changed.

  1. For each agent, access the "Vault Settings" in the Backup Portal.
  2. Edit the current vault connection and replace all vault credentials with those of the new vault account.
  3. Also adjust the vault profile of the affected site.


Reports

The reporting function gives you access to various data sets from the TERRA CLOUD backup via various preconfigured reports.
The underlying database receives new records twice a day through the TERRA CLOUD Vaults.
Please note that in connection with a TERRA CLOUD backup satellite, only data sets for the existing safe sets and consumption as of the base vault are available.
TERRA CLOUD backup satellites are not connected to the reporting function.

Requirements:
In order to view reports, the “Vault account” must be synchronized with the respective site.
Automatic synchronization of the Vault account – How it works:

  • Below the “Vault Settings” is the Vault Registration (1)
  • the “Vault Account” (2) will be transferred to the site (3)


ReportFunction(BETA)

For the synchronization to work, the following requirements must be met:

  1. The Vault account may NOT be used across sites (same Vault account in different sites)
  2. The agent was registered in a self-created site (https://backup.terracloud.de/Sites).

Different Vault accounts can be used within a site as long as they are not used in other sites.

Necessary permission of the user:
To access the Reports page, you must be logged in as a user with the Administrator role.
Reports can be scheduled and automatically sent by email (PDF, XLS, CSV).

Backup Verification Report

This report provides you with an overview of the most recently performed automated Recovery Tests by your vSphere Recovery Agents.
On the one hand, you have the option of exporting this view as a PDF document, and on the other hand, you can configure a regular export including email delivery using the "E-mail/Schedule" menu item.



Agent Upgrade Center

The Agent Upgrade Center offers you the opportunity to upgrade Windows agents from version 8.7x via the portal.

Update Individual Agents
You can select single systems via the “Computer” tab and initiate the agent update under “Actions”.



Status display
In addition to the current version, you can use the icon to see whether the agent can be updated (purple dot) or is currently being updated. As soon as an agent has been successfully updated, a checkmark will be displayed next to the version number. If you move the cursor to the symbol next to the version number, the respective meaning will be displayed, e.g. "New agent version available".
In the following screenshot you can see an agent that is currently being updated.



Update Agents for Entire Sites
To do this, access the Agent Upgrade Center via your master login and select the desired agent and then the respective sites.



Then select whether you want the agents to be updated automatically or immediately:


Backup Jobs

File-based backup

How it works

The backup software accesses the file system of the system to be backed up. The files are read and divided into 32KB blocks; a checksum is calculated for each of these blocks.
The delta can be determined in subsequent backups using the checksums. The blocks identified for backup are compressed and encrypted.

Fast File Scan

The "Quick File Scan" or "QFS Quick File Scanning" function allows the Windows agent to pre-filter files based on the timestamp (modified date) in the file system to determine the delta.
Files whose modification date is newer than the last backup are read in and compared with the delta file of the last backup using the calculated checksums of the 32KB blocks.
Only blocks that have not yet been backed up will be included in the backup.

Advantages and disadvantages file-based

Advantages:

  1. BMR backup possible
  2. Included as standard with the agent, no additional plugin is required
  3. No reboot required after installation
  4. Granular troubleshooting possible
  5. Files/directories can be excluded
  6. Can be administered from the agent console without portal access
  7. Script-based restore possible via VPR file


Disadvantages:

  1. Slower with lots of small files
  2. Navigation via portal when restoring individual files
  3. The OneDrive folder cannot currently be backed up.

Best Practice

1.In the best case scenario, use a file-based backup job only to back up individual files and folders.
2.Add the “Entire Server” option to existing file-based BMR backup jobs.
3.Use an image-based job to configure new BMR backups.
4. File-based backup jobs are only recommended for up to a million files; above a million files we recommend an image backup job.

Configure complex exclusions/inclusions in file-based jobs

The following instructions can be used for both local file-based backup jobs and UNC jobs (network shares).
When configuring one of the job types mentioned above, the portal can only be excluded or included to a limited extent.
Using the Backup Portal, you can only select one directory per exclusion entry in the job configuration and exclude folders and/or files in the respective subdirectory. This means that the entry only applies to the level below.

Example complex exclusion:
You want to exclude all directories that end with _Backup in a backup job because they Contains data backups that should not be included in the TERRA CLOUD backup.
D:\Data\*\*\*_Backup\*.*
In this exclusion there are two levels of different directories, each containing subdirectories ending in _Backup.
These directories and their contents are excluded using the syntax shown.
However, this complex exclusion expression cannot be configured in the portal and must therefore be copied manually into the job's configuration file.

Deposit exclusion in the job configuration:
1. Configure any exclusion
for the job 2. Stop both TERRA CLOUD Backup Agent
services 3. Open the JOBNAME.vvc file in the agent installation directory
4. Swap the exclusion created by step 1 with the one you want as in the following example
Exclude = "D:\*\*\*_Backup\*.*"
5. Start both services again
6. In the Backup Portal, check the job configuration and schedule and save it again if necessary 7. If you modify it manually, you will receive a warning in the Backup Portal, which you can simply confirm
8. After confirming the warning, please check whether the configuration has been applied as desired
For a complex inclusion, you can use these instructions analogously.

Ransomware Threat Detection

This file-based backup option allows the agent to scan the system for potential threats during backup.
If a possible threat is detected, the data backup is marked as a “potential threat”.
The current and all subsequent backups will retain this flag until one of the actions is taken.

Note:
The agent does not check for possible errors in a seed backup or the first backup Ransomware threats when threat detection is enabled in a job.

Handling potential threats

When ransomware threat detection is triggered, the following options are available via the "Manage potential threat" action:


1. Using the "Restore" option, you can configure a granular restore and—after the restore is complete—delete the flagged backup from the backup chain.


2. In the event of a false positive, you can select the "Delete potential threat warning" option and confirm the deletion of the warning.


Image-based backup

How it works

In contrast to a file-based backup job, which protects individual files and folders when backing up, an image job backs up all blocks of a selected volume.
It is possible to set up a BMR backup if all system-relevant volumes are backed up.

Changed Block Tracking

The image plug-in installs a changed block tracking driver, which requires a restart after installation. This can be used to determine which blocks have changed in relation to the last backup.

Advantages and Disadvantages Image-based

Advantages:

  1. BMR backup possible
  2. Faster for lots of small files
  3. Recommended for natively protected data volumes of 1TB or more
  4. Requires less processing power than file-based backup
  5. Convenient Restore (Image is attached)
  6. Navigation via Explorer when restoring
  7. The OneDrive folder can be included in the backup


Disadvantages:

  1. Exclusion of individual files and folders is not possible
  2. Restore only possible on disks of the same size/larger
  3. Restart required after plugin installation
  4. No granular troubleshooting possible
  5. ReFS is not supported

Best Practice

1. The restart can be done at a later point in time (usually after the end of work). The agent can be configured without restarting.
2. To protect the entire system, including the possibility of a bare metal restore, select the "Entire Server" and "BMR" options.
3. If data (such as local backups / dumps) needs to be excluded, you can move it to a separate volume and explicitly not include this volume in the backup set.
The "Entire Server" option cannot be used in this case.

UNC-Backup Job

Documentation

Complete setup instructions can be found in Chapter 5.4 of the Windows Agent User Guide at Agents Doku/ Release Notes (Documentation -> EN -> Windows Agent -> User Guide )

How it works

The Windows agent connects to the stored network share and saves the selected files. For authentication, a user must be provided with read and write permissions.

Best Practice

1. A UNC backup job should protect a maximum of 500,000 files or 1 TB of native data. If more data needs to be backed up, we recommend distributing it across several UNC backup jobs.
2. Since backing up a network share via a DFS namespace is not supported, we recommend backing up the server share directly without using the namespace.
3. Recommended backup method for files stored on NAS systems (e.g. from Synology, QNAP).

Schedule Recommendations

The schedule determines when a data backup should be started and with which retention type it should be saved.
The following articles go into more detail about various recommended schedule configurations.

Renewed backup attempts

The “Automatic restart for time-controlled backup” function offers the option of restarting an incorrect or failed data backup.
This can be particularly helpful if, for example, in the first backup attempt. B. a Microsoft VSS shadow copy cannot be created.
We recommend waiting a few minutes between backup attempts so that e.g. B. Load peaks can be avoided.

Daily and Monthly Backup

This schedule runs one backup per day, using a Daily or Monthly retention type.
The last calendar day uses the Monthly retention type, and all other days use the Daily retention type.
The time was configured identically due to the priority, so that every day except the last calendar day, line 1 does not apply and line 2 must be checked.
Since the conditions in line 2 are met on any other day, this is executed.
This configuration prevents daily and monthly backups from being created on the last calendar day.

Example configuration:
Create schedule

Four daily backups

This schedule runs four backups per day, with retention type "4xDaily".
The backup times were set at the beginning and end of the working day plus two additional backups within the working day.
In the example configuration below, the backup is performed on the hour at 6 a.m., 9 a.m., 12 p.m. and 3 p.m.
If the system data is changed 24/7, it is recommended to distribute it at equal intervals, e.g. E.g. 0/6/12/18

Example configuration:




Backing up clients using the Windows backup event triggers

Unlike a scheduled server backup, a client system's usage time can vary, making a fixed backup schedule less suitable.
The Windows backup event triggers, which start the data backup dynamically depending on the time of triggering, are suitable for these purposes.
The following Windows events can be selected as triggers:

Event:
1. Shutdown
Before the system is shut down or restarted, the user receives a message asking whether the data backup should be performed before shutdown.

2. Login
A user login starts the data backup.



Waiting time between backups:
The triggering can be limited to once or twice a day, for example. B. If you restart multiple times, you won't be asked for a backup every time you restart.

TERRA CLOUD BACKUP Enterprise: High Frequent Backup - Hourly backups

The High Frequency Backups feature enables hourly backups and thus an RPO of 60 minutes.
Hourly backups must be created with retention types Retention Types "24-Hours" and "48-Hours" using the "Intraday" schedule view.
In the example shown below, all 50 safesets of the inclusive quota are scheduled.
It was assumed that most changes to the data set are made between 9 a.m. and 5 p.m.

This schedule performs a total of eleven backups per day in the following distribution:

  • Nine backups are performed hourly between 9 a.m. and 5 p.m. with the retention type "24-Hours"
  • One backup at 8 p.m. with the retention type "Daily" or on the last calendar day "Monthly"


Note:
Please note that the hourly backups may only be used in conjunction with a TERRA CLOUD Backup Enterprise Vault.

Example configuration:

  1. Please add a new line to your schedule using "Add schedule"
  2. Select the "Intraday" schedule view for this line
  3. Configure how often the high-frequency backup should back up within a day, e.g. every full hour between 9 a.m. and 5 p.m. (see screenshot)
  4. Confirm the configuration with "OK".
  5. Finally, you can decide how long the data backups should be kept using the two new retention types available, 24-hours and 48-hours



Full schedule:


TERRA CLOUD BACKUP Enterprise: 10 years retention

The sample schedule shown below includes all 50 safesets of the Included quota.
It is assumed that all documents to be archived will be stored on the system and backed up by December 31st.
This schedule performs one data backup per day at 11:30 PM with the following retention types:

  • Daily on all days of the month except the last day
  • Monthly on the last day of the month, from January to November
  • Yearly on the last day of the year

Note on the Yearly Retention Type
The "Yearly" retention type was added as the default retention type in February 2026.

Sample Schedule:

Run job manually

If you wish, you can also run jobs manually.
Run job manually

Click “Start Backup”.
Run job

Completed backup process:
Process Details

Since the agent is able to compress, in this case only 14.27 GB of data was transferred and stored in the vault for a complete Windows Server 2025 VM. The original size of the system is 33.95 GB.
This is an initial backup, as 33.95 GB is also stored under Changed.
We can also see under the “Jobs” tab that the backup process was completed successfully:
Backup Status Completed Successfully

Further details can be viewed by clicking on “Completed” in the middle.

Defering function

The deferral function allows you to split the initial backup into multiple backup stages.
After the specified time window (e.g., 8 hours) has elapsed, an incomplete safeset is created.
The blocks not yet backed up are "deferred" and can be backed up in the next backup stage.
You will receive a warning at the end of the backup that the deferral is still active.
Please select the "Use deferral" option and specify a backup time window of at least 15 minutes to a maximum of 48 hours.
This function can be used for both manual and scheduled execution.




Important:
A backup with the resume function enabled results in an incomplete backup if interrupted.
For file-based backups, data successfully backed up prior to the interruption can be restored.
For image-based backups, however, restoration is only possible if the backup has been fully completed.


Recommendation:
The deferral function can be used exclusively for the initial backup. You can select the deferral during manual execution or specify it in the schedule. We recommend adding a reminder in the agent description that the deferral function is active in the schedule. After the first successful backup without deferral, you can remove the function from the schedule and the reminder from the agent description.



The deferral can be used to split the initial backup or seed backup into multiple backup operations. You will receive a warning in the log file until the backup job has completed completely. For a BMR job, BMR protection is only provided after the first successful completion without deferral.

Example:

Day 1:
The backup job is started with a deferral for the first time and completes the backup after a defined period of 8 hours, and Safeset 1 has been created.

Day 2:
The backup is started again and creates Safeset 2 after 8 hours.

Day 3:
On the third run, the backup job completes before the 8-hour period, Safeset 3 is created, and the seed backup is successfully completed.
The status of the backup job changes from "Deferred with Warnings" to "OK".

Windows Agent

Documentation Windows Agent

You can find extensive documentation and further information in Windows Agent User Guide.

Installation

Installation via Setup

Please download TERRA Backup Agent. To do this, log in to your portal and select the appropriate version under Downloads on the right.
Select language

Now start the installation on the server to be backed up. First select the desired language in which you would like to be guided through the installation.
Click Next

On the "Support Information and Release Notes" page, click Next
Support Notes

Accept the license terms and click Next.
Confirm License Terms

In the next installation step, select “Custom” and click Next.
Setup type

The local logon credentials can usually be adopted. Click on Continue.
Logon Credentials

Select the desired installation directory. Then click Next.
Select path

In addition to the actual backup agent, other plug-ins can be installed. Depending on the type of server, individual Microsoft SQL database instances or Exchange mailboxes can be backed up.
Select the plug-ins you want and then click Next.
Plugins

In the dialog box that follows, you can specify how the agent should encrypt the data. You can retain the default settings here.
Data encryption

Enter the email address and password of the registration users or the user created in 5.2.1. Confirm with Next.
Enter login information

In the next step, you can set a default encryption password. This is required if you wish to use automatic agent configuration.
Encryption password

Confirm with Install.
Install

If you are then redirected back to agent registration, the access data you entered is probably incorrect or you are having problems with the
Network connection. First try pinging backup.terracloud.de. If this works, you can use Telnet to check whether port 8086 can be reached.
Complete installation

After 5 minutes at the latest, the server you just registered should appear under “Computer” within your portal.
List of computers in the portal

On the right side under “Site Name” you can read “End Customer1” in our case. This is because we registered the agent with the user backupkunde@endkunde1.de,
which belongs to the “End Customer1” subsite. This way we can now filter for computers that belong to the “End Customer1” subsite. This allows you to quickly list all computers in an organizational unit.

Silent installation under Windows

The agent can also be installed in silent mode. This is helpful if the agent is to be rolled out automatically on multiple systems.

An example of the silent installation including the image plug-in:
Agent-Windows-x64-x-xx-xxxx.exe /s /v" REGISTERWITHWEBCC=True AMPNWADDRESS=backup.terracloud.de AMPUSERNAME=backupkunde@firmaXYZ.de AMPPASSWORD=password FEATUREVOLUMEIMAGE=ON /qn"

Explanation:
Agent-Windows-x64-x-xx-xxxx.exe: The agent (x64) setup is called.
REGISTERWITHWEBCC=True: The agent should be registered on the backup portal.
AMPNWADDRESS=backup.terracloud.de: The address of the backup portal is passed.
AMPUSERNAME=backupkunde@firmaXYZ.de: The user of the customer site is transferred.
AMPPASSWORD=password: The password you assigned for the customer site user.

Parameters for plugins:
Plug-ins can be added after the AMPPASSWORD separated by a space as in the example above. Image Plugin: FEATUREVOLUMEIMAGE=ON
Exchange Plugin (Legacy): FEATUREEXCHANGE=ON
Exchange Plug-in (From 2010): FEATUREEXCHANGE2010=ON
SQL Plugin: FEATURESQL=ON
Cluster plugin: FEATURECLUSTER=ON
Oracle Plugin: FEATUREORACLE=ON

Installation in another directory:
If required, please specify the following parameter directly after /s /v" to install in another directory:
SILENTINSTALDIR=\"Path Example:
SILENTINSTALLDIR=\"C:\Program Files\Example\

Silent Agent Registration

The following PowerShell command is sufficient to re-register the agent with the portal:
& "C:\Program Files\TERRA Cloud Backup\Agent\buagent.exe" -cmdline --reregister --amplogin 'backupkunde@firmaXYZ.de' --amppassword 'USERPW' --ampserver 'backup.terracloud.de' --ampport 8086 Note:
Please replace the placeholder values ​​with your actual TERRA CLOUD Backup portal login credentials.

Afterwards, the TERRA Cloud Backup services must be restarted once.
To do this, launch PowerShell with administrator privileges and enter the following command:
Get-Service -DisplayName "TERRA Cloud Backup*" | Restart-Service

Installation via PowerShell script

To achieve a fully automated installation of the TERRA CLOUD Backup Windows Agent, we developed the following PowerShell script and made it available in the download area of ​​the TERRA CLOUD Backup portal:

Install-TCBWindowsAgent

Functions:

  • Port check TCP 8086/8087
  • Check for pending restarts
  • Download the current setup
  • Install the agent and register it with the portal
  • Initiate automatic agent configuration, if configured in the portal

Administrator rights in PowerShell are required to run this script. It may also be necessary to unlock the script file after downloading by right-clicking and selecting Properties.

Parameters:
SiteUser: Site username
SiteUserPassword: Site user password
JobEncryptionKey: Encryption password for jobs to be created, provided automatic agent configuration has been configured on the customer site

Plug-in Parameters:
ExchangeLegacy: Exchange Plug-in (Legacy)
Exchange: Exchange Plug-in (2010 and later)
SQL: SQL Plug-in
Cluster: Cluster Plug-in
Oracle: Oracle Plug-in

Execution via PowerShell (without plug-ins):
.\Install-TCBWindowsAgent.ps1 -SiteUser "register@terracloud.de" -SiteUserPassword "Password123!" -JobEncryptionKey "Terra456#"

Execution via PowerShell (with plugins):
.\Install-TCBWindowsAgent.ps1 -SiteUser "register@terracloud.de" -SiteUserPassword "Password123!" -JobEncryptionKey "Terra456#" -SQL
.\Install-TCBWindowsAgent.ps1 -SiteUser "register@terracloud.de" -SiteUserPassword "Password123!" -JobEncryptionKey "Terra456#" -Exchange

Associate Agent with Vault

Every newly registered computer is initially displayed as “Not configured” in the portal. First, at least one vault (data safe) must be assigned to the computer.
Click on the server you want to configure (DC in this example). This will open the settings for this computer. Then click on “Configure manually” on the right.
Manual Configuration

Now click on “Add Vault” on the right.
Then select the Vault profile created in 4.2.1 under “Vault profile”, in our case this is “Vault_Endkunden1”. All fields should then be automatically filled with the set values.
Vault Settings

The agent establishes a test connection to the vault.
If the connection cannot be established, for example because incorrect access data was entered, you will receive an error message.
If everything is OK, the vault will now appear under the “Vault Settings”.
Overview
In addition to the portal, the Windows agent can also be started via command line or script.
Agent scripting is recommended, for example, to stop non-VSS-capable databases before backup (MySQL, MariaDB, etc.)

Create job

Create file-based backup job

Click on the “Jobs” tab. Then click “Create new job for local system”.
Create new job for local system

The “Create new job” window opens.



Please first give the job a name. The name “BMR” (for Bare Metal Restore) is used in the example.
The default encryption algorithm is AES 256 bit, which is considered very secure.

Then enter an encryption password (maximum 31 characters). Resetting an encryption password is not possible!
In the middle area you will find the directory structure that the agent transmits to the portal.
Here you can easily select all the directories and folders you want to back up.
In this example, the BMR and Entire Server options have been configured.
This not only backs up the actual system files, but also the bootloader. This means you can restore an entire server later.
With the “Bare Metal Restore” the entire c:\ system partition is backed up in addition to the data required for booting.
On the right you will then see the backup set.
Objects marked with “+” are saved.
If you would like to exclude individual data from the backup,
select the file and click “Exclude”. Objects marked with “-” are excluded from the backup.
Confirm the setting by clicking on “Create job”.
A window will then automatically open to configure the schedule.

Create image-based backup job

Requirement:
The image plug-in must be installed on the system. If the plug-in is not yet installed, you can run the agent setup again and use the "change" option to install the plug-in later.

Create job:
In the backup portal, please select the image job under "Select job task" as shown in the following screenshot:



Configure job:
In this screenshot you can see an example configuration from an image job. In this, the “Bare Metal Restore” and “Entire Server” options were selected and included in the backup set.
Instead of showing the file system, the agent only shows individual volumes.



Application Aware Backup' option:
In addition to a BMR backup, this option also enables the transaction logs of a Microsoft SQL Server to be truncated and backed up. In order to use this, you must provide the access data required for the SQL instance. We recommend not using this option and using your own SQL job for a comprehensive backup of a SQL instance.

Entire Server' option:
If you add this option to the backup set, all partitions (volumes) of a system will be included in the backup. This excludes removable storage media (e.g. external hard drives or USB sticks). Partitions (volumes) added later are automatically included; there is no need to adjust the configuration.

Note:

For an image-based backup job, BMR protection is automatically provided by the "Entire Server" option, but in order to be able to offer a standard configuration for file- and image-based backup jobs, the option was changed BMR additionally added in the screenshot above. 

Create UNC Backup Job

In the TERRA CLOUD Backup Portal, first navigate to Computers and select the relevant computer.
Then, switch to the Jobs tab and select Select job task → Create UNC file job.


In the window that follows, enter the required access credentials to establish a connection to the UNC share.
The Domain field is optional and is only required if a domain is needed for authentication.


Once the connection is successfully established, you will proceed to the actual job configuration.
Assign a Name for the backup job and enter the desired Encryption password.
You can optionally provide a Password hint.
Next, you can define the desired Backup set.
To do this, expand the previously entered UNC share in the central area and select the folders or files to be backed up.
Then click Include to add the selected data to the backup set.
If necessary, you can also define Exclusions to omit specific files or folders from the backup.


You can use the UNC credentials button to modify the previously entered access credentials for the UNC share if needed.
Additional UNC shares can be added to the backup job using the Add UNC share button.

Advanced Agent Configuration

Individual settings can be configured for each computer. These include, for example: B. Mail notification and bandwidth limitation.
Go to “Computer” in the portal. Select a server and then click on “Advanced” to make specific settings.
Overview of Advanced Agent Configuration

Options:
Under this point you can add a description to the system, for example: B. to store the ticket number in the description in a support case.
We recommend the option “Log errors and stop backup” for current Windows agents; this is the default setting after installation or update.
The option "Log errors and continue backup" offers the advantage that backups can also be carried out if, for example, B. VSS problems can sometimes go through.
The files not backed up in this job will result in an increased delta afterwards.

Retention Types:
The currently stored retention types are displayed here; after installation, "4xDaily", "Daily", "Monthly" and "Yearly" are stored by default.
You can use this tab to create your own storage types, which you can then choose from in the schedule.
When configuring, please note that 50 safe sets per job are included free of charge.

Notifications (agent side):
As of August 2021, the “Notifications” tab is only available if an agent-side mail notification is already configured.
This agent function has been replaced by the Notification via the TERRA CLOUD Backup Portal.

Enable agent-side notification manually:
If you want to continue using agent-side notification, you can configure it using the following steps.
1. Stop the "TERRA Cloud Backup Agent" and "TERRA Cloud Backup BUAgent"
services on the desired system. 2. Open the "global.vvc" file in the TERRA CLOUD Backup Agent
installation directory. 3. Please add the following lines, if they are not present, after the curly braces of the "OpenFile" block:

  notification {
  MailOnError = True
  MailOnFailure = True
  MailOnSuccess = True
  }

4. Start the services "TERRA Cloud Backup Agent" and "TERRA Cloud Backup BUAgent"
on the desired system. 5. Open the TERRA CLOUD Backup Portal and update your browser if necessary. 6. Complete the configuration using the “Notification” tab, which is now visible again.
Performance:
Bandwidth limitation and execution priority can be configured under this point.
According to current knowledge, changing the execution priority has no noticeable effect, so we recommend keeping the default value.
Bandwidth limitation is particularly recommended for weak connections during your customer's working hours.
At least 1.5 Mbps should be allocated for a backup.

Agent log files:
Under this tab you can view all global (cross-job) log files of the agent, which can be helpful for troubleshooting.
For example, log files of the BUAgent can be viewed; this service (TERRA Cloud Backup BUAgent) is responsible for the agent's communication with the backup portal.

Agent Update

The TERRA CLOUD Backup Agent can be updated as follows:
Windows (manually):

  • Starting with agent version 8, the agent can be updated directly via the setup of the newer agent version.
  • When you start a setup of a newer agent, you will be asked if you want to perform an update.
Update durchführen


Windows (Agent Upgrade Center):
You can update multiple agents centrally via the TERRA CLOUD Backup Portal. Instructions can be found at:
Agent Upgrade Center

Restoring a Backup Job

Restore from a file-based backup


file-based recovery

You can use the calendar button to select the safe set from which you wish to restore data.
Then, enter the job's encryption password.
Clicking the "Hint" button displays your password hint.

You can select the folders and files to be restored using the checkboxes—choosing either entire folders or individual files.
Clicking "Include" then adds them to the restoration process.

The search function allows you to look for specific files without having to manually locate the full file path.
This supports the wildcard characters * (representing any number of characters) and ? (for a single character).
However, the question mark cannot be used for umlauts (ö, ä, ü).

Select the desired files and add them to the recovery operation by clicking "Include selected".
To search for files in a specific folder within the backup, enter the desired path into the "Search path" field.

When you include a folder in a recovery operation, its subdirectories and files are included by default as well.
If you wish to recover only a portion of the subdirectories or files, you can add filters to the inclusion set.
For example, it is possible to recover only files with the .doc or .docx extension from a folder.

When you exclude a folder from a recovery operation, its subdirectories and files are excluded by default as well.
If you wish to exclude only a portion of the subdirectories or files, you can add filters to the exclusion set.
For instance, you can set a filter to exclude only files with the .exe extension within a folder from the recovery.

Search for files

You have the options to restore the files to the original location or to an alternative location.
If you decide to use an alternative storage location, you can use the folder button to select the desired storage location.
You also have the options to overwrite existing files, not overwrite (this adds a numeric extension, e.g. .0001), rename incoming files and rename existing files.

Overwrite existing data

If you try to restore multiple files with the same name to an alternate location and select Overwrite Existing Files, only the last file restored will be retained.
Other files with the same name will be overwritten. To add a numeric extension (e.g. .0001) to a recovered filename, select Do not overwrite existing files.
For example, if you restore a file named "filename.txt" to a location where there is a file with the same name, an extension is added to the restored file name (for example, "filename.txt.0001").

Under no circumstances should you select the entire C: volume and let it overwrite the existing volume. This will result in serious damage to the system!

Rename existing files

To add a numeric extension (e.g. .0001) to an existing filename, select Rename Existing Files.
For example, if you restore a file named "filename.txt" to a location where there is a file with the same name, an extension is added to the existing file name (for example, "filename.txt.0001").
The name of the restored file is still “filename.txt”.

Advanced Recovery Options


Advanced Recovery Options

Advanced Recovery Options Part 2

Locked File Options

When restoring data from a local job, you can specify whether locked files should be overwritten by restored files with the same name.
To do this, select one of the following options:

  • "Yes, overwrite locked files"

Files in the system that are locked during recovery will be overwritten with the recovered files upon reboot. This option must be enabled for system state or system volume restores.

  • "No, do not overwrite locked files"

Files in the system that are locked during recovery will not be overwritten with the recovered files with the same name upon reboot.

Streams

When you run backups, information from your files is captured in different streams.
The original data created by a user is called a data stream.
Other information such as security settings, data for other operating systems, file references and attributes are stored in separate streams.
When restoring data from a local job, you have the following options to choose from:

  • "Restore all streams"

Restores all information streams. Use this option when restoring files to a system with an identical platform.

  • "Restore data streams only"

Select this option for cross-platform restores. With this option, conflicts do not arise due to system-specific data streams.

Protocol options

From the list, select one of the following logging levels:

  • Files: Provides more detailed information and is typically used for troubleshooting. Provides information about files that are being restored.
  • Directory: Provides less detailed information than the Files logging level. Provides information about folders that will be restored.
  • Summary: Provides top-level information including Vault/Agent version and backup size.
  • Minimal: Provides top-level information including Vault/Agent version.

Changing the logging level only affects log files that are created afterwards. Log files that have already been created are not affected by this change.

Performance options

To use all available bandwidth for recovery, select "Use all available bandwidth."
Bandwidth throttling determines how much bandwidth an agent can consume for backups and restores.
For example, you can limit traffic so that online users are not impacted and allow unrestricted usage at night so that scheduled backups or restores can occur as quickly as possible.
Bandwidth throttling values are set at the machine (or agent) level and apply to backups and restores.
When three jobs are running simultaneously on a computer, each job receives 1/3 of the specified maximum bandwidth.
Possible bandwidth settings: Maximum bandwidth (upper limit) in MB per second that the agent is allowed to consume for all backups and restores.
Period of time during the day when throttling is activated. Only one time window can be specified.
There is no throttling outside the time window. The days of the week that throttling is enabled.
Once the bandwidth throttling window begins during an ongoing backup or restore, the maximum bandwidth is dynamically applied to the running process.
If the throttling window ends while a backup or restore is in progress, bandwidth throttling is removed.
If you change an agent's bandwidth settings while a backup or restore is in progress, the new settings do not affect the ongoing process.
The bandwidth settings are applied when the backup or restore starts and are not changed afterwards.

Restore from another computer (file based)

It is possible to restore some or all of the data backed up on one computer to another computer with the same characteristics.
To restore the data from another computer, you can redirect the data from a backup job in the Vault to another computer.
If the data was backed up with a plug-in, the same plug-in and the corresponding installation (e.g. Microsoft SQL) must also be present on the target computer.
The new computer then downloads information from the vault to restore the data to the new computer.
Example: Computer A backs up its data with Job A, Computer B restores Job A's data (Computer A's data) to Computer B.

recover from another computer

recovery

Restore from an image-based backup


Select items to restore

You can choose whether you want to restore a complete partition or individual files or folders.
Select the manufacturing you want and click “Configure Source Next”.

Volume Recovery


Recovery

Select the desired volume to be restored.

Select Volume

Next, select an existing volume to restore to.
Click “OK” and then click “Run Restore” to start the restore process.

File or folder recovery


Restore to Volume

Select the volume from which individual files or folders should be restored and assign a valid drive letter. (Please do not use A & B)
Now click on “Mount Volumes”. The backed up volume is mounted on the affected agent and you can restore the required files or folders to a local volume by dragging and dropping them.
Under “Duration of inactivity”, set a generous time limit for how long the drive should be mounted. By default we recommend the value 60 minutes.

Restore from another computer (image based)

You can restore successfully backed up data to another computer with the same agent configuration.
To do this, you can transfer/copy existing backup jobs in the Vault to another computer.
Since an image job is a plugin job, the image plugin must exist on the target agent.

Example: Computer A is down/no longer in use, but now you need to restore data from Computer A. To do this, copy the job from computer A to computer B to perform a restore.

Select Computer B in the backup portal.
From the Select Job Task menu, click Restore from Another Computer.
The Restore from Another Computer dialog box opens.
recover from another computer

In the "Vaults" list, select the vault in which the backup of Computer A was stored. If the restore is to be carried out across vaults, the agent must first be registered with the source vault.
Once the correct vault is selected, you will find Computer A in the Computers tab.
After computer A is selected, you will find its job in the Jobs tab.
Confirm with OK once a selection has been made.
The portal attempts to download required job information to Computer B. Once these are downloaded, the job will appear in Computer B's Jobs tab.
A recovery process will start automatically. Once you have selected the desired restore here and entered the encryption password to decrypt required information, you can proceed with a normal image-based restore.
Selecting the recovery type

Password is required

If an error occurs while downloading the job information, the restore cannot continue.
This can happen if the job information is not available or a required plugin is not installed on the target computer.
Make sure the required plugin is installed on the target computer before repeating the process. (Change installation via Agent Setup or via the "Select job task" action)

Bare Metal Restore

A "bare metal restore" is a complete restoration of a backed up system, including all components required for the boot process (e.g. the bootloader).

Disaster recovery options

The following flow chart shows you possible workflows and recommendations for action for various Disaster Recovery scenarios.

Export drivers of a secured system

You can export all drivers of a system using the following instructions:

  1. Create a directory in which the drivers should be stored, e.g. (C:\Drivers)
  2. Run this command with administrative permission in CMD:
dism /online /export-driver /destination:"C:\Driver"

You can add the exported drivers when creating a new restore iso. If complications arise during a BMR test restore, we recommend exporting the drivers of the protected system as described above and adding them to the restore ISO. Please keep this ISO or drivers separately.

Create Restore ISO

To perform a bare-metal restore, you need a restore ISO (.iso file). The restore ISO is based on Windows PE and includes the recovery software for the TERRA CLOUD backup solution; this software launches automatically once the system boots from the ISO. You can create this ISO yourself and use it for the bare-metal restore of all your systems.

Download:
Please download the Bootable Media Creator from the backup portal.

Installation:
Install the Bootable Media Creator; this also requires the Windows Assessment and Deployment Kit (ADK).
The Bootable Media Creator setup guides you through the installation of the ADK components by default.












































The image can be created very easily after installation.
First, launch the Bootable Media Creator and simply select a destination directory at the bottom.
Create new Image

In this step, you can add drivers exported via Exporting drivers by selecting the driver directory using the "add" button.
Now click "Continue" to create the image.
Treiber hinzufügen







The image can now, for example, be burned to a CD or attached to a virtual machine.

Perform restore

The following instructions demonstrate a typical BMR restore within a virtual machine.
The BMR restore ISO must be mounted to the virtual machine beforehand.
Legacy network adapters must be used for both VMware and Hyper-V.
After restarting the machine, you must connect to it via the console.
The following screen will then appear:
boot from CD or DVD

First, configure the time zone and desired language, then click "Next".
Select language

In the next window, accept the license terms and click "Next".


By default, the "System Restore" process obtains an IP address from a DHCP server.
If no DHCP server is available, or if you wish to assign the IP address manually, click "Settings" in the main menu.
Select the network interface and then click "Properties". Assign an IP address and confirm by clicking "Apply".






We recommend subsequently pinging the vault via the command prompt to ensure it is reachable.
The command prompt can then be minimized so that it remains available for further adjustments (e.g., diskpart) during the rest of the restore process if needed.

To perform a restore operation, click "Restore My System" in the main menu. Click "Next" in the wizard.


On the following page, enter your vault (data storage) details and confirm by clicking "Next". The system restore process will now attempt to establish a connection to the vault.


On the following page, you will see all computers associated with your account. Select the computer you wish to restore. Then click "Next".


On the following page, you will see all backup jobs associated with this computer. Select the job you wish to restore. Then click "Next".


In the next step, you can select which safeset to restore. Select the desired safeset and then click "Next".
Next, enter the encryption password and click OK to confirm.




In the next step, you can select the volumes to be restored.
You can drag the individual partitions down into the "Destination" field or use the AutoMap button.
Then click "Next".

Note:
You can only drag down the light blue partitions; the gray partitions are created automatically.




In the final step, you can review the settings. Then, check the box next to "Click here to confirm the restore plan" and click "Next".


The restore process begins.






Once the restore process has successfully completed, click "Next" to close the window and launch the Repair Wizard.


Here, you can check whether any software components requiring an additional driver have been detected.
If the status is "OK" and a green checkmark is visible for each item, you can close the wizard by clicking **Close**.

Linux Agent

Documentation Linux Agent

You can find extensive documentation and further information in Linux Agent User Guide.

Preparing the installation for a bare metal backup

The bare metal backup of the TERRA CLOUD Backup Linux agent requires the software Relax and Recover, in a supported version, on the system to be backed up.
We recommend installing the software via the package manager of the respective distribution and, if necessary, updating it to the supported version.
The currently supported version of Relax and Recover can be found in the release notes of the TERRA CLOUD Backup Linux agent.

Please note that TERRA CLOUD cannot provide support for the installation or commissioning of the Relax and Recover software.

Installation

Step 1: Please download the TERRA Backup Agent.
To do so, log in to the TERRA CLOUD Backup Portal and copy the link address of the required agent (32 or 64 bit) from the download area.
Please download the agent setup, e.g., using the wget command and the copied link address.


Step 2: Unpack the archive with tar -xzvf PACKAGE-NAME.tar.gz.


Step 3: Then change to the unzipped agent directory and start the installer shell script using ./install.sh


Step 4: Please first read and confirm the license agreement and follow the instructions of the installation wizard to configure the installation.
In the screenshot of the example installation, the default settings for the following queries have been selected:

  1. Installation directory /opt/BUAgent
  2. Language Email notification (deprecated agent email notification)
  3. Encryption method

You can accept the default values ​​by confirming the queries with ENTER.


Step 5: Indicate whether a Bare Metal Restore backup is desired.
If you answer YES, please note that a supported version of Relax and Recover must already be installed on the system.
The default value for the Relax and Recover directory is /usr/sbin/rear.

Step 6: Register the Linux Agent on the TERRA CLOUD Backup Portal:

  1. Portal address = backup.terracloud.de
  2. Portal connection port = 8086 (default value)
  3. Portal username = User of the end customer's site
  4. Portal password = Password of the user on the end customer's site


Step 7: Please check the TERRA CLOUD Backup Portal to see if the Agent has been successfully registered on your end customer's site.

Restore a backup job

After backing up data from a system, you can select “Restore” under “Actions” in the backup jobs.

Recovery from a file-level job

filebasierte Wiederherstellung

Use the calendar button to select the safeset from which you wish to restore data.
Enter the job's encryption password. Clicking the "Hint" button displays your password hint.
You can select the folders and files to be restored using checkboxes and then include them in the recovery process by clicking "Include".
The search function allows you to search for specific files without having to look up the file path.
Wildcard characters are supported: * (for any number of characters) and ? (for a single character).
However, the question mark cannot be used for a German umlaut (ö, ä, ü).
Select the relevant files and add them to the recovery selection by clicking "Include selected".
To search for files within a specific folder in the backup, enter the desired path in the "Search path" field.
When you include a folder in a recovery, its subdirectories and files are also included by default.
If you wish to restore only a portion of the subdirectories or files within a folder, you can add filters to the inclusion set.
For example, you can add a filter to restore only files with a .txt or .log extension from a folder.
When you exclude a folder from a recovery, its subdirectories and files are also excluded by default.
If you wish to exclude only specific subdirectories or files within a folder, you can add filters to the exclusion set.
For example, you can add a filter to exclude only files with the .sh extension within a folder from the restore process.

Nach Dateien suchen

You have the option to restore the files to their original location or to an alternative location.
If you choose an alternative location, you can select the desired destination using the folder button.
You also have options to overwrite existing files, not overwrite them (in which case a numeric extension, e.g., .0001, is added), rename incoming files, or rename existing files.

Overwrite existing data

If you attempt to restore multiple files with the same name to an alternate location and select the option to overwrite existing files, only the last file restored will be retained.
Other files with the same name will be overwritten. To add a numeric extension (e.g., .0001) to a restored filename, select the option not to overwrite existing files.
For example, if you restore a file named "filename.txt" to a location where a file with the same name already exists, an extension (such as "filename.txt.0001") will be added to the restored filename.

Do not, under any circumstances, select the entire root volume and allow it to overwrite the existing volume. Doing so will cause severe system corruption!

Rename existing files

To add a numeric extension (e.g., .0001) to an existing filename, select "Rename existing files."
For example, if you restore a file named "filename.txt" to a location where a file with the same name already exists, an extension is added to the existing filename (e.g., "filename.txt.0001").
The name of the restored file remains "filename.txt".

Advanced recovery options


Advanced recovery options

Advanced recovery options Part 2

Options for locked files

When restoring data from a local job, you can specify whether locked files should be overwritten by restored files with the same name.
To do this, select one of the following options:

  • "Yes, overwrite locked files"

System files that are locked during the restore process will be overwritten by the restored files upon restart. This option must be enabled for System State or system volume restores.

  • "No, do not overwrite locked files"

System files that are locked during the restore process will not be overwritten by the restored files with the same name upon restart.

Streams

When performing backups, information from your files is captured in various streams.
The original data created by a user is referred to as the data stream.
Other information—such as security settings, data for other operating systems, file references, and attributes—is stored in separate streams.
When restoring data from a local job, you have the following options:

  • "Restore all streams"

Restores all information streams. Use this option when restoring files to a system with an identical platform.

  • "Restore data streams only"

Select this option for cross-platform restores. This option avoids conflicts caused by system-specific data streams.

Protocol Options

Select one of the following logging levels from the list:

  • Files: Provides more detailed information and is typically used for troubleshooting. Provides information about files being restored.
  • Directory: Provides less detailed information than the "Files" logging level. Provides information about folders being restored.
  • Summary: Provides high-level information, including the vault/agent version and backup size.
  • Minimal: Provides high-level information, including the vault/agent version.

Changing the logging level affects only log files created after the change. Existing log files are not affected by this change.

Performance Options

To use the entire available bandwidth for recovery, select "Use all available bandwidth."
Bandwidth throttling determines the amount of bandwidth an agent is permitted to use for backups and recoveries.
For example, you can limit data traffic to avoid impacting online users, while allowing unrestricted usage at night so that scheduled backups or recoveries can complete as quickly as possible.
Bandwidth throttling values ​​are configured at the computer (or agent) level and apply to both backups and recoveries.
If three jobs run simultaneously on a computer, each job receives one-third of the specified maximum bandwidth.
Available bandwidth settings: Maximum bandwidth (upper limit) in MB per second that the agent may use for all backups and recoveries.
Daytime period during which throttling is active. Only one time window can be specified.
No throttling occurs outside this time window. The days of the week on which throttling is active.
If the bandwidth throttling time window begins while a backup or recovery is in progress, the maximum bandwidth limit is dynamically applied to the running process.
If the throttling time window ends while a backup or recovery is in progress, bandwidth throttling is lifted.
If you modify an agent's bandwidth settings while a backup or recovery is running, the new settings do not affect the active process.
Bandwidth settings are applied when the backup or recovery starts and are not modified subsequently.

Bare Metal Restore

Preparation

To perform a bare-metal restore, the `Bare_Metal_Restore_Image_xxxxx.iso` file—created during the BMR backup—is required.
You can find this file in the system's root directory (/).
If the ISO is not visible, the of the Relax and Recover tool or the BMR backup was unsuccessful.

Implementation

  • Boot the target system from the mentioned ISO and select Recover Systemname .


  • Log in as the root user; no password is required.


  • Next, start the BMR restore agent by running ./bmragent.


  • Enter your vault (data storage) details. The system restore process will now attempt to establish a connection to the vault.


  • Select the computer you wish to restore.


  • Select the job you wish to restore.


  • In the next step, you can choose which safeset to restore. Select the desired safeset.


  • Then, enter the encryption password and set the prompt to yes using the left arrow key.


  • Next, confirm the disk mapping. Option 1 is selected by default.


  • Finally, confirm the disk layout. Option 1 is selected by default.


  • Next, you must confirm the Disk Recreation Script. Option 1 is selected by default.


  • In the next step, you must confirm that the storage on the target system will be wiped. Option 1 is selected by default.


  • Finally, you will receive a summary of the changes to the target system's storage, which you must confirm. Option 1 is selected by default.


  • The BMR recovery process now begins. Depending on the amount of data, bandwidth, and vault load, this may take some time.


  • Once the recovery is complete, you must confirm the recovery of the initrd and the reinstallation of the bootloader. Option 1 is selected by default.


  • This completes the BMR restore.

Assign alternative static IP for a BMR restore

By default, a BMR restore restores the original network configuration.
If you would like to assign an alternative configuration, for example to carry out a test restore, we recommend starting the system without network access first.
With a Hyper-V, for example, you could initially boot into the recovery ISO without a connected external vSwitch. After adjusting the network configuration, you can connect the VM to the vSwitch. This ensures that the system never goes online with the old IP address. Please follow these steps to adjust the network configuration before restoring:

  1. Boot into the Restore ISO and initiate the restore until the step where you are asked to run ./bmragent.
  2. Find the name and configuration of the network interface using ip address show
  3. Take the interface offline by e.g. ip link set name of network interface down
  4. Delete the old IP address that you determined in the first step, e.g. ip address del 172.29.4.24/22 dev name of the network interface
  5. Configure a new IP address using, for example, the following command ip address add 172.29.4.29/22 dev name of the network interface
  6. Take the network interface back online after customization
  7. Finally, configure the default gateway using, for example, ip route del default and then ip route add default via 172.29.4.1 dev name of the network interface

In this screenshot you can see an example of step 1 from the instructions:


vSphere Recovery Agent

vSphere Recovery Agent Documentation

You can find extensive documentation and further information in vSphere Recovery Agent User Guide.

Installation

Please run the vSphere Recovery Agent setup on a Windows Server system with access to the VMware environment (vCenter or standalone ESXi host). Please note the recommendations from the section Best Practice. Please follow the instructions in the vSphere Recovery Agent InstallShield. In the last step of the installation, you register the system using the user and password entered in your end customer's created site. You can find a detailed description of the installation process in the User Guide linked above.

Agent configuration

After successful installation and registration on the TERRA CLOUD Backup Portal, you can now add the system to the vault as described in Add system to the vault.

Connection to the vSphere environment

Please enter and save the access data for the vSphere environment (vCenter or standalone ESXi host) in the “credentials” fields. You will receive immediate feedback as to whether the access data provided is correct or whether the area can be reached.


Changed Block Tracking

This agent function is already activated after installation and allows quick and efficient delta backup of the virtual machines.
For more information about this technology, see VMware's Knowledge Base.


Automated recovery tests

Enabling the Verify backup on completion option will perform a recovery test via quick VM restore after each backup completes. After the virtual machine boots, a screenshot of the login mask is created and saved in the TERRA CLOUD Backup Portal. To use this feature, the rapid VM recovery requirements must be met. Please store the temporary data store on which the VM can be started for the test recovery and the desired ESXi host.

Example configuration:


Create vSphere Backup Job

Once you have finished installing and configuring the agent, you can create a new "Job for VMware vSphere".
The following screenshot shows an example of a new job for a vSphere environment. Please enter a job name and optionally a description and the encryption password.
You can either include all virtual machines in the backup by selecting the "Virtual Machines" level, so all virtual machines are included recursively. This option offers the advantage that new virtual machines are automatically added to the backup job.
Alternatively, you can select individual VMs and add them to the backup set.



Optional:Advanced Settings:

Enable application consistent backup

As soon as you "enable application consistent backup" an application consistent snapshot can be created based on a Microsoft VSS snapshot.
We recommend enabling this option for all virtual machines with a Windows guest operating system.

Truncate database transaction logs

In addition to application-consistent backup, transaction logs from Microsoft Exchange or SQL Server instances can be truncated.

Enable Threat Detection

When backing up active virtual machines with Windows guest operating systems, the vSphere Recovery Agent can scan the system for active ransomeware.
We recommend enabling this option for all virtual machines with a Windows guest operating system.
The Enable Threat Detection option requires guest operating system credentials.

Verify this backup job upon completion

Following the backup, a recovery test of the virtual machines is performed via fast VM recovery.
Please note that this function must be set up in the Agent Configuration.
Furthermore, this option is only visible if the prerequisites for Rapid VM Recovery are met.

Global VM Credentials

The entered access data will be used for all virtual machines in the backup set.

Guest OS Credentials

If you would like to assign access data individually for each virtual machine, you can enter these in the backup set below the virtual machine by displaying the input field using the blue arrow.


Rapid VM Recovery

The Rapid VM Recovery option allows you to start a VM directly from the backup.
Downtime can be drastically reduced thanks to this rapid access; additionally, the feature is suitable for performing a recovery test in just a few minutes.

Prerequisites:

  • Available only in conjunction with a TERRA CLOUD Backup Satellite or TERRA CLOUD Backup Enterprise Vault.
  • Each ESXi host must have a software iSCSI adapter.
  • The datastore where the VM is started can be located on local, iSCSI, or vSAN storage.
  • A datastore intended as the migration target for a VM can be located on an NFS share, in addition to the storage types mentioned above.
  • A minimum of two datastores must be available in total.
  • vSphere Recovery Agent 8.82 or higher.
  • The Windows Server hosting the VRA must have the "iSCSI Target Server" Windows feature installed.


Example configuration of an ESXi host for Rapid VM Recovery:

In the screenshot below, an iSCSI software adapter has been added via vCenter using the "Add Software Adapter" option.


Additionally, a VMkernel adapter without the service role enabled was added, as shown in the following screenshot:


Procedure: Once all prerequisites are met, an additional option—"Virtual Machine option using Rapid VM Recovery"—becomes available under "Restore":


You then proceed to the recovery configuration.
Here, in addition to selecting which VM to restore, you can also define which datastore should be used.
The following screenshot shows the "Rapid VM Recovery Datastore," which was configured specifically for tasks such as recovery and functional testing.
During the recovery process, you can migrate the VM to a different datastore—for example, the one hosting your production systems.


Best Practice

  • Install the vSphere Recovery Agent in its own Windows Server VM; if possible, this will only be used for management or backup
  • Keep the vSphere Recovery Agent VM highly available via vSphere HA
  • Use a satellite for TERRA CLOUD backup to be able to use Rapid VM Recovery
  • Place the vSphere Recovery Agent VM on the same subnet as the vCenter Server Appliance
  • Enable the "Application Aware Backup" option in the backup job
  • Use Change Block Tracking to back up virtual machines; this setting can be found under the "vCenter Settings" tab.

Hyper-V Agent

Documentation Hyper-V Agent

The following sections contain, among other things, information about setting up and configuring the TERRA CLOUD Backup Hyper-V agent.
You can find extensive documentation and further information in the Hyper-V Agent User Guide

Installation

The following concise guide outlines the essential steps for setting up the TERRA CLOUD Backup Hyper-V Agent.

Setup sequence:
1. Install TERRA CLOUD Backup Hyper-V Agent Management
2. Configure the Management Agent in the Backup Portal (establish connection to the Hyper-V environment, add the computer to the vault)
3. Install TERRA CLOUD Backup Hyper-V Agent Host

Single-host Hyper-V systems:
In this scenario, you can install both the TERRA CLOUD Backup Hyper-V Management Agent and the Host Agent directly on the Hyper-V host ("root"/"parent" partition).
However, please still observe the setup sequence listed above.

Hyper-V clusters:
Because the TERRA CLOUD Backup Hyper-V Agent is split into two software components (Management and Host), it is ideally suited for use in a cluster environment.
We recommend installing the Management Agent in an administrative VM within the Hyper-V cluster; this allows it to run on different hosts and ensures high availability via the failover cluster.
After completing setup steps 1 and 2, you can proceed to step 3 and install the TERRA CLOUD Backup Hyper-V Agent Host on all nodes of the Hyper-V cluster.

TERRA CLOUD Backup Hyper-V Agent Management:

Setup step 1
Please run the installer on the desired system and follow the on-screen instructions.
In the final step—as with all other TERRA CLOUD Backup agents—you configure the registration with the TERRA CLOUD Backup Portal.
You can either select a user within the site who has sufficient permissions, or register the system to your parent site and move it later.

Setup Step 2
Once installation is successfully completed, the system should appear under the selected site in the backup portal.
Please follow the instructions in the backup portal to establish a connection to the Hyper-V environment and subsequently add the computer to the vault.

Installing the TERRA CLOUD Backup Hyper-V Agent Host:

Setup Step 3
After successfully configuring the Hyper-V agent in Step 2, you can install the host agent on all nodes of the Hyper-V cluster or on the standalone host.
For a cluster installation, specify the FQDN of the system where the management agent is active in order to establish a connection to it.
Once installation is successful, the respective node should appear as "online" under the "Hosts" tab in the backup portal.

Restoring a Backup Job

The Hyper-V Agent allows you to restore either individual files and folders from a virtual machine or the entire virtual machine.
When restoring files, the virtual machine is mounted as a read-only file share.
This enables you to copy the desired files and folders directly from the backup without having to restore the entire virtual machine.

Note:
Restoring individual files and folders is supported exclusively for Windows VMs.
This feature is not available for Linux VMs.
For Linux VMs, only the complete virtual machine can be restored.

First, navigate to Computers in the Backup Portal and select your Hyper-V server.


Next, switch to the Virtual Machines tab and click Select action → Restore for the desired VM.


Various restore options are available in the subsequent dialog.


VM Recovery

To restore a complete virtual machine, please select Virtual Machines.


The following information is required for the subsequent steps:

  • New VM Name
    • Specify the name for the virtual machine to be restored.
      If the original VM still exists on the host, please provide a new name that differs from the existing VM's name.
      If it no longer exists, please leave the field blank; in this case, the virtual machine's original name will be used automatically.
  • Backup Set
    • Select the desired backup set and then enter the encryption password you assigned.
  • Destination
    • Select the destination drive where the virtual machine is to be restored.
      We recommend using the root directory of a disk (without a subpath) initially and moving the VM to the desired directory via Hyper-V Manager after the restore is complete.
  • VM Identity
    • Specify how the VM ID of the virtual machine to be restored should be handled.
      You can retain the original VM ID, generate a new VM ID, or have a new VM ID generated automatically if the original VM ID already exists on the target system.
      We recommend retaining the original VM ID. This allows the existing backup chain to continue seamlessly after the restore.
  • Host
    • Select the Hyper-V host or cluster node where the virtual machine is to be restored.
      If no Hyper-V cluster is used, only the local host is available for selection. Additionally, you can specify whether the restored virtual machine should start automatically after the restore is complete and whether the VM should be connected directly to the network.


The restore process then begins.



Upon successful completion, you will find the restored VM both on the selected target drive and in the Hyper-V Manager of the target Hyper-V server.



Recovery of files and folders

To restore files and folders, please select Files and folders.


You will then need to provide the following information:

  • Backup set
    • Select the desired backup set and then enter the encryption password you assigned.
  • Inactivity duration
    • Use this value (in minutes) to specify how long the file share should remain active during periods of inactivity.
      We recommend setting this value to 90 minutes.



The next window displays the status of the file share.
As soon as the status changes to **Processing...**, the release becomes available.


By default, the file share is mounted at C:\RestoreMount.



If you wish to change this default path, you can find further information in the following wiki article:
Link

Rapid VM Recovery

The Instant VM Recovery option allows you to start a VM directly from the backup.
Downtime can be drastically reduced thanks to this rapid access; additionally, the feature is suitable for performing a recovery test in just a few minutes.

Requirements

  1. Hybrid TERRA CLOUD backup with a TERRA CLOUD Backup satellite or TERRA CLOUD Backup Enterprise
  2. Hyper-V Checkpoints must be enabled for the secured VMs (for more information, see: Hyper-V Checkpoints)

Implementation

First, navigate to Computers in the Backup Portal and select your Hyper-V server.


Next, switch to the Virtual Machines tab and click Select Action → Restore for the desired VM.


Various restore options are available in the subsequent dialog.
For a quick restore of the virtual machine, please select Virtual machine using rapid VM restore.


The following information is required for the subsequent steps:

  • Backup set and encryption password
    • Select the desired backup set and then enter the encryption password you assigned.
  • Restore VM name
    • Specify the name for the virtual machine to be restored here.
      If the original VM is still on the host, please provide a new name that differs from the existing VM's name.
      If it is no longer present, please leave the field blank. In this case, the virtual machine's original name will be used automatically.
  • Volume
    • Here you can select the target drive where the virtual machine is to be temporarily mounted.
  • Target host
    • Select the Hyper-V host or cluster node where the virtual machine is to be restored.
      If no Hyper-V cluster is used, only the local host is available for selection.

Additionally, you can specify whether the restored virtual machine should automatically start and connect directly to the network once the restoration is complete.


The virtual machine restoration process then begins.


Once the restoration status changes to Rapid VM recovery in progress, the new virtual machine becomes visible on the target host in Hyper-V Manager and is ready for immediate use.


In our example, the new VM appears as VM01-rvmr-2026-Aug-05-09-35-34.


If you no longer need the provisioned VM, you can cancel the rapid VM recovery by clicking Cancel rapid VM recovery in the process details window within the Backup Portal.


VM Migration

Optionally, you can migrate the virtual machine to the target storage—and thus permanently to the target host—during the recovery process.
To do this, select the Migrate VM option within the process details in the Backup Portal.
The migration settings will then open; select the Permanent Volume there.
We recommend initially using the root directory of a storage drive (without a sub-path) and moving the VM to the desired directory via Hyper-V Manager after the migration is complete.
Then, start the migration by clicking Start migration.



During the migration, the status of the virtual machine in Hyper-V Manager indicates that it is being moved to local storage.


Once the status Restored VM has been migrated appears in the Backup Portal process details, the migration is complete.


This is also visible in Hyper-V Manager, as the virtual machine's migration status is no longer displayed.


Reduce number of VMs per backup run

The TERRA CLOUD Backup Hyper-V Agent backs up up to 16 virtual machines per Hyper-V host simultaneously within a single job.

Preparation:

  1. Stop the "TERRA CLOUD Backup Hyper-V Agent Management Service"
  2. Stop the "TERRA CLOUD Backup Hyper-V Agent Host Service" on all hosts managed by the management component
  3. Navigate to the following directory of the management component (default path: C:\Program Files\TERRA CLOUD Backup\Hyper-V Agent Management\Data\Configuration)
  4. Create a backup copy of the file "AgentCoordinator.cfg" and save it outside the agent directory
  5. Navigate to the following directory of the host component (default path: C:\Program Files\TERRA CLOUD Backup\Hyper-V Agent Host\Data\Configuration)
  6. Create a backup copy of the file "AgentWorker.cfg" and save it outside the agent directory
  7. Repeat step 6 for all host agents connected to the management agent

Editing the configuration:

  1. Open the management agent's configuration file "AgentCoordinator.cfg" (default path: C:\Program Files\TERRA CLOUD Backup\Hyper-V Agent Management)
  2. Add the [Advanced] section with the parameter MaximumConcurrency and the desired value, e.g. ...5 in JSON format (see screenshot below) and save the file.
  3. Open the host agent configuration file "AgentWorker.cfg" (default path: "C:\Program Files\TERRA CLOUD Backup\Hyper-V Agent Host\Data\Configuration").
  4. Change the value of the setting "MaximumConcurrency": 16, to the value specified in step 1 within AgentCoordinator.cfg.
  5. Repeat steps 3–4 for all host agents connected to the management agent.
  6. Start the "TERRA CLOUD Backup Hyper-V Agent Management Service".
  7. Start the "TERRA CLOUD Backup Hyper-V Agent Host Service" on all connected hosts.

Screenshot for editing step 2:


Note:
Please note that the value must not be configured higher than the default value of 16.
If the services fail to start after these adjustments, please perform a rollback using the backups you created.

Changing the mount point for data recovery

The Hyper-V agent allows you to restore not only entire virtual machines but also individual files and folders.
For file-level recovery, the selected virtual machine is mounted as a network share.
This enables you to conveniently browse its file system using Windows File Explorer and restore the desired files or folders.
By default, the network share is mounted at C:\RestoreMount.
You can change this path to a different folder or drive via the Windows Registry.

Procedure:

  • Open the Registry Editor with administrative privileges.
  • Navigate to the following registry path: HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\EVault\InfoStage\Agent
  • Create a new String Value named MountAlternatePath.
  • Enter the desired target path as the value, for example:
    E:\RestoreMount
  • Restart both TERRA CLOUD services.

Note:
If the specified folder does not yet exist, it will be created automatically during the recovery process.

Transferring configuration to another Hyper-V host

Use this guide if a Hyper-V host has been replaced and existing backup jobs need to be transferred to the new host.

Prerequisites

  • The original Hyper-V host appears as Offline in the backup portal.
    • This is the case, for example, if the Hyper-V agent components have been uninstalled.
  • The Hyper-V management component is installed on the new Hyper-V host.
  • The new Hyper-V host has already been registered with the TERRA CLOUD backup portal.

If the original Hyper-V host has already been deleted

If you have already deleted the original Hyper-V host visually from the backup portal, it must first be restored.
To do this, open the Computers section, right-click on Online & Offline, and then select Deleted.



The deleted Hyper-V host should now be visible.
Select it and restore it using Actions → Restore selected Hyper-V computer.




Implementation

  • If you have not already done so, install the Hyper-V management component on the new Hyper-V host and register it with the TERRA CLOUD Backup Portal.
  • In the Backup Portal, go to Computers and open the settings for the new Hyper-V host.


  • Select the option Restore a previous Hyper-V agent.


  • Under Select an offline agent for restoration, choose the original Hyper-V host.



  • Enter or correct the login credentials for the new Hyper-V host and save the settings.
    • Make sure to enter localhost in the Address field. This ensures the host remains accessible even if its IP address changes.

Important Rework

Hinweis

After restoration, some settings must be re-entered or verified for security reasons.
If these steps are not performed, backup jobs will not execute correctly.

  • Re-enter the password for each vault registration.
  • Re-enter the encryption password for each backup job.
  • Reactivate scheduled jobs via the agent's action menu if necessary.


Once all passwords have been entered and communication has been successfully verified, please install the Hyper-V host component on the new Hyper-V host.

Conclusion

Finally, verify the following points:

  • The Hyper-V agent appears as Online in the backup portal.
  • The Hyper-V host appears as Online on the Hosts tab.
  • All backup jobs have been successfully imported.
  • All required passwords have been re-entered.
  • Communication between the Agent Host Service and the Agent Management Service is working.
  • Scheduled backup jobs are enabled (if desired).

Backup satellites

Description and Benefits

The backup satellite is a hardware appliance or a virtual machine that is used in your end customer's network and can receive backups via the local network.
The satellite provides you with all vault functions, e.g. providing volumes from an image backup.
The rental devices or virtual machines are made available to you by the TERRA Cloud and are billed monthly, depending on their size and performance, in addition to the required backup packages.
By using a satellite, you can implement a hybrid cloud backup solution, as backups are stored locally on a satellite and subsequently replicated to a data center.
This backup concept offers the following advantages:

  • Fast backup and restore, thanks to a locally connected vault system (satellite)
  • No acquisition costs, as the hardware is provided to you
  • Time decoupling between backup and replication is possible
  • Restoration is possible independently of the data center
  • Initial backup can be carried out directly against the satellite
  • Your customer's bandwidth can be used optimally
  • Fast VM restore of the Hyper-V agent or vSphere recovery agent

Commissioning

After ordering your backup package including satellites, you will receive an email with the access data as soon as the vault account has been provided on the Basevault.
You will receive a separate notification after the satellite has been deployed and shipped to you.
After receiving the satellite, the following steps must be carried out (hardware satellites):

  • Set up and launch satellite in your end customer's network
  • You can reach the satellite interface via the local address of the satellite (either static IP or DHCP)
  • Please note that the satellite interface can be accessed via HTTPS and may need to be enabled in the browser first
  • You can use the interface to change the access data in the user administration and, if necessary, adjust the network configuration
  • Please deactivate the bypass mode using the Deactivate bypass mode function 10.3.1.3
  • The satellite is now prepared for productive use and must be saved as a backup target in the agents' vault settings (local IP of the satellite)
  • Initial backups can optionally be carried out directly against the satellite

Commissioning a satellite VM:

  • You will receive a Hyper-V VM container from TERRA Cloud Support, which you can import and virtualize under Hyper-V
    • Please note that only Hyper Hosts are compatible with the Windows Server 2022 operating system or higher!
  • Disk/network allocation must be done via Hyper-V Manager / VM Connect
  • The remaining steps of commissioning a satellite VM are similar to commissioning a normal satellite

Satellite interface

System

Registration

You can access the following interface in your browser using the satellite's IP address.
There are two different users available, the image shows the administrative user who has
unrestricted access.
In addition, there is a user who only has read rights; you can set the access data at a later date.
The default login details for the admin user are:

User = admin
Password = terra

Registration in the satellite interface

Informations

The Information item shows you the dashboard with all the important vital indicators of the hardware, e.g. CPU, RAM or hard drive utilization.
The satellite mode is also visible. A distinction is made between two modes, the active and inactive bypass mode.
With active bypass, the satellite rejects all agent requests, so communication for backups, restores, synchronizations or job creation takes place via the basevault. Accordingly, the Basevault address must be stored in the portal under the Vault Settings tab.
With the inactive bypass, the satellite is activated and accepts all agent requests, thereby enabling communication for backups, restores, synchronizations or job creation takes place via the satellite. Accordingly, the IP address of the satellite must be stored in the portal under the Vault Settings tab.

Hard disk capacity:
Green = Between 0% and 85%
Orange = From 85% to 95%
Red = From 95% to 99.99%

Storage warning in the overview

Message Storage Warning

Storage Alarm in the overview

Storage Alert

Features

System functions:
Under Functions you will find a list of the relevant services stored on the satellite. Please check whether all services are running.
If a service is stopped, you can start it using the Play symbol. Please do not restart any services while the satellite is running.

Satellite functions:
You can use this interface to shut down the satellite, restart it, or manually start a replication process.

Disable bypass:
A satellite with bypass mode activated cannot accept backups and delegates them to the base vault. Please deactivate bypass mode so that the satellite can accept backups.

Disable Bypass

Activate Support Connect:
With this switch you allow TERRA CLOUD support to access the satellite via remote maintenance.

Branding

This function allows you to adapt the satellite interface to your company's CI.
The configuration only needs to be carried out on one satellite, as you can export it and import it on other satellites.
There is also the option to add your own logo.
Branding

Maintenance

Vault maintenance checks the satellite's data stock every day at 9:23 a.m. for safesets that have exceeded their retention period; the number of retention days and copies must be exceeded. Expired safesets are deleted from the satellite. You can adjust the start time of this maintenance if necessary.

Updates

You can search the satellite interface directly for current updates and import them.

XML View

This menu item will take you to the XML output of the satellite in a new tab. This output lists all relevant information of the satellite and can be monitored.
You can incorporate this link into your own monitoring solution or use ready-made sensors. You can find ready-made sensors for Server-Eye and PRTG Network Monitor, the sensors can be found under the search term “Terra Cloud Backup”.
Homepage Server-Eye


Replication

Connectivity

This overview shows you the status of the connection to the Basevault. The satellite transmits a "heartbeat" to the basevault at regular intervals.
In addition, the connection to the backup portal and the base vault is checked via ping and Telnet. This ensures that all necessary ports are activated for the satellite.< br> During replication, for example, the outgoing network traffic rate can also be monitored.


Replication Status

This overview shows you which safesets are still outstanding for replication to the data center; these are processed as if in a queue.
On the right side you can click through the satellite's current inventory and view more detailed information about individual safe sets, such as the compressed
Size or whether this safeset has already been replicated.

ReplicationStatus

Bandwidth limitation

You can configure a bandwidth limit for satellite replication. Please note that after an adjustment, the replication service restarts and ongoing replications are aborted.
If the connection is weaker, we recommend configuring the "Quality of Service" on the firewall for the satellite and assigning it a low priority.
This setting on the firewall ensures that, for example, on a holiday, the
. can be replicated with full bandwidth Bandwidth allocation is therefore more flexible than a fixed bandwidth limit.

Replication Schedule

The replication schedule allows you to control whether to replicate immediately after a newly created backup and after
defined schedule or exclusively according to a configured replication schedule. This option is particularly recommended if
should be backed up during your customer's working hours, but replication should only start after working hours.
In this image you can see the configuration for a replication schedule that initiates a replication operation every day around 8 p.m.:

Safeset Management

Special configurations can be made on the satellite via Safeset Management; if configured incorrectly, these can affect the function of the satellite.
Changes can only be made after activation via the slider and may only be made after consultation with support.

Backup data

You can use the satellite interface to delete entire systems, jobs or individual backup sets (safesets).
The deletion only applies to satellites; the data in the data center on the respective base vault remains unaffected.
Safe sets are displayed online; they are highlighted in black and can be selected by clicking in the checkbox.
Online safesets are characterized by the fact that they are stored locally on the satellite and are directly available there.
Safesets that are grayed out and cannot be selected are offline safesets.
An offline safeset represents a backup that does not exist on the Satellite, but still exists on the Basevault.
Only meta information about these safesets is stored on the satellite.

Procedure for deletion:

System level deletion:
a) Check in the interface's job monitor that no process is running for the affected system. (If the Job Monitor tab is not available, update to the latest interface version)
b) Select the systems to be deleted and carry out the “Delete marked entries” action c) Wait until the affected system is grayed out from the overview. (It may take some time)
d) Check the capacity of the satellite and start a quick storage optimization

Job level deletion:
a) Check in the interface's job monitor that no process is running for the affected job. (If the Job Monitor tab is not available, update to the latest interface version)
b) Mark the job to be deleted by selecting it and carry out the “Delete marked entries” action
c) Wait until the affected job has disappeared from the overview/grayed out. (It may take some time)
d) Check satellite capacity. If unchanged, start quick memory optimization

Safeset level deletion:
a) Check in the interface's job monitor that no process is running for the affected job. (If the Job Monitor tab is not available, update to the latest interface version)
b) Select the safe sets to be deleted and carry out the “Delete marked entries” action c) Wait until all affected safe sets have disappeared from the overview/grayed out. (Depending on the size, the process can take a lot of time)
d) As soon as all safesets have disappeared/grayed out, start quick storage optimization


Backup data on the satellite

Job Monitor

You can view open or already completed processes in the Job Monitor.
Backups or restores can be monitored, as can replication processes.
The following screenshot shows a satellite that currently has no open jobs:


Jobs on the screenshot:
Maintenance Host = This process represents maintenance on the satellite, this process should always be displayed
Satellite Replication Service = Behind this process is the active replication service, this process should always be displayed
Satellite Replication - Upload Satellite Statistics = In the screenshot, this process is set to "Inactive" because it was completed successfully. In this job, the satellite passed information to the basevault.

User management

Within the user management you can define passwords for a total of two users.
Which users are stored in total?

  1. Admin: This user has full access and is intended for administration of the satellite.
  2. User: This user only has read permission and can be issued to the end customer as required.


User Management

Network configuration

You can use the network configuration to pass on your desired settings directly to the satellite or use the “Activate DHCP” function.
As soon as DHCP has been activated, the network configuration assigned by the DHCP server will be displayed.

Satellite Network Management

Initial backup FTP upload / send data carrier

Booking

The two processes can be added when initially booking a backup package or later in the order.

Implementation

Prerequisites:

  • The backup agent is installed on the target system and registered in the portal.
  • The backup job and schedule are configured as desired.
  • To prevent the external storage medium from being included in the backup, the "Entire Server" option has been temporarily removed from the job configuration.
    Instead, the backup is performed by manually selecting the individual drives. The external storage medium must not be selected.
  • The backup job schedule is disabled to prevent the agent from automatically attempting to back up to the vault.


Procedure:
1.) Start the backup to the vault to transfer metadata.
This transmits information required by the vault for the import process.
The process can be stopped as soon as the status "Processing" appears.

2.) Create the folder structure in the target directory.
To ensure smooth identification, please create the following folder structure:
\$ACCOUNTNAME$\$COMPUTERNAME$\$JOBNAME$

Example path:
E:\45814-ENDKUNDE\WIN-VKEE7ONL8FG\BMR

As the data involved is always encrypted, an incorrect folder structure would result in a written inquiry and, consequently, a delay in the process.

3.) Start the backup to the previously created path.
The procedure in the portal is as follows:

Target: Directory on storage medium

Select the previously created folder structure

Start backup

FTP Upload

Please ensure that the dataset is complete.
Each job is divided into backup fragments that are numbered sequentially; all fragments except the last one are 1,048,576 KB in size.
Only the first fragment (SafesetNumber.SSI or 00000001.SSI) differs in its filename from the remaining files.



Before uploading, check the initial backup log for any anomalies.
If you encounter irregularities or have questions, please contact our support team before sending or uploading the dataset.

The created initial backup can then be uploaded to the TERRA Cloud FTP server.

For example, the FileZilla Client can be used for the upload.
The necessary access credentials will be provided by us after the booking has been received in the Center.

Once the upload is complete and has been verified, please send us a brief confirmation regarding the previously transmitted information.

Following successful verification, we will notify you as soon as there are updates regarding the import.

Send in data carrier

Please ensure that the dataset is complete.
Each job is divided into backup fragments that are numbered sequentially; all fragments except the last one are 1,048,576 KB in size.
Only the first fragment (SafesetNumber.SSI or 00000001.SSI) differs in its filename from the remaining files.



Before shipping, check the initial backup log for any anomalies.
If you encounter irregularities or have questions, please contact our support team before sending in the storage medium.

If the initial backup completed successfully but an error message appears in the log file after the successful completion notice, we recommend consulting the following Wiki article:
SSET-E-04104 The request failed. The remote server reported the following error: RPC-E-FAILED, general RPC error / UTIL-W-05229 Configuration files could not be uploaded: File could not be uploaded. C:\Program Files\TERRA CLOUD Backup\Agent\Jobname.status.cfg

Once all outstanding questions and issues have been resolved, the storage medium can be sent to the following address, together with the completed submission form:

TERRA CLOUD GmbH
Hankamp 2
32609 Hüllhorst

Notifications regarding the import or shipping status of the storage medium are handled via automated business processes.

Under no circumstances should you send us unencrypted raw data belonging to your end customer!

Such data will be returned to the sender unprocessed.

Backup Export

In order to save data on a local medium, for example for long-term backup, we can export your backups. The export is encrypted and in the so-called vault format, so that the exported data must be read in with additional software before an agent can process and restore it.

Please note that this is a paid process. Further information about the process (offer, procedure, etc.) is available from our cloud sales department: cloud@wortmann.de
As soon as you have received the desired data set, you can continue with the steps below.
It should also be noted that it is not possible to export backups via the Hyper-V agent.

The required software can be found at:
Secondary Restore Server

Secondary Restore Server

The Secondary Restore Server reads the exported data and presents it as a virtual vault in the existing network.

  • Please navigate to the folder structure of the exported data in the Secondary Restore Server
  • Store the data of the exported vault account, e.g. B. (45814-END CUSTOMER), as well as the vault account password
  • Start sharing via the Secondary Restore Server (Start)
  • Agents can then access the share as if it were a normal vault.

Secondary Restore Server

Restore individual files (Secondary Restore Server)

Once the data has been presented on the network, you can proceed as follows:
CrossRestore Step 1

CrossRestore Step 2

CrossRestore Step 3

CrossRestore Step 4

CrossRestore Step 5

CrossRestore Step 6

CrossRestore Step 7

BMR Restore(Secondary Restore Server)

For instructions on how to initiate a BMR, see: Bare Metal Restore Once the data has been presented on the network, you can proceed as follows:
BMR Step 1

BMR Step 2

BMR Step 3

BMR Step 4

BMR Step 5

Agent Skripting

Windows Agent

Installation

Address Windows Agent via command line

Please first change to the agent's installation directory in CMD or PowerShell, by default this is 'C:\Program Files\TERRA Cloud Backup\Agent\'
To start a backup, the following parameters must be passed to VV.exe:

  • VV.exe backup JOBNAME /retention=RetentionName (CMD)
  • .\VV.exe backup JOBNAME /retention=RetentionName (PowerShell)

You can use the /retention=RetentionName parameter to determine which retention type should be used.
Please replace "RetentionName" with the name of the retention period, which you can view in the Advanced Agent Settings.

Address Windows Agent via script

The desired commands can be stored in a script.
Recommended formats are .bat and .cmd

Scripts can be extended as desired, e.g. to store pre- and post-commands, i.e. commands before or after the backup.

Example script:
@echo off
cd "C:\Program Files\TERRA Cloud Backup\Agent"
echo "Start backup" >> backuplog.txt
VV.exe backup BMR /retention=Daily
echo "Backup performed" >> backuplog.txt

Run script before shutdown

You can integrate your created script into the system's pre-shutdown event with the following configuration. This is particularly recommended for client systems that are not consistently in use.
Please carry out the following steps to store a script:

  1. Open Local Group Policy Editor (WIN + R "gpedit.msc")
  2. Store your created script under "Computer Configuration -> Windows Settings -> Scripts (Startup/Shutdown)
  3. Click "Shutdown" and add your script via "Add".
  4. Please adjust the following registry key: HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\gpsvc\PreshutdownTimeout
  5. This key defines the length of the pre-shutdown event, which is set to 15 minutes by default. Please increase this value so that a backup can be created during this time.
  6. In the Local Group Policy Editor, please navigate to "Computer Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> System -> Scripts
  7. Adjust the "Specify maximum wait time for Group Policy scripts" setting. You can enter a value of up to 32,000 seconds or 0 for an infinite waiting time.
  8. Please note that you have adjusted the rights accordingly.
We have described further information about this in the following Wiki article: PreshutdownTimeout Value Authorization
boxed
boxed


Create new custom command

This option gives you the opportunity to add a schedule to scripts that have already been created via the backup portal.

When you create a new custom command, the agent checks whether there are scripts stored in the agent directory in the "ScheduleScripts" batch files subfolder.
The standard path to this directory in which a script for this function can be stored:
C:\Program Files\TERRA Cloud Backup\Agent\ScheduleScripts
In the following screenshot you can see a selected script with a configured schedule:

Recommendation: A custom command's schedule can only be created as a single-line schedule. Please check our Best Practice for agent scripting to avoid this disadvantage.

Agent Skripting Best Practice

The backup agent can be tailored to specific application scenarios through the use of scripts. We recommend using the following guide as a basis for your scenario.

Preparation:
What needs to be prepared before using the following scripts?

  1. Install the agent on the system to be protected
  2. Link the system to the vault in the Backup Portal
  3. Create backup job(s) without a schedule

Step 1: Create a batch file
Create a batch file (.bat) with the following structure:
powershell.exe -ExecutionPolicy Bypass -File "Path to PowerShell script\agentscripting_retention.ps1"
Please adjust this batch file later to match the path and name you have assigned to the PowerShell script.
Copy the created batch script into the following folder within the agent's installation directory:
C:\Program Files\TERRA Cloud Backup\Agent\ScheduleScripts (default)
In the Backup Portal, for the relevant system, click on "New custom command" under "Select job task".

Using this function, you can select a stored batch script and assign a schedule to it; please configure the desired time (e.g., 10 PM).

Function:
This batch file will subsequently be launched by the backup agent itself according to the schedule.
The batch file launches PowerShell and the second script.
Since PowerShell is significantly more extensive and flexible, the first script serves solely to invoke PowerShell.

Step 2: Create PowerShell script
In this step, you create the PowerShell script that is triggered by the batch script from Step 1.
This script calls the backup agent to perform a backup.
Additionally, it allows for the use of different retention periods and the inclusion of pre- and post-commands.

Content:
Please create a PowerShell script (.ps1) with, for example, the following content:

Set-Location "C:\Program Files\TERRA Cloud Backup\Agent"
$date = Get-Date
$currentday = $date.Day
$lastday = [DateTime]::DaysInMonth($date.Year, $date.Month)
if ($lastday -eq $currentday){
Placeholder for pre-commands
.\VV.exe backup NameOfBackupJob /quickscan=true /retention=Monthly
Placeholder for post-commands
}
else{
Placeholder for pre-commands
.\VV.exe backup NameOfBackupJob /quickscan=true /retention=Daily
Placeholder for post-commands
}

Function:
This PowerShell script switches to the agent's installation directory and checks the current date.
If the date matches the total number of days in the month (the dynamic last day of the month), a backup with the retention type "Monthly" is performed.
On all other days, the retention type "Daily" is used.

Advantages of this implementation:

  1. You can utilize the full range of PowerShell functions and customize this base script as desired customize for your customers
  2. The schedule can be created via the Backup Portal and does not need to be implemented via the script
  3. You can use pre- and post-commands to stop databases prior to the backup if they cannot be brought into a consistent state using VSS technology

Linux Agent

In addition to the portal, the Linux agent can also be accessed via created scripts.
You can contact the agents directly via a created script. As in the following example script (CustomScript.sh):
nano CustomScript.sh
cd /opt/BUAgent
./VV backup RootDir
In the example, RootDir is the backup job name.
The script (e.g.: CustomScript.sh) must then be given the appropriate rights. To do this, please execute the following command:
chmod +x CustomScript.sh

Optionally, you can schedule scripts via the Backup Portal by completing the following steps:

  • Under Linux, by default, no folder called "ScheduleScripts" is created in the installation directory. Please create this with e.g. mkdir ScheduleScripts
  • Place the created script (.bat or .cmd) in the agent directory in the newly created ScheduledScripts folder
  • In the Backup Portal, select "Create a new custom command" via "Select job task" and select your script
  • Create a schedule for the script



Automatic Bare Metal System Restore Test (ABSRT-Tool)

General

Regular BMR test restores are essential for the quality management of a backup strategy.
However, manual tests are time-consuming and therefore costly; automation offers a solution here, reducing the required effort to configuration and monitoring.

The ABSRT tool creates virtual machines using Microsoft Hyper-V, equipped with a prepared restore ISO.
Data that would normally need to be entered during a manual restore—such as the system name or the vault system address—is read from a CSV file and applied during the recovery process.

The most recent safeset is dynamically selected for the recovery test.
Once the automated configuration is complete, a full restore is performed, including booting up the system after successful completion.

To further increase efficiency, you can parallelize the recovery process by including data for multiple BMR backup jobs in the CSV file.

Due to compatibility issues, the current version of ABSRT is supported only on Windows Server operating systems.

Requirements

  1. Participation in the TERRA CLOUD Backup Certified Specialist Training
  2. At least one Microsoft Hyper-V host with corresponding free capacity for the test VMs
  3. The test VMs require access to a DHCP server
  4. An external vSwitch must be available
  5. Certified Specialist ABSRT license (available upon request from Support)

Setup

When you start the ABSRT tool for the first time, the tool will ask you for a Certified Specialist ABSRT license:

After you have entered a valid license, the installation path selection appears:

The following required components are then checked/installed:

  1. Hyper-V Installation
  2. If configured, VeraCrypt

If software components are missing, they are installed automatically by the tool.
If the Hyper-V component is installed, a restart must be performed.

Preparation of the CSV file

You can create the CSV file via our TERRA CLOUD Technical Center.
Please feel free to consult the following wiki article for details: Link

If you do not currently have access to the Technical Center, you can also create the CSV file manually.
To do this, locate the "Backups.csv" file in the "CSV" folder (e.g., at C:\ABSRT\CSV); you can use this file as the basis for your configuration.

Important! The first line serves as a legend and must not be modified!

Example:
Vaultaddress,Vaultaccount,Vaultaccountpassword,Computername,Jobname,EncryptionPassword,VHDXCapacity,VMGeneration,OSVersion,VHDXStorage,VSwitchName,AmountOfPhysicalDisks,SendEmail
==> vault-wmh1-wp01.terracloud.de,00000-RESELLER,RtHKha451!HjioplÖ03,DC,BMR,hdakzeogsz1,300,2,2019,D,extern,3,n

Note:
If the encryption password contains a comma, the entire password must be enclosed in double quotation marks.

Example of an encryption password containing a comma:
"Ghgui385as,"

Explanation of parameters

Vaultaddress
FQDN of the vault system

Vaultaccount
Vault account; you can find this in your vault profile, for example

Vaultaccountpassword
You received this password in the provisioning confirmation

Computername
Computer name on the vault system; this does not necessarily have to match the name displayed in the Backup Portal—please check your reseller report if in doubt

Jobname
Name of the backup job

EncryptionPassword
The encryption password for the selected backup job

VHDXCapacity
Enter the size of the restored volume here; if the system has multiple volumes, please enter the size of the largest one in GB.

VMGeneration
Please ensure that the VM generation matches that of the source system.
The generation specified in the CSV determines the algorithm used to assign volumes during the recovery process.

OSVersion
As of agent version 9.40, there are two recovery media options, selected via the OSVersion entry.
This refers to the operating system version of the source system. The following values ​​are permitted: 7|10|11|2008|2012|2016|2019|2022|2025

VHDXStorage
Please specify the drive letter for the VHDX storage location.

VSwitchName
Name of the external vSwitch; you can find this in the Virtual Switch Manager.
If only one external vSwitch exists, you can also use the value <default>.

AmountOfPhysicalDisks
Please specify the number of physical or virtual disks the source system has.
Note: ABSRT currently supports systems with a maximum of four disks.

SendEmail
An optional switch used to configure email notifications (n ​​= no, y = yes).

If you wish to restore multiple systems simultaneously, simply add further lines starting from line 3. The legend line does not need to be copied.

Implementation

After launching ABSRT and preparing the environment, you can choose between a "standard" execution on the Hyper-V host
or preparing configuration ISOs to automate recovery at a different location (e.g., in our IaaS environment):

Convert

First, you are prompted to specify the storage location for the ISO files.
Since the ISOs are very small, C:\temp\ is set as the default destination path:

Next, you must select the desired CSV file:

Once the conversion is complete, you will find the ISO files at the selected location:

Recovery Test

The standard recovery test begins directly with the selection of a CSV file:


Subsequently, the VMs are created and started based on the CSV parameters so that the automatic recovery takes place:

Restoration outside the ABSRT environment

Once you have created the config ISOs using the Convert function, you can create a new VM shell at your chosen destination.
Importantly, a DHCP server is also required in the network of the target VM shell for the restoration to proceed.
The VM shell must have two DVD drives; the standard restore ISO is required in one drive, and the config ISO in the other:

Booting from the restore ISO initiates the automatic restoration process.
Once the restoration is complete, the process pauses at the driver overview screen.
Before restarting, ensure that both ISO files are removed from the DVD drives.

Monitoring

During the recovery, another process is started which checks the status of the recovery based on the heartbeat of the virtual machine.
As soon as a heartbeat is present, a screenshot of the connection window is created and stored in the ABSRT directory under "Screenshots".
If the SendEmail option has been selected, the screenshot is also sent to the specified email address.

Email notification ABSRT

To use the email notification, you must edit and fill out the file C:\ABSRT\smtp.xml:
C:\ABSRT\smtp.xml
The script checks in advance whether the required fields have been filled in. If an entry has not been filled in, the notification is skipped.

VeraCrypt

Activate function later:
Remove VeraCrypt REG key under HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\ABSRT\ Start ABSRT.exe again and activate VeraCrypt

Deactivate the function later:
If necessary, remove containers under C:\ABSRT\VeraCrypt Remove VeraCrypt REG key under HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\ABSRT\ Start ABSRT.exe again and say no to VeraCrypt

Rebuild CSV Container:
Remove container under C:\ABSRT\VeraCrypt Start ABSRT.exe again and enter the password for the new container

Script-based handling ABSRT

The following parameters can only be used via PowerShell:

-Install [Switch] - "C:\Users\Administrator\Desktop\ABSRT.exe -Install -DebitorNumber 12345 -License D133763385BAEFBFF9673C63Ab [-Vera Terra001!]"
-> Performs an automated installation of the ABSRT tool. The -Vera parameter is optional.

IMPORTANT: If the Hyper-V role has not yet been installed, an automatic restart will occur after the installation is complete!

-Password [String] - "C:\Users\Administrator\Desktop\ABSRT.exe -Password Terra001!"
-> Ensures that the VeraCrypt container is mounted automatically. If the password is incorrect, a manual query is made.

'-CSV [String] - "C:\Users\Administrator\Desktop\ABSRT.exe -Password Terra001! -CSV V:\CSV\TestCSV.csv [-NoPause]"
-> Ensures that the CSV file is selected automatically. Please always specify the complete path of the CSV + file extension. (Shift + right click -> "Copy as path" can be used for this)

-Uninstall [Switch] - "C:\Users\Administrator\Desktop\ABSRT.exe -Uninstall"
-> Performs a complete uninstallation of the ABSRT tool. However, the Hyper-V role is not uninstalled. Please make sure that you only perform the uninstallation once no VM created by ABSRT exists in the Hyper-V Manager.

-Manual [Switch] - "C:\Users\Administrator\Desktop\ABSRT.exe -Manual -Vaultaddress vault-wmh1-0002.terracloud.de -Vaultaccount 00000-RESTORE -Vaultaccountpassword wD5c9mP7-3bL1337l1th8W7xaB0T0m -Computername RESTORE -Jobname RESTORE -EncryptionPassword Terra001! -VHDXCapacity 1000 -VMGeneration 2 -OSVersion 2019 -VHDXStorage D -VSwitchName <default> -AmountOfPhysicalDisks 4 -SendEmail n"
-> Can be used as an alternative to the CSV selection. All parameters are required.

-ConvertCsvToIso [Switch] - "C:\Users\Administrator\Desktop\ABSRT.exe -ConvertCsvToIso -ISODestination C:\temp\ -CSV C:\Users\Administrator\Desktop\RESTORETEST.csv [-NoPause]"
-> Performs the conversion of CSV files to configuration ISOs.

Backup Assistant

The TERRA CLOUD Backup Assistant is a proprietary development by TERRA CLOUD.

Note:
Please note that the tool is no longer being maintained as of the end of 2025.

Status

On the right side of the tool you will find information about the "Connections" and "Software" versions.
If a connection to the portal servers is not possible, please check the corresponding Ports.
You can also install or update the TERRA CLOUD Backup Windows Agent using the Backup Assistant.

Agent Installation

If the Backup Agent is not yet installed on the affected system, it can be downloaded and installed using the tool.
Please first enter the login credentials of a Backup Portal user located on the corresponding customer site.
If you would like automatic job setup, you can check this box directly there. All you need to do is enter an encryption password.
Further information on automatic agent configuration can be found here.



After you have selected the required plugins and accepted the license agreement, the latest Backup Agent will be downloaded and installed in the background.

Initial backup

This feature represents the same options that are available for the initial backup tool. This tool is presented in the following Video

Agent functions

The "Backup Jobs" function allows you to execute previously created backup jobs of the installed Windows Agent and to view the log files of the performed backups..

Backup Reset

This function removes metadata (e.g. the delta information) from the job directory of the selected backup job.
After deletion, the tool performs a synchronization to recreate the removed metadata. This process may take some time.
This process may be necessary to resolve various error patterns.

Example:
delta assignment file is damaged

Support Bundle

With the support bundle, all necessary information and logs such as VSS logs, system event logs and backup job logs are brought together and packed into a .zip file.
This can help us find the cause in various support cases.

Monitoring

“Monitoring” tab in the TERRA CLOUD Backup Portal

This feature of the TERRA CLOUD Backup Portal provides a comprehensive overview of the status of all backup jobs.
Additionally, active agent processes (ongoing backups, restores, etc.) are displayed.
This overview can be accessed across all customers via the parent site or within a specific site, thereby focusing on a particular end customer.
In addition to the backup status, the Last completed backup column is particularly useful for sorting backup jobs based on the time of the last successful backup.
This makes it easy to quickly identify jobs for which no backup has been successfully completed for an extended period.

A new addition is the Backup History Graph, a visual representation of the backup history over the past 28 days.
This view displays 28 colored status bars visualizing the backup status for each day, providing a quick overview of the backup history.
Hovering your mouse cursor over a bar allows you to view further details regarding the backups performed on that specific day.

Note:
Please note that only past days are displayed; i.e., the first bar on the far right shows the status from yesterday.

The colors indicate the following:

  • Green
    At least one backup started on that day completed successfully without any warnings or errors.
  • Yellow
    At least one backup started on that day completed with warnings or was deferred.
    However, no backup completed successfully without warnings or errors.
  • Red
    At least one backup started on this day finished with errors, failed, was aborted, or could not back up any data.
    No backup was successfully completed on this day.
  • Gray
    No backup was performed for the relevant backup job on this day; scheduled backups were skipped, are still in progress, or no backup activity took place.
    In some cases, this status may also appear briefly if a backup has just successfully completed but the status information in the portal has not yet fully updated.


Active processes:
You can identify active processes by the circle consisting of two arrows and the adjacent number; clicking the icon takes you directly to the process overview.


Export of the monitoring overview by email

You can schedule regular export in various file formats for the monitoring view using the 'Email/Schedule' drop-down menu.
For an automatic evaluation of a monitoring or ticket system, you can e.g. B. select the file format 'CSV'.
If you want an export for a single end customer, you can configure this via a site user with the "Administrator" role.
To do this, please log in to the backup portal with the site user and configure the export within this end customer. The export from the following example includes the backup jobs of all sites/end customers.


Evaluate job status in XML file

The Windows, Linux and vSphere Recovery Agent store information about the last backup status and e.g. B. the backup size in an XML file.
The following paths refer to the default installation directory.

Linux Agent:
/opt/BUAgent/<JOBNAME>/BackupStatus.xml

Windows Agent:
C:\Program Files\TERRA Cloud Backup\Agent\<JOBNAME>\BackupStatus.xml

vSphere Recovery Agent:
C:\Program Files\vSphere Recovery Agent\<JOBNAME>\BackupStatus.xml

Possible results for "<agentdata:result></agentdata:result>":

  • UNKNOWN: The job status is currently unknown.
  • COMPLETED: The job is completed or completed with errors/warnings.
  • CANCELLED: The job was canceled manually.
  • FAILED: The job failed, please check the log files.
  • NO_FILES: No backup could be performed because no files are protected by this job.


Consumption Reports

The TERRA CLOUD provides you with various reports to monitor the consumption values relevant to the license model.

TERRA CLOUD Backup Reseller Report

This report shows you the consumption values of all your end customers' backup accounts.
The data refers to the 15th calendar day of a month and forms the billing basis for the respective month.
The report is sent to the Backup Master Account / Cloud Master Account (TERRA CLOUD Center) from the 16th calendar day of a month.

Example excerpt from the Reseller Report

TERRA CLOUD Backup Billing Report

In addition to the TERRA CLOUD Backup Reseller Report, you will receive the TERRA CLOUD Backup Billing Report in CSV file format.
The consumption values for billing the TERRA CLOUD backup are summarized for you in this report for each end customer.
We recommend this report as the basis for automated billing, e.g. B. also for the TERRA CLOUD Backup Enterprise license model.

Content of the report:
Active vault Vault: The name of the active vault
account Native protected data in GB: The sum of the end customer's natively protected data volume
Computer amount: The sum of the device licenses
Additional safesets: The sum of the additional paid safesets

TERRA CLOUD Backup Customer Report

Optionally, you can add an end customer report to your TERRA CLOUD backup order in the TERRA CLOUD Center.
In this report, you or your end customer will receive a weekly consumption overview and the status of the backups.
The presentation corresponds to the reseller report, but only includes the data records for the respective end customer.